PROCEDURES

OF THE
WASILLA

POLICE DEPARTMENT

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCEDURE Number of Pages Procedure Number

ALARMS ANIMALCALLS ARRESTS .........Arrests-Felony

.........Arrests-Misdemeanor .........Arrests-Misdemeanor Citations .........Arrests-Private Person Arrest ........ .Arrests-Resisting

BODY ARMOR BOMB THREATS

CALL MANAGEMENT CANINE UNIT CHAPLAINCY PROGRAM CIVILLIABILITY CIVIL MATTERS CIVIL VIOLATION-INFRACTIONS COLD ALERT COMMUNICABLE DISEASES CONFIDENTIAL FUND CUSTODY

DEAFIHEARING DEATH INVESTIGATION DEATH NOTIFICATION DOMESTIC VIOLENCE

. . .D.V. writs

----

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual
PROCEDURE DRIVING WHILE INTOXICATED (DWI) DUTY RELATED INJURY

Table of Contents
Number of Pages Procedure Number

25

2.3 1.00

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER

FIELD INTERVIEW HELD TRAINING PROGRAM

HARASSMENT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

IMPOUNDS INFORMANTS INTERVIEW

JUV EN1LES

........ Juveniles-Abuse .. ...... .Juveniles-Arrests .........Juveniles-Curfew ..... ....Juveniles-Delinquency ....... . .Juveniles-Runaway

LITTERING MENTALCOMMITMENT MOBILE RECORDING EQUIPMENT

WASILLA POLICE DEPmTMENT 1 I 1 Redations and Procedures Manual Table of Contents
PROCEDURE Number of Pages Procedure Number

1

PENrnERS PEESONNEL C O N D U ~ I I N V ~ T I G A T I O N POLICE RECORDS POLICE REPORT FORMS ....... - .Police Report-Case Numbers .........Police Report-Writing .........Police Report-Writing Review POLICE VEHICLES
........ .Police Vehicle-Accidents PRESS RELATIONS

PRISONER TRANSPORT PROPEXTY & EVIDENCE PROTECTIVE CUSTODY PURSUITS

RADIO COMMUNICATIONS REPORT WRITING CODES
. .. ..... .Reprt Writing-UCR Codes REQUESTS FOR SERVICE

RESERVE UNIT

SCHOOL PROTOCOL SEARCH WARRANTS SEXUAL ASSAULT STOLEN VEHICLE23

TOWING TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1Regulations and Procedures Manual
PROCEDURE

Table of Contents

1

Number of Pages

Procedure Number

WASILLA POLICE DEPMTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual
.10 Procedure #: 2 0 . 0

1

Procedure Title: Alarms

Page 1 of 3

PURPOSE
To instruct all personnel in the proper procedure for responding t alarms in general and o to bank alarms in particular.

POLICY
It is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to respond to all intrusion and robbery alarms immediately upon notification. This response, however, must be consistent with the overall philosophy of the Department in that the safety of citizens and the preservation of life are the first priorities. These priorities require that some alarm responses be conducted in a manner that ensures the safety of citizens who may be present in or around a commercial business.

PROCEDURE

1.

Court Building There are five (5) alarms for the court building which ring directly into the EDC. They are located above the phone on the "police" console.

2.

District Attorney Office There is one alarm for the District Attorney's office which rings directly into the EDC. This is located above the phone on the "police ' console.
1

3.

All Other Alarms

All other fire7medical? or police alarms (robbery, burglary, etc.) are received by a private security agency who then notifies the EDC

EffectiveDate:

d-/-yy

Approved

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTmNT
Fieflations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Alarms Procedure #: 2 0 . 0 .10 Page 2 of 3

I

B.

RESPONDING To ALARMS-GErnRAL

1.

EDC Responsibilities

The dispatch center will7upon receipt of any alarm7send two ( 2 ) cars to the scene of the alarm. If only one officer is on duty AST will be no ed.

2.

Responding Officers Officers dispatched to any alarm will respond as expeditiously as possible consistent with safety but without the use of sirens.
7 7

NOTE: Once the officer is close to the scene the red lights should also be discontinued.

1.

First Officer's Duties

a .

The first officer on the scene of a bank alarm will park a short distance from the scene to avoid being seen from within the bank.
tifi

b.

The officer will remain in this position until the suspects have exited the bank7the officer is instructed by dispatch to take some other action or until a bank employee comes out of the bank to make contact with the officer.
7

2.

Back Up Officer's Duties The second officer on the scene will not leave his vehicle and will stay out of sight of the interior of the bank unless instructed to do so or unless there is an obvious reason to leave the vehicle in order to apprehend someone or to give direct assistance to the original officer.

Effective Date:

&/-e

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPAR.TMENT

regulations and Procedures Manual
I

Procedure #: 2.01.00 Page 3 of 3

1
9

Procedure Title: Alarms

3.
Dispatch To Call Bank

-

a .

The EDC, after having dispatched the first two units to the bank, will immediately call the bank by telephone to ascertain whether or not it is an actual bank robbery or a false alarm. The dispatcher should ask to speak to the manager. (The manager's name is listed on the rolodex under the bank's name)
If the manager or some other person in authority advises that it is a false alarm, ask that person to meet an officer at a specified location outside of the building. The person should be instructed to bring identification such as a drivers license.

b.

4.

Duty Of Other officers

a

Any additional on duty units and all off duty home cars in service will remain on the radio but should not respond to the scene.

b.
G

All additional units listed above should proceed to key intersections and arterials leading from the area in the event the alarm is an actual robbery. The officers should observe outgoing traffic and start recording license numbers, watching for any suspicious vehicle or the suspect vehicle if one is known.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Animal Calls Procedure #: 2.02.00 Page 1 of 6

PURPOSE
To advise all personnel of Department responsibilities in calls for service involving animals.

POLICY
That members of the Department resolve complaints and situations involving animals with the objective of restoring public peace and safety, while being mindful of humane treatment of animals.

DISCUSSION
An officer may be exposed to a remarkably wide range of calls involving animals, be it barking dogs, wandering moose and bear, a hostile animal keeping medics at bay, or actual death from an animal attack. Citizens understandably want protection from these events, but want that protection delivered humanely. The objective of this procedure is to identify those specialized agencies and procedures developed to satisfy this demand.

DEFINITIONS
Domestic Animals and Exotic Pets

...................................Those

animal generally regarded as pets and not indigenous to the area. This would include dogs, cats, various birds, snakes, and similar animals. commercial value other than sale as pets. wild or in captivity.

Farm Animals ...........................................Those animals generally regarded as having
Wildlife

........................................................ Animals indigenous to the State, whether in the

Effective Date:

6 - /- 93

Approved By:

23

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Animal Calls Procedure #: 2.02.00 Page 2 of 6

11

PROCEDURE
A.

AGENCIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED RESPONSIBILITIES
State and Borough Agencies. In nearly all events, the patrol officer will work in conjunction with either of the following two agencies:

1.

State Alaska Department of Public Safety, Division of Fish and Wildlife Protection, which has the primary responsibility of enforcing the various laws governing fishing, hunting, trapping and other such activities as it pertains to wildlife.

2.

Mat-Su Borough Borough Animal Control Center, which has fundamental responsibility for all animal situations within the Mat-Su Borough when the subject animal(s) is domestic, exotic, or farm.

B .

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

1.

Primary Responsibility The fundamental role of the Wasilla Police Department is to preserve the peace and to protect the public. Situations involving animals require independent evaluation, but the following is offered to assist in the most common situations:

Effective Date:

Approved By:

*

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Procedure #: 2.02.00 Page 3 of 6

1 Regulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure Title: Animal Calls

11

a .

Wasilla Police as an Initial Responder: Members routinely find themselves as the first unit at a scene, even when resolution of the complaint may not be a police responsibility. Public expectation, however, is that the officer take action. The following is offered to help guide the officer in these situations.
1)

Non-urgent problems. If public peace or safety is not urgently imperiled, the officer should contain the situation and notify the appropriate agency. Urgent problems. When public safety is significantly compromised, and/or if the appropriate agency cannot or will not respond to matters seriously breaching the peace, the officer must take corrective action. This action can only be based on the prevailing circumstances.

2)

b.

Outside Agency Assist. The Department shall provide outside agencies with whatever reasonable assistance is requested. This can include:
1) 2)

Providing traffic control when appropriate. Accompanying an Animal Control Officer in contacting an owner/defendant in an animal complaint.

2.

Destruction Of Animals Occasionally, the officer is confronted with a situation where humane treatment and/or public safety requires the destruction of an animal. The following guidelines shall apply:

Effective Date:

Approved By:

- & 7

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Animal Calls Procedure #: 2.02.00 Page 4 of 6

1
\

a .

Standards. Destruction of an animal is a last resort response, and will not be considered unless the following conditions are met:
1) 2)

There is an urgent and immediate threat to public safety; or The animal is suffering extreme pain and/or injury; and, in either event: a) There is no person (e.g., owner) or agency (i.e., Fish and Wildlife Protection if wildlife is involved) willing or able to respond in a timely fashion; and Destruction of the animal will not create any hazard to any person or property.

b) b.

Methods. If destruction is required, the following procedure will apply:
1)
2)

Notify a Supervisor to confirm authority.
A handgun will not be used on any animal larger than a

small dog.
3.

Disposal Of Remains The officer is reminded that Federal and State laws govern the disposition of certain animal carcasses. These laws include:
a . b.

Not retaining pelts of fur bearing animals, since it could be construed as benefiting from office. Not keeping wildlife as pets (without permit). Not possessing any part of an eagle.

c

Effective Date:

Approved By:

Dangerous and Vicious WS. b. Impounded Animals In those situations where an officer finds it necessary to impound a dog for any reason the following procedures will guide the enforcement protocol: a . Any time an officer destroys any animal a complete report will be completed. Any time a dog is impounded it will be transported to the following location: 1) If during the week (except holidays) between 8 AM and 6 PM it will be transported directly to the Borough Animal Control Shelter. Destruction of Animals. (A Key will be necessary to gain access to the Shelter yard after normal hours).00 Page 5 of 6 d Notification of the proper person(s) from the Charitable Organization list furnished by the Alaska State Fish and Wildlife office for moose kills. Police Reports Required In Some Situations Although there are many animal calls that do not require full police reports there are some exceptions.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11Reg-ulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Animal Calls Procedure #: 2. Any time a n officer is dispatched to a dog complaint wherein the animal falls under the definition of dangerous or vicious. 4. a . Effective Date: Approved By: .02. 5. 2) If during the week between the hours of 6PM and SAM it will be transported to the temporary holding pens at the Borough Shelter. a full investigation and report will be completed.

When a dog is impounded the officer should check to see if it is wearing a current dog license. A City Of Wasilla animal quarantine form must be completed any time an animal is quarantined at the Borough Animal Control Shelter. The officer is to make a copy of the completed release and provide the copy to the animal's owner. The original will be forwarded to the Chief of Police who in turn will deliver it to the Animal Control Shelter.02.11~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Animal Calls 1 Procedure #: 2. b. regardless of whether it is licensed or not. Any dog impounded that is also considered to be vicious or dangerous by ordinance." c 6. All other times on the weekend will require the same procedure as mentioned in (2) above in reference to after hour impounds. Any time an officer quarantines an animal the upper portion of the form will be completed and will accompany and/or be delivered to the on duty personnel at the shelter.00 Page 6 of 6 1 3) If on the weekend between 1PM and 6PM the animal may be taken directly to the Borough Shelter. At the time of quarantine the officer will detach the lower portion of the form (Statement of Quarantine Release). (A supply of the forms are available in the forms room) c. The release is to be completed by the quarantine officer at the time the animal is picked up. Effective Date: Approved By: . If the quarantine is after hours the form is to be left in the designated box by the outside pens. Quarantined Animals a . b. may not be released until the Animal Control Board has established the "conditions for its release.

25. As a step. In fact. the arrest becomes a potential weak link in the chain of events leading towards a conviction. PROCEDURE A common misconception is that an arrest is the conclusion to a police operation." This statute exposes the three elements of an arrest. ELEMENTS OF AN ARREST t 1. it is only a step towards the true conclusion .the taking of a person into custody in order that the person may be held to answer for the commission of a crime. there are many protections against abuse incorporated into law. POLICY That arrests effected by members of the Department be legally and constitutionally acceptable. This procedure explores arrests of all types in detail. using only an amount of force consistent with the attendant circumstances. laying a foundation for a more complete understanding of the actual arrest methods explained in subsequent procedures in this chapter.00 Page 1 of 12 PURPOSE To instruct and inform all personnel of the rules and procedures governing arrests made by members of the Wasilla Police Department. Statutory Definition Of An Arrest AS 12.03. specifically: Custody of a Person to answer for a Crime Effective Date: 6 4-93- Approved By: "Z$7 . A.adjudication in court.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Redations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Procedure #: 2.. This can make an otherwise simple act seem complex to the officer. Because an arrest is such a significant intrusion into the privacy of the citizen.160 defines arrest as ". appropriate to the situation..

and report form.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Arrests > Procedure #: 2. . The State of Alaska has adopted a crime classification system that further describes the seriousness of the offense. Comparison Of Arrests To Other Violations Not every type of violation of law can result in an arrest. which is: a) b) c) d) Unclassified Felony Offenses Class A Felony Offenses Class B Felony Offenses Class C Felony Offenses 2) Misdemeanor Crimes .03. punishable by imprisonment in excess of one year. The following list identifies the various categories: a. Misdemeanor offenses cannot be punished with more than one year in jail.00 Page 2 of 12 11 / i 2.Which are offenses still serious enough to warrant imprisonment as a possible sanction. Criminal Offenses . These are offenses so serious that the violator can receive imprisonment and/or a fine in excess of $300 for committing that act. Alaska classifies misdemeanors as follows: a) Class A Misdemeanor Offenses 7 Effective Date: Approved By: . charging document. The subcategories of crimes are: 1) Felony Crimes . but constitute the least serious criminal acts. An understanding of the different types of violations enables the officer to correctly select the appropriate response. and even within the body of "arrestable offenses" are subcategories.Which are the most serious crimes. What creates the different categories of violations are the possible consequences of the act.

failing to respond to the charge can result in at least a warrant for that violator's arrest.the "traffic ticket" .03. Class B Misdemeanor Offenses Infractions. but fall short of being crimes. but still regarded as important. and the officer recognizes these offenses as the "mandatory court" infractions. Infractions are still violations of law. there is a separate criminal charge for providing false information to the officer needed for the issuance of the charging document The officer should note that if a person is charged for an infraction (usually on a Uniform Summons andcomplaint). Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 3 of 12 1 1 b) b. The more serious infractions do not allow the violator to exercise this option. Additionally. most commonly parking violations.) Civil Violations. How important it is can be measured by considering this: although a "conviction" for an infraction will not expose the violator to punishment in jail.that has points and bail assessed. and/or if the violator fails to provide the officer with certain information required for the issuance of the charging document the violator can be brought before a Magistrate (through Title 12 of the Alaska Statutes). That bail schedule allows the violator to send in the bail amount in lieu of appearing in court. how to properly turn a vehicle). The most important distinction between civil code and an infraction or crime is that the civil violator: c. (This procedure is the one officers are most familiar with . Infractions are usually regulatory in nature (such as speed restrictions for motor vehicles. Are for the officer.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Arrests Procedure ff: 2. licensing requirements for hunting and fishing.that person must appear in court to answer to the charge unless that infraction appears on the "bail forfeiture schedule" established by District Court Rule 8 (and approved by the Alaska Supreme Court).

Warrantless Arrest. Note: The law allows a citizen to make a private person's felony arrest. Felony arrests. or probable cause. or the investigation of other officers. Instead. even by warrant.03. 2. c d e. Instead. 3 TYPES OF ARREST 1. established by either your own investigation.00 Page 4 of 12 11 1) 2) Does not get a record of violation established. Effective Date: Approved By: . l.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Arrests Procedure #: 2. Comprising: a . but Departmental policy prohibits it. b. made by either: 1) 2) personal observation of the crime. and Cannot be imprisoned. "civil action/reliefn is sought through fines a n d impoundment of property. Felony warrants (applicable to adults only) Misdemeanor warrants (adults only) Traffic warrants (affect any citizen) Juvenile Detention Orders (juveniles only) Ex-parte Orders (a court order affecting any citizen and usually for mental commitments). Which Only A Police Officer Can Serve. Warrant Arrests. Comprising: a . the officer will arrest based on probable cause supplied by that citizen.

r Effective Date: Approved By: . through personal observation only. C.Misdemeanors" for fall discussion). "resisting" can only occur prior to the arrest.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual t Procedure #: 2. Misdemeanor arrests.00 Page 5 of 12 1 Procedure Title: Arrests b. b) 2) by a private citizen.25.050 states "An arrest is made by the actual restraint of a person or by a person's submission to the custody of the person making the arrest." See the specific procedure in this manual for details on these two exceptions. Proper charging. while "escape" only after. For example.03." 2. EFFECTING AN ARREST 1. All other misdemeanor warrantless arrests require commission in the officer's presence (to be arrested by that officer). Significance Knowing when an arrest has been legally made is significant to the officer for several reasons. Statutory Description AS 12. including: a . made by either 1) the officer.or through probable cause. IF the misdemeanor is "domestic violence." or "DWI. Recall that Department policy allows this for misdemeanors only. when a) the offense occurred in his "presence" (see the Definition Section of "Arrests .

and that is solely for officer safety (so very limited in scope).Felony ' procedure. ARREST AUTHORITY 1. c. This procedure focuses on the police officer's scope of authority. going before the magistrate." Thus. Legal searching. Background The Constitutions of both the United States and of the State of Alaska guarantee freedom from unwarranted intrusion and unlawful detention. however.010 (Persons Authorized to Arrest) "An arrest may be made by a peace officer or a private person. 3.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Arrests Procedure #: 2. Elsewhere in this chapter the "reasonableness" of detention is discussed in detail.not just a police officer ." An arrest triggers several deadlines." ‘'Starti the clock. Effective Date: Approved By: . "stop and frisk" is the only intrusion allowed by law.AS 12. Delaying Arrest The officer must be aware that an immediate arrest is not always in the best prosecutorial interests. Specific Statute . 2.25.can make an arrest. any competent person . including charging.00 Page 6 of 12 11 1 b. and speedy trial. Refer to "Arrests . and who can effect that detention. After the arrest. while statutory law and case law define and interpret what is "lawful" detention. Prior to arrest. the exceptions to the search warrant requirement include the "search incidental to the arrest.03. Foundation Of Authority The police officer's authority to arrest comes from two broad sources: a . 7 D.

e. Service of warrants and summons. f. and expectations of the citizenry. To facilitate this. Tradition . 3. based on "reasonablesuspicion"). This includes: a . Take certain persons into protective custody." Effective Date: Approved By: I/ . Carry concealed weapons.00 Page 7 of 12 Procedure Title: Arrests b. and they are called "police officers. making some distinction between police authority and private citizen authority possible. carefully selected. to include the application of deadly force when necessary to stop a crime that they coincidentally observe. Expansion Of Authority Various social and legal factors have expanded the police authority and responsibility. b.As expressed in case law. Police officers. In some jurisdictions. Police As A Recognized Profession The law carefully guards the citizens' powers of arrest. however.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual r Procedure #: 2. h . common law. Operate a motor vehicle against various traffic laws to discharge their duty. field interviews. Commit mentally ill people directly for evaluation. highly trained citizens are entrusted with the additional authority (discussed in the previous paragraph). service of certain subpoenas. are expected to actively and effectively seek out crime and arrest offenders. c d e. 4. and certain contraband in the line of duty. Obtain and serve search warrants.03. Conducting investigative stops (i. g.

and take the risks necessary to discharge these duties. Where. 1) Necessary . A reckless driver creates some degree of danger. skills.03. Police.considering the totality of the circumstances. training. are professionals at "citizen arrests. it is impossible to perform all the time. An "on-duty" officer is expected to seek out criminal activity. however. but heighten the responsibility as well. The first can be ignored. do the distinctions lie between on and off duty.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s I Procedure #: 2. in that he is expected to take "appropriate" action re. Realistically. or responsibilities. respond to calls for service. or giving first aid to a victim of the reckless driver. 5. A police officer does not "forget" Miranda at the end of a tour." and have a duty to protect the citizens who hire and trust them. nor are skills at detecting suspicious activities when outside of one's jurisdiction lost. then. no time boundaries or political boundaries can divest officers of their knowledge. and in and out of jurisdiction? Note the following: a. O n And Off Duty/ Jurisdictional Boundaries The law makes no distinction between being "on" or "off7 duty. in all the places. Effective Date: Approved By: " . getting a license number and operator description. reverts somewhat to the role of the private citizen. The citizen is not required to take any action at all. though. crimes which coincidentally occur in their presence. "Appropriate action ' for the officer is that action which is both: 7 b.00 Page 8 of 12 1 1 I Procedure Title: Arrests The courts routinely recognize the special talents and equipment of police. The "off-duty" officer. A vehicle registration two days into expiration represents no hazard or urgency. which operate to not only expand the authority. then. The "appropriate action" mentioned above is greater than the action expected from a citizen. while the second may require calling an on-duty unit. Once recognized as a police officer within the State.

etc. as described in the b. Take the appropriate action. On Duty. 6. etc. The officer shall not." WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Procedure #: 2." Merely calling for an on-duty unit is often the most appropriate response. decreased effectiveness and identity out of uniform. and even with best intentions an officer may discover facts suggesting the wrong person was arrested. the following procedure applies: Effective Date: Approved By: /" . nor participate in unwarranted code runs or pursuits. and to all onview activities. actively seeking criminal activity and engaging in crime prevention. The officer should always be aware of the limitations of a home car response (no portable radio. Off Duty. The officer is to respond to all calls for service. above paragraph (S. Take appropriate action as in off duty. radio or home car availability.) and factor that in when considering "present ability.03. Primary focus is on area of assignment. however.b). In these cases.00 Page 9 of 12 AND 2) Within present ability . Resulting Policy The Wasilla Police Department has adopted the following guidelines for police action on and off duty. "jump" or "chase" calls. Justifiable Occasions Despite precautions.for incidents detected by chance. and within and outside of the City boundaries: a. or that an arrest is inappropriate. alcohol consumption. Home Car Responses.meaning a consideration of the off duty officer's weapon status. but expanded to include response to priority calls.

the respective prosecuting authority must be contacted and advised. both verbally and through written report (supplement). of the facts leading to the arrest and the subsequent reconsideration. Ensure all facts are properly reported by the officer Review for possible misuse of force. If the charging document has not been submitted. all effort should be made to attend to that medical aspect prior to arrest. Instead.03. F. That prosecutor can initiate the appropriate action based on this new information. If the charging document has been submitted. and the subsequent events requiring reconsideration. the subject can be released with an explanation. In these cases. the officer cannot on his own authority unarrest the person. the involved officer will ensure that the subject receives appropriate and immediate medical attention. the Chief of Police will review all the facts and circumstances surrounding the injury so as to: a b. The report must sufficiently document the events leading to the arrest.00 Page 10 of 12 1 ~eerulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Arrests 11 a. b.. unconscious. Injured By Police Action In all cases where an arrestee is injured as a result of police action. 2. or ill independent of police action. Injury Not From Police Action In cases where the subject is injured. MEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. extent and cause of that injury. Effective Date: Approved By: - . and will reflect in the report the nature. 2. WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #-.

The officer may authorize a billing if the medical attention is related to the collection of evidence.03. Expenses An officer should not obligate the City to pay a medical bill. a supervisor should be contacted. The officer. should contact the appropriate facility to make arrangements. However. as expressed above. If hospital staff indicates treatment will be denied if such authorization is not furnished. Division of Corrections assumes responsibility for guarding the arrestee. the following procedure should be followed: a. they should be processed without further consideration. After charging and arraignment. the officer should have the attending physician provide a brief note verifying the subject's refusal. b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Arrests Procedure #: 2. Maintain police guard on the arrestee. Effective Date: Approved By: . b. d Refusing Medical Treatment Should an arrestee refuse medical treatment. as in sexual assault protocol and drawing blood for DWI processing. c.00 Page 11 of 12 11 Hospital Admittance Should an arrestee require actual admittance to a hospital. However: a . Ensure medical attention is provided. should Division of Corrections personnel or the officer feel attention is required. Arraignment at the hospital should be arranged with a Magistrate. through a Supervisor.

93 Approved By: v . Effective Date: 6 -/. Military is arrested or is involved in any type of criminal activity the MP's/Security Police would like to be notified. 2.00 Page 12 of 12 11 11 . Procedure #: 2. Report Information Any time Military personnel are arrested their place of employment should appear in the occupation block on the face sheet of the report. Reports involving military arrests will be faxed to the appropriate military police after review by the Chief of Police.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual 11procedure Title: Arrests G.S. Their contact numbers are available in the Dispatch Center.03.$ MILITARY PERSONNEL 1. Provost Marshall To B e Notified Any time a member of the U.

.... PURPOSE OF THE MISDEMEANOR CITATION Effective Date: 6 -1-23 Approved By: 5^ . For information on making a misdemeanor arrest. This procedure addresses that option...00 Page 1 of 6 PURPOSE To inform all personnel of when and how to issue a Uniform Summons and Complaint to charge certain misdemeanor offenders as an alternative to processing that person into a correctional facility..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest Misdemeanor Citations Procedure #: 2... DEFINITION Uniform Summons ..... and refers to it as "issuing a misdemeanor citation '.. A s such." When used to charge certain misdemeanors...180 enables an arresting officer to conclude certain arrests without requiring the appearance of the defendant before a Magistrate... When used to charge traffic infractions. infractions and some misdemeanors.." DISCUSSION Alaska Statute 12... this procedure begins after the arrest has been effected and/or the misdemeanor investigation concluded..25...... consult the procedure entitled "Arrests . it is referred to as a "traffic citation.Misdemeanors".. 7 PROCEDURE A.. it is called a "misdemeanor 'cite7 or 'citation7..04. POLICY That members of the Wasilla Police Department use the Uniform Summons and Complaint to charge appropriate misdemeanor offenses in lieu of a physical arrest and jail booking. A form used in the field to charge most and Complaint..

04. c d 2. Do Not Charge Unnecessarily Simplification of the processing was not intended to encourage arrestdcharging in situations which would not otherwise terminate in an arrest or charging. or a juvenile arrested for a criminal traffic offense (i. expense and embarrassment of appearing before a committing judicial officer. Relieve the corrections personnel of having to remand a subject. Charge In The Field The misdemeanor citation allows an officer to complete the charging document in the field. The offense must be a State or City misdemeanor.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and - Procedure #: 2. either through pictures. These are: a. For full discussion. Identification must be positive. 13 AAC. certain conditions must be met. personal knowledge. see the procedure "Arrests . identification. Relieve the Magistrate of setting bail. Standards In order for the officer to issue a Misdemeanor Citation. These include DWI. or some other absolute method. Approved By: I c Effective Date: . The arrestee must be an adult. DWLS/DWLR. yet compelling him to take responsibility for the violation.Juveniles"). Spare the violator the time.00 Page 2 of 6 1 Procedure Title: Arrest Misdemeanor Citations 1. Expedite the officer's processing of that call. b. crimes found in Alaska Statute Title 28. R CRITERIA FOR ISSUING A MISDEMEANOR CITATION 1.e. and N o Valid License. This serves to: a . b.

Employment history. i. seizure of evidence. An associated investigation will not be jeopardized by issuance of a misdemeanor citation.General. No Requirement To Issue Effective Date: Approved By: " . The arrestee does not insist on seeing a judge or magistrate. Residence history. See also the procedure entitled "Arrests ." Force was not used to effect the arrest. f. securing of warrant(s). The officer must have reasonable belief the arrestee is not a danger to himself or others. There is no evidence to suggest the arrestee would not appear in court.00 Page 3 of 6 11 d e. 3) 2. The arrestee agrees to sign the citation guaranteeing appearance in court.04. j. and the like.egulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest Misdemeanor Citations Procedure #: 2. The arrestee is not in need of medical attention. A misdemeanor citation should not be issued if such investigative activities would be compromised." particularly the section on "Medical Considerations. This can be established by investigating the arrestee's: 1) 2) g. This does not prevent the officer from issuing the citation after appropriate medical attention has been received. h . There are situations when continued physical custody would allow interviews.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ]1R. Family ties.

and prepare a conventional complaint. If so. - Effective Date: 35 . the officer can either: a . Notice that the misdemeanor investigation involves no arrest. Officer's Discretion When an officer elects to conclude a qualifying misdemeanor investigation with the issuance of the citation. They are: - 1. APPLICATION OF THE MISDEMEANOR CITATION Issuing Occasions. the officer should write boldly on the citation "COURT TIME SET BY MAGISTRATE. Release by Magistrate After Arrest If the officer takes any misdemeanor offender to a correctional facility and contacts a magistrate and that Magistrate elects to release that person on his own recognizance.04. misdemeanor arrests made by a private person. it is not required. Although issuing a misdemeanor citation in eligible misdemeanor cases is encouraged. or as the final act of a misdemeanor investigation. b.00 Page 4 of 6 11 ll Issuing a misdemeanor citation is an OPTION available to the officer. This applies to misdemeanor arrests made by the officer for a n offense committed in his presence. but only filing a charge using the misdemeanor citation as a charging document.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT' 11~ e g d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s 11 Procedure Title: Arrest Misdemeanor Citations Procedure #: 2. 2. or Complete the Uniform Summons and Complaint using the date and time set by the Magistrate. Let the defendant leave. per se. There are two occasions when an officer can issue a misdemeanor citation. C." and issue the citation to the defendant prior to release. assuming the above conditions are satisfied.

The second white copy and the envelope do not apply and can be discarded (these are used for mail-in resolution to various traffic infractions). If the officer erroneously enters a different time. 3. two weeks from the date of issue unless a Magistrate sets a time certain while setting bail. so a warrant will not be issued. b. or 2) If issued subsequent to a judicial officer's release on the defendant's o w n recognizance. specifying a court date of either: 1) A court date provided by dispatch. 2. Time Of Appearance The time for appearance is 0:830 a.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest Misdemeanor Citations Procedure #: 2.m. Distribution a . the defendant will not be available for arraignment. Consequently.04.00 Page 5 of 6 11 D. Form Completion Details on how to properly complete the Uniform Summons and a complaint as a misdemeanor citation can be found in the Report Writing Procedures. and cannot be processed. workload does not allow routine filing of an information as a corrective measure. with the bold written notation on the citation "COURT DATE ASSIGNED BY THE MAGISTRATE" as previously discussed. The Prosecutor's Office and court system regard such an error as an improperly executed document. Once completed. even if the defendant does not show at the erroneous time. PROCESSING THE MISDEMEANOR CITATION 1. on Wednesday's. Further. the arrestee is given a legible white copy. the only choices are: Effective Date: Approved By: . the date and time specified by that judicial officer should be shown.

Disposition At the end of the shift. The form is ultimately forwarded to the Prosecutor's Office for review as a charging document. b. 4. or Return the citation to the officer for re-issue. A CIDS form must accompany paperwork forwarded to the DA on all arrests. the Uniform Summons and Complaint is signed by the officer and submitted to a supervisor for review and notarization. Effective Date: Approved By - . Summarily decline any prosecution.00 Page 6 of 6 11 a .04.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Arrest Misdemeanor Citations Procedure #: 2.

" Note: It is legally permissible for a private person to make a felony arrest." 2.25. For a crime committed or attempted in the presence of the person making the arrest. When a felony has in fact been committed. AUTHORITY 1. although not in the presence of the person making the arrest.030 A Private Person Or Peace Officer Without A Warrant May Arrest A Person: a . Private Person Procedure #: 2. PROCEDURE A. When the person has committed a felony.010 Persons Authorized To Make Arrest "An arrest may be made by a peace officer or private person. B. OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITIES Effective Date: 6 -/+? Approved By: . o POLICY That private persons' arrests processed by members of this Department be conducted in compliance with the applicable rules and statutes governing such arrests.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Arrest. but it is Department policy to have the Officer make the arrest based on the probable cause supplied by the complainant o r upon the officer's investigation.05. AS 12. AS 12.00 Page 1 of 6 11 PURPOSE T advise all personnel of the procedures applicable to private persons' arrests.25. c. b. and the person making the arrest has reasonable cause for believing the person to have committed it.

been violated.010 are to be invoked. Manner Of Assistance Another aspect of the officer's responsibilities is to deliver these services in a patient. and understanding fashion. even receiving that authority from the same statute. a private person needs the technical assistance of the police whenever the arrest privileges provided for in A S 12. Assisting Citizen Procedure #: 2. namely: a. 2. Consequently. Case Assessment To satisfy the duties of assisting and processing.05. completing forms. the officer assumes two general responsibilities: a . in fact. in calls involving a citizen's arrest. b. and The legal sufficiency of the case. and Processes the case subsequent to the citizen's arrest by taking custody of the defendant. There is no specific age limit. to ensure that a law has. as the citizen is involving himself in a very complex process and looks to the officer for expert advice. At the heart of this assessment is the consideration of two issues. Effective Date: Approved By: . But an officer has training and experience in this specialized field that a typical citizen does not. b. the officer must review and assess the case. Guides the citizen by answering questions. 2. maximum or minimum.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Arrest. on which to determine competency. The legal competency of the complainantlarrestor. Private Person 1. and similar acts. ensuring that all appropriate evidence is seized. Therefore. and preparing the case to allow prosecution. ASSESSING THE CASE 1. note the following: a . explaining the process.00 Page 2 of 6 1 A private person has the same authority to arrest as a peace officer.25. Legal Competency Does the person know and appreciate what helshe is doing? Can he differentiate between being a witnessing complainant and being an arresting complainant? And. helpful. and that there is adequate evidence to support a charge. can that private person fully appreciate the significance and responsibility of arresting another person? In assessing the competency. C.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Tide: Arrest.05. At that time. As with any call. a supervisor can be consulted. c The officer is the first examiner of competency. requiring the officer to assist in. A CASE WITH ANY DEFICIENCY WILL NOT CONCLUDE WITH AN OFFICER ACCEPTING THE ARREST. or if an officer elects not to cite.00 Page 3 of 6 11 b. Arrest At The Scene (Adult) a. the defendant will either: a) Be released on hislher own recognizance. 3. the arrest should not be accepted. facilitating follow-up with possible charging and/or warrant arrest at a later date. 1. The officer may issue a misdemeanor citation if citation criteria are met (See "Misdemeanor Citations" for full instructions). Instead. Defendant in Physical Custody: 1) Provide and insure that the WPD private person arrest form is properly filled out by the complainant. and ultimately evaluate the case. but consumption of alcohol does not automatically negate one's authority to arrest. the field report should express the issues. in that all elements of that crime must be proven. Being in custody does not necessarily suspend one's authority to arrest. then transport subject to the Correctional Facility and contact the magistrate for bail. he is OBLIGATED to assist in the arrest and processing. 2) 3) If criteria for citing are not met. D. in which case the officer may either: Effective Date: Approved By: < . Private Person Procedure #: 2. Sobriety is an issue. Sufficient physical andlor testimonial evidence must be secured. If that doubt continues. Legal Sufficiency This aspect is indistinguishable from an arrest made by an officer. PROCESSING THE ARREST Should the officer determine that the complainant is competent and the case has sufficient legal merit. there can be many variables. This section sets out the most common scenarios and the accepted methods of case disposition. allowing follow-up investigation with a possible charging andlor warrant arrest at a later date. Instead the field report should state the facts. If there is doubt.

as further investigation might be appropriate. Further investigation is required: The officer will either conduct further field investigation or forward the report to another officer or supervisor for followup. Suspect not in physical custody." of this section ("Defendant in physical custody") for details on processing. Once the suspect is in custody. third party release. At the conclusion of the investigation. If remanded. writing on the face "COURT DATE SET BY MAGISTRATE. and prepare a complaint. The officer. c) b. the officer shall complete and sign a complaint. The officer should sign the complaint. or Allow the defendant to leave. setting out the full probable cause for the private person having made the arrest. These occasions are in two broad categories: a. andlor other restrictions. 2) 2. an arrest is not made at the scene. No Arrest At Scene (Adult) Frequently. 1) The citizen is not expected to overpower a suspect as a condition of arrest. Use the date set by the Magistrate. the officer who investigates may: 1) Have an inconclusive investigation. with no charge(s). can apply whatever force is required and allowed to effect the arrest (see "Use of Force" for clarification).05. or Effective Date: Approved By: I . and the complaint shall include in the probable cause statement the basis for the private person having made the arrest. refer to paragraph "a. if satisfied with the legitimacy of the arrest. but at scene. or the defendant may not be present. a2) b) Be remanded to the proper facility with restrictions to release imposed. such as bail (cash only or cash/bond/surety). or another investigation jeopardized. Private Person Procedure #: 2.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Arrest.00 Page 4 of 6 1 - al) Issue a Misdemeanor Citation for any misdemeanor.

normally by way of a completed "Private Person's Arrest Form.1 ~ e p l a t i o nand Procedures Manual s - Procedure #: 2. Preparation Of Court Complaints Never instruct a private person to contact the prosecutor's office to bring charges. both (all) counts can be on one Complaint. but the defendant is not present for arrest. all counts can also appear on one complaint. a warrant. 2.ADULTS 1. or Establish criminality and seek ' Warrants/Summons/Subpoenasnfor details. as described in "Warrants/Summons/Subpoenas.00 Page 5 of 6 11 Procedure Tide: Arrest. No further investigation is required. Private Person's Arrest Form In all cases. MISCELLANEOUS PROCESSING ISSUES . the officer may prepare a complaint and seek a summons or " warrant. Private Person 2) 3) Establish criminality and charge that person by issuing a misdemeanor citation or preparing and signing a complaint. E. the officer should be alert to the intent aspect essential to the commission of any crime. In this event. Multiple Counts If the officer observes criminal action and makes an arrest coincidentally with the citizen's arrest. 3. A child has to be old enough to form malicious. JUVENILES "ARRESTED" BY PRIVATE PERSONS 1. the private person will provide the officer with a signed statement. The officer is responsible for preparation of a charging document and completion of a field report.05. criminal intent to be held responsible for committing an act of delinquency. however. If the private person makes arrests for multiple offenses. " This will become a part of the original field report. Effective Date: Approved By: 75 1 . Juveniles May Be Arrested Nothing precludes juveniles from being "Arrested" by a citizen. as instructed above. F. In assessing the case. See b.

2.Juveniles" and the "Custody . However. 13AAC). 3.05. FIELD REPORT FEATURES The Report Writing Chapter should be consulted for details on when and how to complete the various reports. Processing A Juvenile Arrest Processing of any juvenile arrest can be found in the "Arrests . Accurate Telephone Numbers and addresses are particularly important. Even the signed statement (usually in the form of the "Private Person's Arrest Form") from the arresting citizen remains a requirement. note the following two special considerations when documenting a Private Persons Arrest: 1 . Comprehensive "Private Person's Arrest Form" can substitute for a lengthy "Interview with Complainant" section. a juvenile is not issued a misdemeanor citation for anything other than criminal violations of the traffic codes (AS 28. Effective Date: . T h e disposition of the case is where the differences surface. Juveniles Not Issued Misdemeanor Citations As both the "Arrest n and "Juvenile" procedures state. A legible.00 Page 6 of 6 1 procedure Title: Arrest. Private Person 2.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Redations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2.Juvenile Delinquency" sections of this chapter. Note that there are no substantial differences between a call for an adult arrested by a citizen and a juvenile arrested by a citizen.

This necessarily requires someone to violate a n unrelated law first.700. then a second act of resistinglinterfering with that arrest be committed. the person resists personal arrest or interferes with the arrest of another by: Force. with the intent of preventing the officer from making the arrest. avoiding arrests based solely on a subject's lack of cooperation. failure to provide identification. POLICY That members of the Department apply the provisions of the resisting officer laws narrowly. rudeness. Resisting Procedure #: 2. knowing that a peace officer is making an arrest.00 Page 1 of 2 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the proper application of the State Statute governing resisting arrest.06. Resisting or interfering with arrest. Effective Date: 6 -1-5'3 Approved By: .or challenge to the officer's authority. Committing any degree of criminal mischief. REFERENCES AS 11. A person commits the crime of resisting or interfering with arrest if.or Any means that creates a substantial risk of physical injury to any person.56.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1Reg-ulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest. DISCUSSION THE STATE STATUTE The State Statute for resisting limits itself to acts conducted while an arrest is being made or attempted.

The issue is when to make this otherwise conventional arrest. PROCEDURE A. B . The following charges are typical of those acts committed to resist or interfere with an officer which have their own particular section to charge under: 1. Once established. The next section.06." the most critical aspect of charging resisting is to ensure that the amount and t w e of resisting done by the subiect was substantial enough to warrant arrest.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest. an alternate charge might be considered.00 Page 2 of 2 1 PROCEDURAL CONSIDERATIONS The actual procedure for making and processing an arrest for resisting is not remarkable or unique. ESTABLISHING THE OFFENSE As emphasized in "DISCUSSION." provides guidelines for applying the provisions of these laws and offers alternatives to arrest for resisting. INSUFFICIENT RESISTING AND ALTERNATE CHARGES Should the officer determine that the person's conduct did not meet the level required for an arrest under the State Statute of resisting officer. the investigation of any remaining elements constituting the crime are conventional. however. Since "resisting an officer" is so general. Assault Disorderly Conduct . 2. descriptive charge. "PROCEDURE. Resisting Procedure #: 2. the officer would be wise to consider a more specific.

...................The taking of custody of a person to answer to an allegation of criminal conduct.07. PROCEDURE A....... these differences must be accommodated. Felony PURPOSE To advise all personnel of those issues unique to felony arrests.. An act or omission which can be punished by any imprisonment........................ ......... Timing Of Arrest r Effective Date: Approved B v .......... However........... DISCUSSION There is very little that makes a felony arrest different from any other arrest.......1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2...... Felony............. Arrest ...... POLICY That felony arrests made by members of this Department be made in compliance with the laws and procedures which recognize the unique elements of an arrest for a felony offense..........................00 Page 1 of 6 I1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Arrest...... An act or omission which may be punished with imprisonment in excess of one year................. DEFINITIONS Crime.. ELEMENTS MAKING A FELONY ARREST UNIQUE 1.................. for officer safety and successful prosecution.....

i - Generally. A briefing with the District Attorney should occur. Prosecuting Agency The prosecuting agency is the District Attorney's Office for prosecution on the State's behalf. Notification Of Supervisor A supervisor should be notified of an impending felony arrest as soon as practical. This results in two major procedural changes for the officer: a . In addition. 2. the offense does not have to be committed in the officer's presence. it may not be necessary to make an immediate arrest of a non-violent felony offender. Arrest Based On Probable Cause A felony arrest can be made based on probable cause.07. Unlike a misdemeanor arrest. the probable cause can be developed by another officer. where the officer completes either a misdemeanor citation or actual criminal complaint form. Felony Procedure #: 2. Act as a witness to the events if available. A charging document (CIDS form) is always prepared by the officer. while infractions are normally charged on the Uniform Summons and Complaint). 3. Additionally.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest.00 Page 2 of 6 1 *.and b. Coordination with the District Attorney's Office for case preparation within legal time frame is thereby enhanced. Effective Date: b -1-93 " . the State's "Criminal Intake Form" is completed and submitted with the case report. (This differs from a typical misdemeanor arrest. COORDINATION WITH SUPERVISORS 1. B. The supervisor's role includes the following: a . That assists the District Attorney's Office in deciding/preparing the case.

CRITERIA FOR WARRANTLESS FELONY ARREST 1. An officer may make a felony arrest if delaying the arrest b. thus avoiding "starting the clock. Supervisor May Delegate Depending on the complexity of the case and the current caseload. the supervisor may delegate the above duties to the primary officer or other sworn member. Because of the time required to prepare a complex "whitecollar" crime (fraud. would: Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 3 of 6 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest.07. but a supervisor should be notified as soon as the case has stabilized sufficiently. Felony b. In these events. C. the officer may effect an arrest." Coordination with a supervisor and the District Attorney's Office for case preparation facilitates compliance with the various time limits. embezzlement. etc.) the officer is advised not to make such a n arrest. c d. 2. a .1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Timing Of Arrest Generally. it is not necessary to make an immediate arrest of a non-violent felony offender. credit card misuse. Make supervisory determinations. Review elements of the offense and sufficiency of the probable cause. Immediate Notification Is Not Always Possible Many situations exist where contact with a supervisor prior to conducting a felony arrest is impractical. 3. such as calling for additional resources and notification of the duty District Attorney. Provide assistance to the primary officer.

be reviewed with the District Attorney prior to making a felony arrest. Felony 1 1) 2) Create a physical hazard to another person. The factors to consider include: a . apprehension of the suspect. Once An Arrest Has Been Made As stated previously. whenever possible. or Allow flight of the suspect.00 Page 4 of 6 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest. b. Effective Date: . or a field officer can be faced with the decision to make a felony arrest. c. Are all elements of the crime satisfied? Is there sufficient probable cause that the crime has been committed. This policy does not. preclude an officer from making an on sight arrest in those situations where the safety of the public. or Cause other significant problems. however. 3) 2.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. and that the suspect is the one responsible? Has all evidence been secured through proper search and seizure techniques? Is there anything to be gained or jeopardized by delaying the arrest (see also "Timing of Arrest" in paragraph 1 above)? d 3. or seriousness of the crime is so compelling as to dictate an immediate arrest. criminal cases will. Factors To Consider In Deciding On Arrest A supervisor.07.

07. In addition. D. After Hours. c. At that time it will be the officer's responsibility to fill out and complete a subpoena and serve on any pertinent victim. The attorney will review the factual circumstances leading to the arrest. etc. This process will immediately notify an officer of his grand jury time and will eliminate the frustrating task of locating and serving critical witnesses at the last minute.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IRegulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Arrest. Subpoenas. Subpoenas served should be noted and highlighted in the police report. CRITERIA FOR FELONY WARRANT ARREST Immediate Arrest Expected Unless officer safety or another investigation would be compromised. .00 Page 5 of 6 11 a . If an officer makes a felony arrest during normal business hours the officer will make contact with the District Attorney as soon as possible by phone and request to speak with any available attorney. During Normal Business Hours. If an officer makes a felony arrest after normal business hours the officer will make contact with the on call attorney as soon as possible by phone. it is expected that a felony warrant arrest be executed immediately if the subject can be located and properly identified. Felony Procedure #: 2. witness. b. When this contact has been made the same procedures as described above will be followed. the attorney will provide the officer with the date and time of the Grand Jury Hearing for that arrest.

Effective Date: Approved By: v / . the "Criminal Intake Form" is prepared in lieu of the complaint.00 Page 6 of 6 1 \ E. Felony Procedure #: 2. 2. Preparation Of Criminal Complaint Not Required Unlike misdemeanors where the officer prepares the charging document. The "Criminal Case Intake and Disposition Form (CIDS)" The arresting officer is obligated to prepare a State "Criminal Intake Form" and submit it with the field report.07.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IReg-ulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrest. CHARGING AFTER ARREST 1. and it is Departmental policy to avoid advisement of rights under any but custodial interview. MIRANDA WARNINGS OF FELONY SUSPECTS Timing The Miranda Warning Officers are reminded that the most current Supreme Court ruling is that advisement of rights under Miranda must be made prior to any custodial interview (see "Custody . F.General" for full discussion on concept of "custody"). The District Attorney's Office uses this in selecting the charging mode and statute(s). General questioning and non-custodial questioning do not require the Miranda warning.

.. POLICY That members of the Wasilla Police Department conduct arrests that: are appropriate to the situation....... This excludes................00...The taking of a person into custody to answer to an allegation of a criminal offense.............................00 Page 1 of 9 1 PURPOSE To advise all personnel on the methods for effecting arrests of misdemeanor violations.............. DEFINITIONS Crime....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor fr- Procedure #: 2.......... if convicted................ An act or omission which can be punished by a fine up to $300...00.... and are legally sufficient and acceptable.........One type of crime which. Arrest.... An act or omission which can be punished by any imprisonment....... but not by imprisonment of any duration. Effective Date: Approved By: ................... standing alone........... The one act must. andlor a term of imprisonment of up to a year.... and minimize risk exposure... could subject the violator to a fine in excess of $300...... be sufficient to allow license action).... and flow smoothly into the court and correctional system............. by definition............... and/or a license action (suspension or revocation) for that single act (Note: A traffic infraction does not elevate to a misdemeanor if that infraction happens to give the violator sufficient points for a license action....08.. or other minor sanctions......infractions.......... impoundment of property........ Infraction. Misdemeanor...

An officer will rarely have contact with this document.. If the complaint is for a traffic infraction. it is a " t r a c citation......... A field issued complaint.. Idormation.... Uniform Summons and Complaint." If for an eligible misdemeanor...... see the procedure "Wmmt~/Smons/Subpoenas..... PROCEDURE A TYPES OF MISDEMEANOR A R ~ S ' I S 1.... the common name is "misdemeanor citation...... these documents include: Criminal Complaint..... the various traffic codes.That form which sets forth the particulars of who violated what...... Warrant Arrests When the court issues an order compelling any peace officer to arrest and detain a specific individual for the violation of a misdemeanor law............ That detection has to be of such quality as to conclude that only the personts) accused could have committed the act(s)alleged...... "presence" requires the person to detect an act (or a sufficient portion of an act) with any of the five senses..~~ i 11 l\~ffective Date: Approved B y 3 I1 11 ..............'' "Committed in One's Presence"...... A charging document prepared by a prosecutor supported by &davit.. . The single copy form provided by the Prosecutor's Office which the arresting officer prepares for certain misdemeanor offenses.....00 Page 2 of 9 IRegulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor 11 Charging Document.r WMILLA POLICE DEPARTmNT Procedure #: 2. or in any other body of law..... For more information... City ordinance..For purposes of this procedure..08....... That misdemeanor law can appear in State statute...................

For the less serious offenses. b. B. Conducted by a private person. 7 b. Warrant Arrest a .- WMILLA POLICE DEPmTMENT Procedure k 2.00 Page 3 of 9 [&gulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor 11 2. Departmental policy allows the officer to select the time and place for arrest providing the officer is able to articulate why an arrest was not immediately made. In executing any warrant arrest. Reasons for issue range from failure to respond to citations for non-hazardous traffic infractions through multiple murders (this procedure. EXl3CUTING THE ARBEST 1. 7 2) Confirming the existence of the warrant through Communications. This includes both the identity of the person named on the warrant and the identity of the subject being considered for arrest. if and only if the subject misdemeanor is: a) b) The DWI provisions. 1) If any misdemeanor is committed in his presence. Conducted by the officer. or 2) On probable cause. Warrantless Arrests a .08. however. Effective Date: Approved B y . A warrant is a court order to arrest. discusses only warrants for misdemeanor offenses). the most critical elements are: 1) Establishing positive identity. Only if any misdemeanor and if it is committed in that citizen's presence. developed by that officer or other officers. or The "Domestic Violation'' provisions.

and The agency of origin. as the function of the Magistrate has been previously satisfied by the issuing judicial officer. Neither "failure to appear" nor "failure to satisfy'' is the violation. The warrant should charge. restraining. ensure the following information appears in the police report: 1) 2) 3) \ f. Wasilla Police Officers can serve any valid warrant.00 Page 4 of 9 3) "Clearing1' warrant from the computer. specifying whether that bail is "Cash Only. and The violation.Shoplift'' as the complete violation. Misdemeanor Procedure #: 2. bail) appear in the text of the warrant. the subject is arrested in the conventional manner (see "In-Custody Transports ' procedure for details on searching. "Failure to Appear . for instance. 7 d e. and The bail m o u n t or conditions of release. If both the aforementioned elements (see b (1) and ( 2 ) ) meet the officer's satisfaction and the officer elects to execute the warrant. conditions of release (e. The jail facility here will issue the defendant a court date in the jurisdiction where the warrant was issued.08.g. the c . In processing a warrant arrest.IIRegulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests. and transporting anyone brought into custody). For instance. If it is a warrant from another jurisdiction within the State it is not necessary for that jurisdiction to first agree to transport. No Magistrate appearance is required prior to a misdemeanor warrant booking. The number of the warrant." or "Cash or Bond." and 4) - Effective Date: Approved By: .

and in hidher presence. by the officer. one of several things can occur: 3) 4) 5) Effective Date: Approved By: .08. Once the Magistrate has been contacted. "AST.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT l&gulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor Procedure k 2.00 Page 5 of 9 11 5) If an Alaska State Trooper warrant. restraining. the officer should provide a brief criminal history of the subject from NCIC and APSIN. 2) Arrest techniques are conventional (See "In-Custody and Transport'' for details on searching. or for the two misdemeanors of Driving While Intoxicated and Domestic Violence based on probable cause only (if the applicable standards are met). Dispatch Center can generally provide this information. At this time the Magistrate is contacted by phone and bail is set. Warrantless Arrests a . on or off duty. The name of the computer operator who cleared the warrant. and transporting any person brought into custody). To assist the Magistrate. 6) 2. The arrestee is transported to jail and booked. within the boundaries of the City.Soldotna"). can effect an arrest as a police officer for any misdemeanor committed in his or her presence. specify the Detachment (for instance. 1) Any sworn Wasilla Police Department officer. Warrantless Arrests.

in turn. [Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor a) Procedure JE 2. the officer must then book the person into the appropriate facility. issuing it directly to the defendant. the defendant may either: Effective Date: Approved B y . has two options: al) The subject can leave. guaranteeing the balance of the bail be paid by the bonding company if the defendant should fail to appex in court. (See the procedure on Misdemeanor Citations for k l l discussion).00 Page 6 of 9 1 The subject can be "released on his own recognizance" (OR'd) often with specific release . the person is free to leave. conditions to abide by. where a bond is substituted for bail. and the officer can type up a complaint as the charging document. and if the arrestee agrees to sign the documents. b) The subject may be required to post bail. providing they use the court date set by the Magistrate and write on the citation "COURT D T ASSIGNED BY AE MAGISTRATE". or a2) The Officer can complete a Uniform Summonsand Complaint. 6) Booking a) Regardless of any bail imposed.WMILLA POLICE DEPAR. either Cash or bond (surety). Once booked. In that event. The offlcer.TMENT .08.

if allowed). Misdemeanor arrests by officers for offenses not committed in their presence. by special statute. 1) Only two types of misdemeanor offenses allow officers. and Domestic Violence statutes that protect a "spousal relationship" partner from having to formally complain about a family member. consult the procedure en titled "Domestic Violence. and be released. They are: a) b) DWI.08." The procedure "Misdemeanor Citations" discusses using Misdemeanor Citations at the conclusion of misdemeanor investigations.00 Page 7 of 9 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s f- 11 Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor al) Post the bail (or bond. or Not meet the release conditions. but may do so at his discretion. and get remanded into jail to await arraignment in the near future. a2) b) If "OR7d"the officer has no legal obligation to transport the released subject. to arrest if that violation did not occur in their presence. c) Effective Date: Approved By: . and/or comply with any other release conditions (such as a "third party release" requiring a specific individual to assume custody of the arrestee). For a full discussion on these situations. b. if the arrest can be made within FOUR HOURS of the offense.It WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.

and Review for legal sufficiency of the evidence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor Procedure #: 2. one is reminded that issuing a Misdemeanor Citation is not an arrest.00 Page 8 of 9 11 -. 1) The officer's role in a private person's arrest is: a) b) Review for legal competency of the complaint. Consequently. c Misdemeanor arrests by private persons. c) Effective Date: Approved By: / - . Nothing prohibits an officer from charging a misdemeanor offense which was not committed in that person's presence. then process the arrest and documents. but a charging procedure. including the probable cause). including the DWI and Domestic Violence special provisions (for peace officers) described in the preceding paragraph. the officer must initiate the arrest based on the probable cause furnished by the victim or complaining witness. ensuring all the elements of the crime have been satisfied.08. 3) Procedurally7 the only difference between a misdemeanor arrest under these provisions and a conventional "probable cause" felony arrest is the charging system (the officer will prepare the complaint. and If "(a)"and "(b)"above are met. Although the misdemeanor was not committed in the officer's presence. 2) A private person cannot make any "probable cause" misdemeanor arrests.

" Effective Date: Approved By: -/'Ñ .08.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Arrests Misdemeanor Procedure #: 2. refer to the procedure in this chapter entitled "Arrests Private Persons.00 Page 9 of 9 2) For a complete discussion on how that is done.

.

Must Comply With Minimum Standards All soft body armor issued must comply with the current minimum protective standards prescribed by the National Institute of Justice.10. EffectiveDate: /'/<8-7 e - Approved By: /> - . Worn Or Damaged Body Armor Body armor that is worn or damaged shall be replaced by the department. DISCUSSION It is the policy of this Department to maximize officer safety through the use of body armor in conjunction with the practice of prescribed safety procedures. All Sworn Officers Shall Be Issued Soft Body Armor. Required For All Uniformed Officers All officers engaged in uniformed law enforcement are required to wear body armor unless exempted by this policy. 2.9 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. USE OF BODY ARMOR 1. 3. ISSUANCE OF BODY ARMOR 1.00 Page 1 of 4 1 ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Body Armor I 11 I PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide officers with guidelines for the proper use and care of soft body armor. Body armor that must be replaced due to misuse or abuse by the officer shall be paid for by the officer. it is not a substitute for sound. B. PROCEDURE A. While body armor provides a significant level of protection. basic safety procedures.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Body Armor 2. including a periodic documented inspection of employee's body armor. b. a . 2. Exemptions An officer may be exempt from wearing body armor as follows: 3. Supervisor Responsibility Supervisors shall be responsible for ensuring that body armor is worn and maintained as required by this procedure. Officers Shall Wear Only Department Approved Body Armor. Effective Date: Approved By: .10. or Any other time the Chief of Police determines an exemption is appropriate. c d 4. C. Check For Damage All body armor shall be properly stored and periodically checked for signs of damage or aging. or When the officer is assigned to perform an administrative function. INSPECTION OF BODY ARMOR 1.00 Page 2 of 4 11 ^ Body Armor Shall B e Worn During Recruit And Field Training. or When the officer is involved in undercover or plainclothes work that his supervisor determines would be compromised by use of body armor. Procedure #: 2. When a Department approved physician determines that an officer has a medical condition that would preclude use of body armor.

signs of damage. abuse. 4. and wear. Reporting Of Damage Officers are responsible for reporting any damage or wear to the ballistic panels or cover to the Sergeant.10.00 Page 3 of 4 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Body Armor 3. Random Testing Periodic random testing of departmental body armor shall be done by the Sergeant through a certified laboratory. Effective Date: Approved By: . Off Duty When off duty. 4. 2. Annual Inspection There shall be an annual inspection of all body armor for fit. an officer shall store body armor in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions 3. cleanliness. CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF BODY ARMOR 1. D. each officer shall be responsible for cleaning the body armor in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Officer Is Responsible Each officer is responsible for the proper storage and daily inspection of his body armor for signs of damage and general cleanliness. Cleaning As dirt and perspiration may erode ballistic panels.

Training Programs Training programs that inform the officers about body armor. Current Weapons And Ammunition Use And Effectiveness A description of weapons and ammunition currently in use. and whether or not issued soft body armor can withstand their impact.10. Effective Date: Approved By: . including traffic accidents.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT . 1~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Body Armor Procedure #: 2.00 Page 4 of 4 1 1 >' " E . Armor Effectiveness Statistics Statistics on incidents where armor has or has not protected officers from harm. TRAINING The Patrol Sergeant shall be responsible for maintaining the following information: Technological Advances Technological advances in the body armor industry that may necessitate a change in body armor. and emphasize its safe and proper use.

and reduce unnecessary interruptions to normal activity. Knowing what options to present a building manager or school administrator may eliminate panic. The officer. PROCEDURE A.11. 1. All considerations in the field will be made with this policy in mind. RECEIVING A BOMB THREAT CALL As the primary emergency information receiving center for the MatanuskaSusitna Valley. 2. prevent injuries. DISCUSSION An officer should keep in mind that he.00 Page 1 of 5 . the Palmer Emergency Dispatch Center will usually receive first notification of a bomb threat. will be looked to for guidance in most situations. Caller Information Effective Date: Approved By: . Begin Tracing The Call Immediately. POLICY The policy of the Wasilla Police Department in receiving information or responding to a reported bomb threat will be one of protection of life and property.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. must act as an advisor in decisions of evacuation and searching by civilians. because of his training and experience. absent the presence of an identified bomb or other explosive device. If The Call Is Received On 911. - 11 11 1 II procedure Title: Bomb Threats PURPOSE To advise all personnel of their responsibilities when answering or responding to reported threats of an explosive device.

will write down as much of the following information as possible. 3) 4) r Effective Date: Approved By: .. the dispatcher. Information to be documented by the person receiving the can. The sex of the caller. office manager. street address and exact location within the building) What does it look like? What kind of bomb is it? (What type of explosive) What type of trigger device? What will cause the bomb to explode? Did you place the bomb? Why? What is your address? What is your name? 3.11. 1) 2) The exact wording of the threat. Age (Adultorjuvenile).) When is the bomb going to explode? Where is the bomb now? (name of the building. department administer. If dispatch did not receive the initial bomb threat.e. Raciayethnic tone and accent. (Some of the questions are appropriate even if the caller is the victim i. etc. the caller receiving the threat (usually the person reporting to the police) should be directed to write out the following information: a . building manager. Record All Information Although all incoming phone lines are recorded.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual t Procedure #: 2.00 Page 2 of 5 Procedure Title: Bomb Threats If the person reporting the bomb threat is not the victim the following questions should be asked by the dispatcher.

6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) Any background sounds observed (heard) during the call. 12) b. . tvlradio. public place. the more technical the caller. people talking. Keep in mind. Speech impediments.). Stay calm. The number at which the call was received. noise (traffic. Attempt to gain the confidence of the caller. i-e. The length of the call. or anything unusual. Intoxicated or drugged..t> WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Bomb Threats Procedure #: 2. Do not antagonize the caller. Ask if there is another solution to accomplish his goals. (offer to help. 3) 4) 5) Effective Date: Approved By. If the dispatcher receives the initial call. The time and date of the call. solutions. the better chance the bomb threat is real. Peculiar pronunciations. the following important considerations should be kept in mind during the initial conversation: 1) 2) Keep the caller on the phone as long as possible.00 - Page 3 of 5 5) Voice tone and quality. etc.11.) Play on the caller's sympathy not to injure innocent people.

b." a . These units (fire. b. Effective Date: Approved By: a . EMS/ambulance. The appropriate fire. has been located. Additional Responders. 2.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.00 Page 4 of 5 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Bomb Threats 1 7 B. or what appears to be a bomb. DISPATCH RESPONSIBILITIES 1. EMSIambulance and rescue service units should be identified and paged with the following voice message: "STAND BY AT YOUR STATION AND HAVE YOUR OFFICER IN CHARGE CONTACT THE EMERGENCY DISPATCH CENTER BY TELEPHONE. The first officer at the scene should immediately contact the person in charge of the building and determine if a bomb has in fact been located. If a bomb.11. a . POLICE OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY WHEN RESPONDING TO A BOMB THREAT 1. The appropriate police agency should be immediately dispatched to the scene. emergency service responders will not normally respond to the initial report of a bomb threat. c C. Other than police. Determine If The Bomb Has Been Located. the officer should immediately direct any person within a range to potentially be injured by an explosion be evacuated from the area. and rescue) will be placed on standby at their respective stations. Dispatch The Appropriate Police Agency. the remaining emergency service units should be summoned to the scene. Communications by emergency service units should be performed via telephone if possible. If a bomb or what appears to be a bomb has been located. All units will be advised to maintain radio silence until a determination has been made by the appropriate law enforcement agency as to the validity of the threat.

d 2. b. advise and suggest. The officer should maintain control of the scene and ensure the area is evacuated until the device has been removed by the Anchorage EOD Unit. the seriousness of the caller and the potential for the threat to be carried out. If the residents (workers) are agreeable. the officer should: a . Evaluate along with the building manager and the person receiving the threat. but the final decision will be that of the responsible person described above. the procedures in C 1 above should be followed. If No Bomb Has Been Located If no bomb has been located after responding to the scene of the threat. Once a bomb or suspected bomb has been located. requesting that the Anchorage Police Department EOD K-9 dog be called to the scene for the building search. c The officer should consider. if available. The officer may be asked to provide information.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Bomb Threats Procedure #: 2. cL e.00 Page 5 of 5 1 c The officer should not attempt to remove the device. If no bomb has been initially found. He should request dispatch contact Anchorage Police Department and request the assistance of their EOD Unit.1 1. it should be kept in mind that the decision to evacuate rests with the person responsible with the building or its occupants. based upon an evaluation of the call. those persons familiar with the different areas of the building should be organized into search parties and instructed to locate and identify any unknown or unusual object in their respective areas. Effective Date: Approved By: .

.

..... Any recent felony or violent misdemeanor where the probability exists that suspect may be apprehended...... Effective Date: Approved By: 35............ represent an imminent threat to life or property.......00 Page 1 of 7 11 PURPOSE To inform all personnel of the policies and procedures for processing requests for police service... Any incident involving exigent circumstances which demands an immediate response. Any imminent threat to life or great danger of serious physical injury or major property damage........ Any active incident that does not represent a significant threat to life or property such as a minor disturbance.. provide for prioritization of those responses...... . Expedite ...15.................. POLICY It is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to provide immediate response to requests for service which.... DEFINITIONS For the purpose of this procedure........ Any serious injury or illness that may result in substantial personal harm. by their nature..... create alternative methods of response and establish guidelines for service times for responding units.. the priority status terms will be defined as follows: Emergency ........WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Call Management Procedure #: 2........ To instill an understanding of procedures and methods which define the Department's response to calls for service.... It is additionally the policy of the Department to provide an effective response to all other requests for service..... Any active felony or violent misdemeanor...

... lost property......... Tele Serve . etc. Any property damage motor vehicle accident.00 Page 2 of 7 Any non-active felony........ non-violent misdemeanor or other incident that does not present immediate hazard yet requires the presence of a police officer a t the scene.... (Dispatch may handle) no suspect and does not require immediate police action... stolen vehicle without suspect information.. Any adult who is missing under circumstances which indicate that the absence is not voluntary.e....... Any other serious incident that does not qualify as an emergency........................Anyincident where there is no scene. routine vehicle maintenance and service. 1 1 procedure ~ i t l eCall Management : Routine .. Any non-violent misdemeanor or property crime that is not active and cannot be referred to other in-house personnel or outside agency... Any active incident that could be classified as a possible crime such as a report of a suspicious person or vehicles...... parking violations and routine traffic services............ i.... stolen bicycle...... Any administrative or officer-initiated service detail including transportation.... non-active incident that involves a minor violation or offense such as noise complaints or loitering..15............ Any inactive crime scene where evidence may be lost or destroyed or where witnesses might leave before they can be interviewed..... Reports where the suspect has left the scene and where there has been no injury to the victim..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. Effective Date: 1 .......

.... therefore.. . mentally or physically disabled... ... or a vehicle which has just been taken and the complainant observed the theft (send officer). Housing complaints which are not of an emergency nature. Wild animal problems other than threat of serious injury or immediate hazards to life. Effective Date: Approved By: .. 11 All reports of supplemental information regarding a previously reported case where the case number can be provided either by the caller or through APSIN terminal... ...... All requests for general information which can be readily accommodated by Communications personnel.. including failure to return rented.50 Page 3 of 7 All reports of missing persons except persons under 12 years of age. 0 . except an incident in progress. .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Call Management Procedure #: 2 1 . Landlord tenant disputes which are non-violent.. .. The determination of these situations will require good judgment on the part of each screener who is given the flexibility to determine when the response status may be amended. Referrals to Outside .. Exigent Circumstances. .. because of their unique nature. senile or other persons who are a potential danger to themselves or others. One in which the caller seeks counseling. Exigent circumstances are those (Communications Discretion) which.... AgenciesIServices Merely advisory.. Some of the situations will present themselves outside the guidelines set forth for response status and will.. ..Clearly civil in nature. All reports of auto theft or attempted auto theft. require an override for the parameters set forth. leased or borrowed vehicles... require the presence of police officers.

. 1 Effective Date: Approved By: .............. preventing the escalation of an incident and enhancing the image of the Department.......50 Page 4 of 7 The ultimate goals of this concept are the improvement of police response......... screaming... The upgrading or downgrading of the response status may be determined in light of the followingquestions: What is the tone of voice of the caller? Is there background noise such as laughter..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Call Management Procedure #: 2 1 ...... A non-emergency response code that instructs the operator of a police vehicle to proceed to the location in question as time permits.... muffled sounds....... it is not necessary to proceed immediately. music or objects being broken? What is the age of the caller? What time is it? What is the apparent level of fear of the caller? Is the caller willing to give his name and telephone number for verification of the incident? Is the caller known to the police? Is there a previous pattern of calls? Is the call suddenly terminated? Does the caller appear to be under the apparent influence of alcohol or drugs? Code I. allaying the fears of citizens......... 0 ... While a response will be required...

........ but to abide by all moving traffic laws......... Effective Date: Approved By: .............. (For further information on Code four responses refer to the Use of Vehicles Procedure.................. Code four allows emergency operation of police vehicles... Response shall be with both emergency lights and siren in operation to allow all practical haste..........) PROCEDURE A...... 2.... Evaluate Promptly and carefully evaluate the call and determine the priority status..... Unless otherwise notified by a dispatcher................ Use of emergency warning equipment enroute is inappropriate.......... .......A non-emergency response code that instructs the operator of a police vehicle to proceed directly to the location in question......... Code 3.. Emergency assignments where there is actual threat of serious injury or death of a person... (For further information on Code 3 responses refer to the Use of Vehicle Procedure................... Emergency assignments where the use of the emergency warning equipment (especially the s i r e n ) may interfere with t h e effective performance of the police task.. .......15.......) Code 4..............00 Page 5 of 7 11 Code 2...... with less than full use of the emergency warning equipment..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT l l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Call Management Procedure #: 2.. REQUESTS FOR POLICE SERVICE The EDC shall upon receiving a call requesting police services: 1.... all response codes are presumed to be code two.. Screen Screen the call and obtain as much information as possible relative to the incident... with cause..

" Referrals. call the complainant back by phone and advise of the situation and an ETA for an officer. "This incident can be reported by telephone without the necessity of calling an officer off of the street.15. call the complainant back by phone and advise of the situation and an ETA for an officer. and names of agencies or contact persons. e. Effective Date: Approved By: '/ r <-? . addresses. to dispatch a police unit within 15 minutes or. Routine 1) 2) Dispatch Code 2. if an officer has been dispatched but has not responded within 30 minutes.00 Page 6 O f 7 1 1 Procedure Title: Call Management a . to dispatch a police unit within 30 minutes or. 2) c. if an officer has been dispatched but has not responded within 15 minutes.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ~ ns Procedure #: 2. 3. an officer will be sent to any call as soon as possible. Non Emergency Calls For other than emergency calls. In these cases dispatch Code 4. - b. directly take the report over the phone with the explanation. If the dispatcher is unable. If the dispatcher is unable. for any reason. Expedite 1) Dispatch Code 2. d Teleserve. Dispatch immediately Code 3 except in those instances where the use of emergency equipment may interfere with the effective performance of the police task or when persons at the scene may be endangered by the suspect becoming aware of a police response. If appropriate and time permits. for any reason. Immediately provide phone numbers. Emergency.

4. Dispatch Card Complete a dispatch card for all calls for police service except that no card is required for a referral. OFFICERS RESPONSE Officers responding to any call for service shall proceed directly to the location of the call unless the officer is notified that the suspect has fled the scene and a perimeter andfor neighborhood canvass may assist in the apprehension of the suspect. advising the dispatcher of the appropriate offense code and whether or not a report is needed. First Officer On Scene The first officer to arrive on the scene of a Code 3 or 4 response shall.e. 2. When appropriate. B. Advise The Dispatcher Of Any Change In Status Of The Call. C. 4. i. advise dispatch to reduce the response code for other responding police units when such reduction is appropriate.. 3 . 2. REQUESTS THAT CAN BE HANDLED BY PHONE The EDC personnel shall. Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 7 of 7 Procedure Title: Call Management 4. complete an original or supplement report according to the guidelines set forth in the report writing procedures. Promptly Clear The Call. 5.W A S I m POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2. etc.15. as soon as practical. Arrival The officer will inform the dispatcher o arrival at the location of the incident along with f their unit identifier and ensure that acknowledgment is received from dispatch. Upon Determination Of The Nature of the incident and/or location provide the caller with the appropriate referral information If New Information Is Obtained during the telephone investigation and that information amends the priority status. upon receipt of a call for police services that can be handled by phone: 1. 1. dispatch an officer to the scene. Conduct a telephone investigation of the incident. Provide The Caller With The Case Number and advise what further information might be required. serial numbers when they become available. 3.

.

....... On Lead.....A loud warning announcing that a police Canine will be used..................... authority............A condition where a Canine is working only under the verbal andlor hand signals of the handler............................. 0 ............ Off Lead.............. POLICY That the Canine Unit (K-9) support the various operational needs of the Department in achieving the police mission and that such support be done in the safest and most efficient manner possible........... Application.......? 9 Approved By: >/-3 . .......... Effective Date: 6-1 ....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Il~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Tide: Canine Unit Procedure #: 2 1 ....... A sworn police officer assigned to a Canine team who h a s successfully completed training requirements and certification set forth by the Chief of Police.................................. One Canine handler and a specifically assigned Wasilla Police Dog with equipment. Canine Team..60 Page 1 of 10 11 PURPOSE To advise all members of the Wasilla Police Department of the Department Canine Unit duties................... . and responsibility............................... OfficerMandler... A condition where a Canine is attached to and controlled by a leash in the hands of a Canine handler...... ....... DEFINITIONS Canine Warning.....................Using a police Canine in any police related function............................

.. The decision to apply a dog rests solely with the dog handler............... .. Consequently.........WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT i I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Canine Unit Procedure #: 2...Synonymous Terms Police DogIAnimal.. is certified by the Alaska Police Standards Council... Effective Date: Approved By: . Each dog is to be considered a "police dog generalist" in that the training should be for all aspects of Canine application.. each handler must know his team's limitations and the constraints imposed by law and by the regulations and policies of the Department... This decision to apply demands that the officer use reasonable restraint and sound judgment.. .. Canine/Dog/Working...16. through training and experience. a Canine team will be trained and will develop a basic philosophy of operation to include the following: Each handler is considered to be uniquely qualified through specialized training.... regulations.A qualified instructor who....... DISCUSSION In an effort to satisfy its supportive role with the Department..00 Page 2 of 10 11 Training Instructor.. All Canine handlers are subject to all the policies. and procedures affecting the Department and to those that address their function specifically.. to train police officers as Canine handlers and police Canine working dogs as police Canine generalists within the State of Alaska..........

UNIT ORGANIZATION 1. Coordinate training needs for the team and assure that nonCanine personnel are familiar with the operation and procedures of the Canine Unit. e. AND SELECTION STANDARDS 1. 2. Supervisory Responsibility The patrol Sergeant will act as the Canine Supervisor. c d. and replacements for . the handler(s)and the Canine(s) Coordinate scheduling of the Canine team to ensure proper coverage and optimal use of the team and its resources. Coordinate equipment needs. Coordinate the flow of information from the Unit to the Chief of Police for the preparation of statistical data.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tte Canine Unit il: Procedure #: 2.16. Specific Duties-Canine Supervisor a. and . and procedures. b. policies. Successfully complete a police academy and the Department's FTO program. repairs.00 Page 3 of 10 PROCEDURE A. B. Qualifications-Dog Handler Officer candidates for dog handler positions shall meet the following qualifications: a . APPLICATION PROCEDURES.-- - Effective Date: Approved By: . UNIT QUALIFICATIONS. or have applicable prior police service. Ensure compliance with Departmental regulations.

and use of force history. j. 2.16. and Have demonstrated the capacity for regular and effective high stress performance.00 Page 4 of 10 11 . d. h . i. and Maintain a residence providing a kennel which affords the dog uninterrupted solitude during off shift hours. k. and Successfully complete Canine training for certification. Application Procedure-Dog Handler Qualified officers may apply for a vacancy by notifying the Chief of Police in writing of his desire to become a member of the Unit. b. c. and Agree to at least three ( 3 ) years of assignment as a dog handler.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Canine Unit Procedure #: 2. Effective Date: Approved By: . and Understand the Unit mission as described in this procedure. and Have family members that are in full agreement on the assignment to the Canine Unit. Pass a survey of supervisors regarding the applicant's temperament. personality. f. e. and Have demonstrated the ability to work effectively without close supervision. g. and six months probationary period as a handler. and Ensure that any other pets at home will not interfere with the dog and its training program. and Have good health and attendance record.

Qualifications For Police Working Dogs a . The Animal. The animal must pass a medical examination administered by a qualified veterinarian. An accepted applicant will be given an oral board examination consisting of the Chief of Police. This survey will address drive. Selection Standards-Dog Handler An officer who responds to a vacancy will undergo a screening process as follows: a .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Canine Unit Procedure #: 2. Any working breed will be considered. 4. and the Training Instructor from the Anchorage Police Department. the Canine Supervisor. A review of the applicant's qualifications to ensure that the eligibility standards are met. must pass the initial survey by the Anchorage Police Department Training Instructor. Effective Date: Approved By: 7' 5 . b. and emotional soundness. No purchase of a police working dog shall be made from any City Employee.00 Page 5 of 10 3. if purchased locally. If purchased locally. traits. Spouses will also be present and interviewed at this time. Training Instructor will make the final recommendation to the Chief of Police for all Canine acquisitions.16. b. the Anchorage Police Department c d e.

or extreme property damage. however.16. b. 2) Tracking of missing persons Searching for physical evidence Protection of the handler and/or the dog c d 2. 1) Police dogs may be used for the apprehension of persons who have committed or are committing a felony. serious injury. if left unchecked. provided that at no time are any innocent people substantially or unreasonably endangered.00 Page 6 of 10 C. Justification Police working dogs may be applied in any of the events listed below. the dog will be used for the apprehension of the person except in cases where the person is fleeing after an arrest has been effected. Police dogs may be used for the tracking of persons who have committed a non-violent misdemeanor. Use Of Force a . To apply a police working dog is a use of force. a violent misdemeanor. or who are engaged in riotous crowd action.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Canine Unit Procedure #: 2. APPLICATION OF DOGS 1. and the decision to do so rests solely with the handler. Effective Date: Approved By: . could cause death. Apprehension of person(s) where probable cause for arrest exists. a . which.

4. Handling Police Working Dogs The following apply to the handling of police working dogs. b. The handler must be constantly alert to the fact that a police officer may only use that force which is necessary to make or maintain an arrest and. 3. Only the handler shall handle the assigned dog unless he is unable. The guidelines and policies are set forth in written Federal and State statutes and the Department's regulations and procedures.16. While at the handler's residence. the dog shall be either under the handler's direct control or safely contained.b WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. regulations. the officer must take into consideration all of the circumstances known to him. Handlers shall be familiar with all provisions of law. Their use as a means of force will be within the policies on the use of other weapons or tools of the Police Department. in determining the degree of force to be used. Use Of Dogs Off Leash Off leash application of police working dogs is authorized.00 Page 7 of 10 ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and 11 Procedure Title: Canine Unit b. and procedures and shall apply the dog using reasonable restraint and good judgment. c d . Dogs will be considered another tool for use by a Wasilla Police Department dog handler. both on and off duty: a . Effective Date: Approved By: - .

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Canine Unit Procedure #: 2. 5. Building Searches a . If a veterinarian or the Training Instructor deems the dog temporarily unfit for duty. The initial report shall be oral. e. any other officer at the scene will conduct themselves as follows: ( 1) Secure the area until the Canine Team arrives. c N agitation or attack work is to be viewed by the public nor o is the photographing of such work permitted unless specifically approved and authorized by the Chief of Police. 3) 4). 1) 2) Yards/kennels shall be kept sanitary.16. healthy state of readiness. the handler shall perform normal patrol duties on his current shift. Appropriate duty time is authorized to complete the above tasks. 11 or injured working dogs shall be reported to the 1 patrol Supervisor. Reasonable effort shall be made to minimize objectionable odors. All agitation work will be conducted under the auspices of d . Do not contaminate the area (physical presence or . the Training Instructor. chernical) 2) Effective Date: Approved By: '"--/ . well groomed.00 Page 8 of 10 Handlers shall maintain their dogs in a clean. When it is determined that a K-9 team is required. followed by a written dog bite report. All dog bites shall be reported at once to the Canine Supervisor.

Authorization. Public Relations a . All public demonstrations must have the prior approval of the Canine Supervisor or the Chief of Police. Police dogs shall remain on leash.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Canine Unit Procedure ff: 2. Police dogs may be used in conjunction with riot formations. 2) 6. 7. The use of a K-9 team for crowd control constitutes a show of force. Crowd Control a.16. No police working dog will be used for crowd control without the knowledge and authorization of the Canine Supervisor or the Chief of Police. Field Searches And Tracking The primary precaution to be taken in field searches and tracking is the protection on innocent people.00 Page 9 of 10 b. The dog(s) will remain away from the crowd until such authorization is received. Effective Date: Approved By: "T""? . d 8. As in all action dealing with the public and use of force issues. b. c. "Announce" prior to beginning the search if tactically appropriate./'-' . Once the K-9 team arrives the handler will accomplish the following: 1) Attempt to determine if any authorized persons remain in the building. including the person(s) sought when no use of force is appropriate. sound judgment is required. The Chief of Police will be notified of such application as soon as practical.

c 7 Effective Date: /^ -/. reflecting favorably on the Wasilla Police Department. Canine teams giving demonstrations shall prepare and perform in a professional manner.93 Approved By: J^^ . Demonstrations shall be given in full.16.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 p l a t i o n s and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2.00 Page 10 of 10 11 1 procedure Tide: Canine Unit I b. uniform. on duty.

... family... and people often find resolution of these issues is enhanced with the aid of a cleric........ and Rescue personnel during times of need..... POLICY That members of the Police Department and the Borough Fire and Ambulance Services be afforded every reasonable facility and opportunity to maintain good mental health and receive assistance at emergencies as needed....17..00 Page 1 of 4 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the services provided by the Palmer Police Department's Chaplaincy Program and the Emergency Services Chaplain Program of the Mat-Su Borough and how these services are made available to the individual members..........A designated volunteer chaplain who i s specifically utilized by the police department to support victims and police employees during times of need.... A rotating group of volunteer clergy from local churches who have offered their services to support the needs of victims. incorporated Chaplaincy Programs to make access to such services more immediate. Effective Date: 3 Approved By: .. Ambulance......... and Borough Fire.. The Department and the Borough have.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Chaplaincy Program Procedure #: 2.... Emergency Services Chaplain . therefore... The following procedure describes both Chaplaincy Programs.. DEFINITIONS Policechaplain .. DISCUSSION Many issues arise in the personal lives of employees that directly affect job performance.

police officers or other Emergency Services Personnel involved in family disturbances. Any death Emergency Service Personnel Assist. Victims Any family or victim that requires additional support in dealing with an incident. (These would include debriefings. Department Functions Preside at appropriate formal and informal Department functions when requested. Effective Date: Approved By: . departmental meetings. individual police and emergency service personnel on a confidential basis. 5. Critical Incident Assist and participate in any post critical incident team or similar program. This assistance will be limited to the time of the initial call or incident and if requested later.) 2 . 7. when requested. DUTIES OF THE CHAPLAIN The following are examples of situations when the Chaplains may be requested to provide assistance: 1. Any large incidents involving multiple casualties. to referrals to follow-up agencies.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. 3. 4 . Professional G r o u p s Administer and coordinate formal and informal employee and/or professional groups. etc. any death or death message. b.17. Automatic Dispatch a . Police O r Emergency Service Responders Assist.00 Page 2 of 4 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Chaplaincy Program PROCEDURE A. 6. training. or any similar call. when requested.

etc. hospital or station. Contact a . home." BUILDING AND ACTIVITY ACCESS 1. An on call list of chaplains.70 Procedure #: 2 1 . 3. All chaplains may be contacted by phone if available. On Call All chaplains are available on call to respond to the incident scene. ¥l . Building Access Access to the building will be granted any time to any police or Borough Emergency Service Chaplain. of all faiths to assist the program as required. 0 Page 3 of 4 j I Volunteer Chaplains ! Organize volunteer Chaplain Corps of all Borough ministers. including firearms training. 2. to include the police chaplain. Shift Briefing Attendance of any regular shift briefing is allowed for any authorized chaplain. NOTIFICATION 1. Effective Date: Approved By: . 2. will be available in the dispatch center. priests.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Chaplaincy Program 8. Riding On Patrol Riding on patrol by invitation of an individual officer or Supervisor is permitted for any police or emergency service chaplain. rabbis. UNIFORM The Police Chaplain shall wear appropriate ministerial attire and be identified by a staff pocket badge insignia indicating "Chaplain. I I I DEPARTMENT TRAINING The Police Chaplain will obtain Police Reserve Commission and Training.

Elliot Hull (Chaplain) 745-0726 (work) 745-0626 (home) Kevin Koechlien (CHIEF-1) 376-9628 (work) (home) 745-3910 Effective Date: ApprovedBy: fi . This pager has a designated page button on the encoder in dispatch.I ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Chaplaincy Program r WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.00 Page 4 of 4 11 b. (further details are outlined in dispatch at the console. The-on call emergency services chaplain will be issued an emergency service pager.) Coordinators The program coordinators for the Emergency Services Chaplains are: a . The police chaplain may be paged by calling the pager number 269-5520 and entering the pager #0270. b.17.

Property Under City Control Where injury or damage is alleged or sustained by any other property under City control.00 Page 1 of 2 PURPOSE To provide the Mayor with all available information concerning any incident or situation with potential liability for the City Government. 5. Prisoners Where injury is alleged or sustained by prisoners under arrest or in custody. 1. 2. Where City Equipment Is Involved In An Accident. 3. 4. Effective Date: Approved By: . the department concerned shall be notified immediately by telephone if the incident occurs during normal working hours. Notification In addition. photographs shall be taken and a copy of all reports and attachments will be prepared and routed to the Mayor. PROCEDURE A.18.WASILLAPOLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: City Liability -- Procedure #: 2. MAYOR TO BE ADVISED In the following cited cases. City Property Where people fall on City property or in buildings owned or leased by the City.

shall be reported to the department concerned by a copy of the complaint report or appropriate forms. DAMAGE OR INJURY AS A RESULT OF POLICE ACTION In all cases where persons are injured or private property is damaged as the result of police action (exclusive of injury or damage resulting from the operation of a police vehicle). or hazards observed by officers. the City Attorney shall be notified immediately. The Dispatch Center will maintain a list of people to be notified after normal working hours. LIABILITY NOT TO BE DISCUSSED The subject of liability or responsibility in cases referred to above shall not be discussed or dealt with.18. all reports received from citizens of defective or dangerous conditions existing on City property. the officer responsible for the injury or damage shall make a separate written report on the details of the incident and forward a copy to the Chief of Police.00 Page 2 of 2 11 CITY ATTORNEY TO BE NOTIFIED IN AGGRAVATED CASES In all instances where the injury or property damage may involve substantial civil liability. Reports filed in connection with such cases shall be restricted to facts and the officer's opinion omitted. - - p p Effective Date: Approved By: . DEFECTIVE CONDITIONS TO BE REPORTED As directed by the Chief of Police. This notification will be made by the Dispatch Center at the request of the investigating officer.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT T [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: City Liability Procedure #: 2.

.. . and assist the parties in possible resolution of the conflict. most notably 'criminal"........ ensure safety. Civil sanctions include fines and forfeiture of property....19. and the processes which protect and adjudicate those issues.. PROCEDURE A.. but specifically exclude the criminal sanctions of imprisonment and/or record(s)of conviction.... remain neutral in their attitudes and acts.. IDENTIFICATION OF C M L ISSUES 1.... r Effective Date: Approved By: .... If so. Criminal Statutes Prevail The first test in establishing whether an issue is civil or criminal is to determine if the act(s) is covered by criminal law.. POLICY That members................ This can be contrasted with other bodies of law... but take all reasonable steps to preserve public tranquillity......00 Page 1 of 5 Procedure Title: Civil Matters PURPOSE To advise all personnel of their responsibilities and limitations when requested to assist in civil matters.... when confronted with civil problems... it shall be handled as a criminal matter..In this procedure..... DEFINITIONS Civil...WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual r Procedure #: 2. the term "civil" refers to those matters affecting the private rights ofindividuals and businesses..

Civil Orders Legitimate civil court documents specifying the Wasilla Police Department as the enforcement agency shall be enforced. Neutrality The officer shall maintain a neutral position to the civil issues. the officer should first consider the least intrusive approach. the officer must be alert to this possibility and distinguish between the various and complex issues surrounding the event. Escalation Civil matters can escalate to criminal. B. Use Least Intrusive Approach In handling civil issues. Effective Date: Approved By: . 3.00 Page 2 of 5 1 Procedure Title: Civil Matters 2. Preservation Of Peace And Protection of Property The officer shall take all reasonable steps to preserve the public peace and protect property.19. RESPONSIBILITIES IN CIVIL ISSUES 1. All other civil court documents. An officer must be alert to this possibility. including those addressed "to any peace officer". 3. 1I Civil And Criminal Mixes A complex scenario can include both civil and criminal issues. 4. are enforced by the Judicial Services branch of the Alaska State Troopers. 2.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [~e~ulations Procedures Manual and - Procedure #: 2. and be careful in the assessment of what police action to take. Again.

19. This can mean not "freezing the situation". "Freezing1'the situation (i. if the call appears to require more than 30 minutes. Rendering Assistance To The Parties A neutral position.e. does not preclude the officer from assisting in the resolution of the conflict. and a position of minimum intrusion. and offering information and suggestions does not necessarily compromise neutrality. Duration Of Call A n officer can incur substantial out-of-service time in resolving a civil problem if reasonable restraints and limits are not imposed by that officer. This relieves the officer from having to arbitrarily decide who gets what. and indeed is a service usually sought and expected by the public. Middle of the night interruptions may not be warranted. However. 4. obligates the parties involved to seek legal authority to take any further action7 and is often the best course to take. if the objective is retrieval of non-essential items.POLICE DEPARTMENT Redations and Pmcedures Manual Procedure Title: Civil Matters Procedure #: 2. preserving the status quo). but instead taking affirmative action on behalf of the entitled party. Effective Date: Approved By: . as recommended above. for instance.00 Page 3 of 5 a . 5.. Referral to appropriate agencies. a Supervisor should be advised. b. In general. 6. Time Of Day Considerations The officer must weigh the urgency of the issue against the inconvenience imposed on the parties. If there is reasonably persuasive evidence to show legal entitlement (based on the best information available to the officer in the fie1dl7the officer must honor the legal rights of the parties involved. explaining the processes involved.

The Domestic Violence Writ is a special restraining order. Securing such a Writ is done civilly. Most Common Types Of Civil Issues The officer will routinely be faced with the following types of civil calls: a .00 Page 4 of 5 1 \ C. etc. Civil Standbys. Property repossession by a creditor is a purely civil matter. but breach of the provisions is considered criminal. 1) b. and the officer should be guided by the material discussed in this procedure. Recall that civil documents are typically enforced by the Judicial Services branch of the Alaska State Troopers unless the document specifically addresses the WasiLla Police Department. Domestic Violence. c. Repossessions.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Pmcedures Manual Procedure Title: Civil Matters Pmcedure #: 2. and the role of the officer is normally limited to that of a civil standby. and are concerned that control might be lost and criminal conduct (assault. Civil standbys are the most common type of civil problem encountered.) might occur if the police are not present. vandalism. Details on Domestic Violence and the Domestic Violence Writ can be found in the procedures so titled. Effective Dak: Approved B y . TYPES OF CIVIL ISSUES 1.19. These calls for service are requested by people who have to conduct business with a person.

are also civil in nature. When confronted with an unfamiliar civil document. More information on impounds can be found in the procedure "Towing . the officer is obligated to take whatever action is appropriate to enforce the civil court order. 0 . including private person impounds.90 Page 5 of 5 I1 Officers should honor legitimate court documents which entitle a party to specified property or actions. Impounds. If the document is valid. such as Domestic Violence Writs). it is often difficult to decide what action to take.'^ Effective Date: Approved By . and require the police only to protect the peace. Since police are rarely trained in recognizing and interpreting civil documents (other than a few specific ones. d. Impounds.impound^.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Civil Matters Procedure #: 2 1 . a Supervisor should be called to assist in investigating the veracity of that document.

.

...00 Page 1 of 8 11 PURPOSE To instruct all personnel in the procedures governing the processing of infractions and civil violations..... Charging most infi-actions (such as trflic)...............00 andor impoundment of property....... Charging Document ..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Civil ViolationsAnfkactions Procedure & 2................... DEFINITIONS Inihction.. Information ......... These documents include: CourtComplaint ..... or other such minor sanctions..... The officer will have little exposure to this form of charging.. and Charging some misdemeanor offenses................ When used for this application the form is commonly called a "misdemeanor citation"...............That document which specifies the particulars of the violation (the whol whatl where and when of the violation)...... ....... l Parking Citation..... A form used to charge parking violations.......A complaint submitted by a prosecutor supported by affidavit.............A form used for both: a n d Complaint...... An infkaction is distinguished from a crime in that a violation of an infraction cannot subject the violator t any term of imprisonment or t any o o large h e .......20. violation of a law that can subject the violator A to a fine less than $300.... Effective Date: 3 Approved By: 1 .. form that specifies the particulars of a A criminal violation.. usually submitted by a n officer or other complainant... l Uniform Summons ..............

It is the possible consequences of violating a certain law that determines its category. A crime is a violation so serious that to be convicted of such an act could result in a term of imprisonment and/or a fine exceeding $300. Of all these laws. As described in the general arrest procedure. Crimes which are the most serious crimes. Being less than a crime. Crimes which are the least serious criminal offenses. like crimes.00 Procedure Title: Civil Violations/Infractions Page 2 of 8 1 e PROCEDURE A. punishable by imprisonment in excess of one year. Infractions. Infractions. Types Of Violations Modem society is governed by volumes of laws. Since the word "arrest" is defined as the taking into custody of a person to answer to an allegation of a criminal act. BACKGROUND 1." Consequently.00. Of the possible criminal acts. if violated. if a person is stopped for an infraction such as running a red light. Criminal offenses. does not imply infractions are not taken seriously. it becomes obvious that a person can only be arrested for violating a law falling in the category of "criminal. subject the violator to a lesser punishment than jail time. there are subcategories: 1) Felony crimes. are violations of law. Misdemeanor crimes. however. that person is taken into temporary custody (to allow issuing of the citation). but differ from crimes in that the possible consequences do not include imprisonment as punishment. Most are more regulatory in nature so.20. Consider the following: Effective Date: Approved By: - - . these categories of offenses are: a . but still serious enough to deserve jail time (up to a year) if violated. only a fraction are deemed so serious as to require arrest if violated. 2) b. WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. however. but is not arrested for the non-criminal act of running a red light..

are not assigned a bail on this schedule. Instead. that person can be brought before a Magistrate. o No imprisonment. c Civil violations. and so authorized the "bail forfeiture schedule. checking the no-contest plea box. 4) Infractions are presumed to require court appearance. most commonly the parking violations. who can hold that person in jail until the information is provided. If a violator refuses to give the necessary information to the officer to complete an accurate charging document (normally the Uniform Summons and Complaint. recognized a large body of infractions that seemed appropriate for non-judicial review. and dispensing with a physical appearance in court. issued in the field).1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. however.00 Page 3 of 8 [ ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Civil Violations/ Infractions 11 1) 2) Ignoring a charge of violating an infraction can result in a warrant for that person's arrest. and are the "mandatory appearance" citations (within 5 working days) which the officer should readily recall. This gives the violator the option of mailing the bail. "civil relief" is sought through fines and impoundments. that person can be arrested for a criminal offense. Civil violations are distinct in that: 1) 2) N record of violation is established on the offender. is possible. Many infractions however. District Court Rule 8. even by warrant.20." The officer who has issued a conventional "traffic ticket" that specifies the "points and bail" assessed has used this bail forfeiture provision. For the officer. Effective Date: Approved By: Y - . 3) If a violator purposely provides false information to the officer for the completion of the charging document.

or similar language (should the minor elect to contest the citation and appear in court on a non-mandatory citation.. Post-charging Distinctions Be reminded of the following difference between processing a juvenile and an adult for an infraction.Juveniles. or careless driving). If a juvenile violates such a criminal law within that code (i. For instance. he is arrested as detailed in the procedure "Arrests . the officer must write on the citation "MANDATORY COURT .e. . If the juvenile violates any other criminal code (i.Therefore: a ." Effective Date: r . and due to the non-criminal aspect of their enforcement. 3.00 Page 4 of 8 1 B . Delinquency. however. such as failure to yield to emergency vehicle.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Civil Violations/ Infractions Procedure #: 2. the "hit and run" ordinances and the "DWI" provisions are criminal. If the infraction requires court appearance (i. APPLICABILITY OF INFRACTIONS TO JUVENILES 1. a serious infraction. as discussed in the procedure entitled "Custody .PARENTS MUST APPEAR IN COURT WITH MINOR". the court will advise the minor to appear with a parent).e. Avoid Confusion With Criminal Violations The officer is reminded that criminal violations appear somewhat randomly in codes that would otherwise be infractions only..e. school zone speeding violation. juveniles are charged as adults 2. he is cited as a n adult as explained in this procedure. but appear in the digest of traffic infractions.20. a traffic crime).Juvenile b. c. Juveniles Charged As Adults Because of the regulatory nature of infractions. nontraffic criminal)." If a juvenile violates an infraction. that minor is handled as a delinquent.

Recall that the criminal traffic offenses can also be charged on the Uniform Summons and Complaint. Parking citation. This document is used on commercial and private vehicles with no distinction. Uniform citation forms are used to charge any violation of a City or State parking violation. 2) r Effective Date: Approved By: - / .20.I C.00 Page 5 of 8 I Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Civil Violations1Infractions 1 CHARGING DOCUMENT 1. Instead. and State Title 2 8 provisions. Proper Use Of Forms The following forms are to be used when charging the respective violations: a . but a "misdemeanor citation" charging a criminal act. 2.) Uniform summons and complaint. Proper Completion Of Form Instructions on the proper method of completing the various formslcharging documents used in infractions can be found in the "Report Writing Procedures. These include the State 13AAC series. and is processed differently. (Parking violations are issued on the same form as the moving violation. Wasilla Police Officers have very limited contact with these offenses. but when they are that form is no longer a "traffic ticket" charging a traffic infraction. following infractions: 1) b. field notes andlor notes on the back of the citation are adequate. Used to charge the Violations of any of the non-criminal traffic ordinances. Violations of various infractions. WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. such as Parks or Fish and Wildlife laws. but can make charges of such infractions on the Uniform Summons and Complaint." No field report is required when charging an infraction.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Tide: Civil Violations/Infractions Procedure #: 2. that infractions appear in many other codes besides traffic (Parks and Recreation. It became apparent that not each offender had to appear in court. however. b. for instance. Fish and Wildlife. and the matter handled similarly to a complaint alleged on a "traffic ticket. Bail Forfeiture Schedule All infractions were originally presumed to require court appearance.) and put the predecided bail amount on the ticket without having to appear before a Magistrate for a bail hearing. health codes). This allowed: a . a traffic citation cannot or should not be issued at the scene on a Uniform Summons and Complaint. District Court Rule 8 authorized the "bail forfeiture schedule. s o the court system developed a list of infractions that could be handled by mail. It would be wise to remember. and the associated points assessment developed administratively by the Division of Motor Vehicles (not the court system). Service of the complaint is ultimately made on the defendant. The officer to issue a charging document (the Uniform Summons and Complaint for the infraction." D. An officer may allege a violation of an infraction on a Court Complaint form. but forfeit the bail and have the points assessed against his license in an assumed guilty/no contest plea.20. However. Effective Date: ApprovedBy: . traffic represents the vast majority of infractions charged. Traffic Represents Most Infractions For the Wasilla Police Department member. their bail amount.00 Page 6 of 8 11 c Court complaint. Situations occur when. this section is included. 2. practice soon showed that not each case could be adequately heard. TRAFFIC 1 . The defendant to exercise the option of never appearing in court. and the majority of offenses were not contested." which was the list of eligible infractions. just as a criminal complaint would be made. T o provide more specific procedural information to the officer.

as instructed on the back of the citation. If the defendant ignores the citation completely. Infractions Schedule That Do Not Appear On The Bail Forfeiture All other infractions require court appearance. have it inspected for verification and adequacy. In issuing the Uniform Summons and Complaint. and thereby void the citation and possible penalties. and/or issue a bench warrant at that time for the criminal offense of "failure to appear.eg-ulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Civil Violations/ Infractions 1 c. These are known as "inspectable" violations. the officer notes both the bail amount and points assessment. KNIK ST. and establishing a court date for testimony. INSPECTABLE WITHIN 5 DAYS AT 250 N. Inspectable Infractions Some equipment violations give the defendant one additional method of resolution . 2) Effective Date: Approved By: ^ .00 Page 7 of 8 IR." This informs the offender that action on the citation must occur within 5 days. a traffic warrant could be issued for that subject's arrest.20." Writing A Citation For An Infraction Appearing On The Bail Forfeiture Schedule In writing such a citation. the court could either accept the bail as the fine and close the case. the officer annotates "MANDATORY COURT . Excessive exhaust noise violations which are inspectable within 5 days at the Wasilla Police Department.WITHIN 5 WORKING DAYS. the officer shall write: a. If the defendant posts the bail amount and requests court but fails to appear. The defendant to retain the right to contest the citation by posting that bail amount (assigned in the field). and writes in the court date of "WITHIN 5 WORKING DAYS." allowing the defendant to come into court at his convenience during normal working hours. 1) Excessive exhaust smoke violations which are inspectable within 5 days at the Wasilla Police Department.b WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. When issuing a citation alleging an inspectable violation.to correct the deficiency. for all inspectables.

This is charged conventionally." the officer assigns a 2 point. SUMMARY Infractions are minor offenses that. but do not carry with them the possibility of jail time. For violations of "No License in Possession.00 Page 8 of 8 11 b. except that the date for appearance is within 15 days instead of the normal 5 working days (see procedure . self explanatory.20. LITTERING Any littering involving less than 5 pounds of material is to be charged as a State infraction under AS 46.080. r Effective Date: 3 Approved By: / - . the officer must write on the charging document that the parent must appear in court with the juvenile. are still violations of law. mandatory court appearance within 5 days to allow traffic court to "inspect" the deficiency.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Civil Violations/ Infractions Procedure #: 2. like crimes. E . except that. generally. for those infractions which require court appearance.06. Most are charged on specific forms which are."Littering") F . Juvenile offenders are charged just as an adult would be.

and to instruct how it is implemented.10 Procedure #: 2 2 . 0 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Cold Alert Page 1 of 4 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the elements of the Department's "Cold Alert" program. the Wasilla Police Department will be placed on Cold Alert. Recognizing that there are many people unable to protect themselves from temperature extremes. the Wasilla Police Department has instituted the "Cold Weather Alertn program to help ensure that essential public safety services are delivered to those most affected by cold weather. Effective Date: <o -4-93 Approved By: ""Z^S - . PROCEDURE A. Temperature When t h e temperature or wind chill factor reaches 0 degrees Fahrenheit ( 18 degrees Celsius). regardless of age. economic status. This protection shall be in the form of actively seeking vulnerable "street peoplen and transporting them to warm shelter during periods of extreme cold. DISCUSSION Public safety services must be provided to all persons. or sobriety. POLICY That the Department's primary responsibility of protection of life includes special awareness of the hazards of cold weather to those citizens who are incapacitated by poor health or chemical abuse.1 I - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT . race. IMPLEMENTING A COLD ALERT 1.

B. Methods Of Implementation The highest ranking uniformed officer of the shift initiates Cold Alert. Dispatch Center's Responsibilities. 2. on its own initiative or by instruction from the shift's highest ranking uniformed officer. 3. Other Circumstances Nothing herein shall preclude the shift's highest ranking uniformed officer from initiating a Cold Alert for exigent circumstances.-- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. and/or relaying all pertinent information to the oncoming shift. The Dispatch Center shall advise the highest ranking uniformed officer of the shift when Cold Alert standards are reached.21.00 Page 2 of 4 [[~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Tide: Cold Alert 1 2. however. b. Effective Date: Approved By: . a. The Dispatch Center shall. That person. RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Shift Supervisor The highest ranking uniformed officer of the shift who becomes aware of conditions approaching Cold Alert standards shall: a . regardless of actual temperature or wind chill. Direct or cause the direction of all patrol officers to aggressively attempt to locate any person who is "on the street" without shelter. is individually responsible for canceling the Alert. maintain contact with the National Weather Service to ascertain if the temperature or wind chill factor reaches 0 degrees Fahrenheit (-18 degrees Celsius).

0 . 3. When found: a . or if symptoms of hypotherrnia or other medical problems arise.3 7. then the officer shall take the subject into protective custody as delineated in AS 47." b. an officer shall: Aggressively seek "street people" exposed to the cold. including protective custody when appropriate. Notify or cause the notification of any available shelters in the area of the need to place any person(s) located. Patrol Officers7 Responsibilities The individual officer on regular patrol always has the responsibility of being alert to public safety issues. the officer must become more focused and intensive. designated shelter. a . during a Cold Alert. CONTINUING AND TERMINATION A COLD ALERT 1. that person will be offered transportation to any appropriate. that person shall be furnished medical attention. If a medical determination is made that the subject is intoxicated only. This contact shall be noted on the Officer's Daily Activity Report If the person is incapacitated or unconscious.Non-Criminal Commitment.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #-. When advised of Cold Alert status. 2 2 . Effective Date: Approved By: / - .170 (see "Protective Custody . However. Dispatch Center will monitor temperatures through the National Weather Service and advise the highest ranking uniformed officer of the shift if the temperature rises above 0 degrees Fahrenheit. C.10 Page 3 of 4 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Cold Alert b. Dispatch Center's Responsibilities. If the person is not incapacitated.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Cold Alert Procedure #: 2. Dispatch Center will be notified to make subsequent broadcast. Effective Date: /^ / -9 3 - Approved B y / . Shift Supervisor's Responsibilities Once notified of temperatures rising above 0 degrees Fahrenheit. When canceled.00 Page 4 of 4 11 b. oncoming shift(s) 2. Dispatch Center will enter the Cold Alert status on the 2 4 hour bulletin to inform . the highest ranking uniformed officer may cancel Cold Alert status. Should the temperature remain colder than 0 degrees Fahrenheit throughout the shift.21.

Effective Date: <^... while increasing their understanding of the nature and potential risks of communicable diseases. and nervous system disorders)..... one type of pneumonia.... .............An infectious disease capable of being passed to another by contact with an infected individual or their body fluids.. POLICY I t is the responsibility of the Department to ensure that its members are able to perform their duties in a safe and effective manner.......... Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome...... Symptoms include immune deficiency and lifethreatening secondary infection or other diseases (cancer.... / 4 - Approved By . A 'retro-virus" (identified a s Human Immune deficiency Virus [HIV]) which invades and destroys the victim's immune system. it shall be the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to continuously provide employees with up to date safety procedures and communicable disease information that will assist in minimizing potential exposure... The safe performance of daily operations has recently become threatened by life endangering communicable diseases........... Therefore........... possibly a form of tuberculosis........22... AIDS..... and the consequent procedures employed by the Wasilla Police Department to facilitate safe interaction with victims andlor carriers of such diseases. DEFINITIONS Communicable Disease.r 1 -- - - --- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.. rendering the victim susceptible to secondary infection........00 Page 1 of 12 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 I Procedure Tide: Communicable Diseases PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the medical facts regarding communicable diseases.

. B type hepatitis has also been linked with a form of liver cancer called hepatocellular carcinoma. but minimizes panic responses that unnecessarily inhibit delivery of emergency services. Knowing the mechanisms of transmittal serves not only to protect those personnel from infection.. lack of resistance to infection... andlor swollen lymph nodes. ARC. A condition caused by the AIDS virus in which the patient tests positive for the AIDS infection but has less severe symptoms than classic AIDS....... While communicable diseases could include any number of illnesses.... DISCUSSION General... and is frequently seen in intravenous drug users.. or feces.......... . fatigue. and vaginal or other secretions that might contain these fluids such as saliva. Hepatitis is a disease involving inflammation of the liver..00 Page 2 of 12 1 AIDS Related Complex... and fever.... but when coupled with common sense and good hygiene. ...... By the very nature of their work. diarrhea...B.... and this can lead to Cirrhosis and liver damage. The B type of hepatitis is transmitted through blood or blood products. vomit.. semen. urine...... night sweats..... emergency response personnel are more routinely exposed to the hazards of communicable diseases.............. This virus is highly resistant to disinfectant and sterilization... Symptoms include loss of appetite......... Hepatitis ... these procedures afford the officer protection from an array of other communicable diseases as well. Body Fluids.. current attention is focused on AIDS and Hepatitis-B...Liquid secretions including blood.. ......... tiredness.... weight loss.......... ..... This procedure will address those concerns specifically.. skin rashes....... Symptoms include loss of appetite... and is easily passed on by casual contact. fever.. dark urine.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ((~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 222.. Effective Date: Approved By. Jaundice will occur as the liver becomes enlarged.

or vaginal secretions. using the same toilet facility. handshaking. sharing eating or drinking utensils. The following procedure outlines very satisfactory protections that. semen. While the AIDS virus has been found in saliva. the employee's behavior is the most significant factor in determining the risk of exposure to AIDS. Statistics identify the following groups of people as being the most likely to become infected with A D .22. amniotic fluid. the most common being blood. is fatal and has no known cure. or other forms of non-sexual contact. The elements have little effect on the virus. but rather to make the risk known. will reduce the likelihood of an unwanted exposure. Police contacts with identifiable risk groups tend to be more physical than police contacts with other groups within the general population. breathing. Another condition that affects risk is that the virus is very hard to kill.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. and simple cleaning will not destroy it. urine. Fortunately. and soap and water will efficiently kill the virus. The Anchorage area is host to a high percentage of identified Hepatitis-B carriers. hugging. and spinal fluid. even if the body fluid is no longer visible. and in descending order: D S Persons engaging in anal intercourse Intravenous drug users Sexual contacts with an AIDS carrier Persons who have had transfusions of blood or blood products Persons with hemophilia or other coagulation disorders Specific discussion on Hepatitis-B. Exposure to the AIDS virus is generally limited to sexual activities and intravenous needle injections/punctures. There are also several other conditions that contribute to the increased risk of exposure for police officers. in its fully developed stage.00 Page 3 of 12 11Redations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases 11 Specific discussion of AIDS. Unlike the AIDS virus. This information is not provided to induce panic among employees. is transmitted through contaminated body fluids. coughing. Heat. While the virus. The AIDS virus is transmitted exclusively through exposure to bodily fluids. The most significant difference is that Hepatitis-B can be transmitted by casual contact. Although working conditions contribute. like AIDS. exposure within the working environment to the Hepatitis-B virus is a very real possibility for police. the disease is not spread by such casual exposures as sneezing. breast milk. the concentration is so small that to date no transmissions have been linked to these secretions. when applied. AIDS. tears. the similarity ends here. Once outside the body the virus is vulnerable to a number of conditions. Effective Date: Approved By: r - . many common disinfectants. This contact includes touching anything that could have been exposed to blood or other body fluids from an infected person.

use disposable rubber gloves where contact with body fluids may occur. Packaging and handling evidence possibly having body fluids on it. b. c Avoid wiping eyes. Disposable Rubber Gloves Whenever possible. The majority of problems occur during cleanup. including hypodermic needles and syringes.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Communicable Diseases - Procedure #: 2. k ~ffective Date: Approved By: r - . This includes covering all open wounds or rashes while at work. but are not limited to. All cleanup should be done while wearing rubber gloves. soiled clothing. Clean up a. or mouth with hands that have contacted any suspected item. b. the following: a.00 Page 4 of 12 1 PROCEDURE A. Blood and other secretions shall be cleaned from floors. nose. seats. equipment. Searching injured suspects/arrestees. PREVENTATIVE MEASURES-ANY COMMUNICABLE DISEASE Normal Hygiene Common sense and basic hygiene principals effectively reduce the exposure risk. or other possibly contaminated areas by using a solution of one part household bleach to nine parts water. These activities include.22. Handling items which may contain contaminated blood or body fluids.

although any disposable cleaning pads/sheets can accomplish this task. SEPTISOL will be used when available. etc.00 Page 5 of 12 11 c Always wash hands after contact with suspected items. Commercial dry cleaning may not kill some communicable diseases. 7. Disposing Of Contaminated Articles a . kept in evidence. At the hospital the items should be turned over to housekeeping personnel who have been instructed to include items from the Police Department with their own contaminated items for disposal. Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) When possible. then clearly marked as to whether the item is to be destroyed. All Communicable Disease Procedures Apply To Department Personnel Department personnel are also responsible for knowing and complying with any other special assignment procedures on communicable diseases. . d 5. administer CPR using the Department issued resuscitating airway respirator mask. even if gloves were worn. b. Uniforms soiled with body fluids shall be washed in hot water with a commercial laundry soap in home laundry equipment. (See Property and Evidence Procedure). Contaminated items shall be contained in the specifically provided red "bio/hazardl' plastic bags.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 2. Any contaminated items that need to be destroyed should be taken to Valley Hospital.22. 6.

22. Criminal charges may be sought against any person who intentionally acts to expose an officer to a communicable disease. The Department shall make all decisions concerning the employee's work status solely on the medical opinions and advice of the Department's health care physician. a . b. NOTE: Test Results Are Confidential Unless exposure to an appropriate Departmental official is authorized by the officer or by state law. Payment for medical services sought as a result of a delayed notification of possible exposure may not be covered by either the Department's insurance carrier or by Workman's Compensation.00 Page 6 of 12 1 If there is the possibility that an exposure occurred the employee should contact their personal physician or the Department designated physician for further instructions. these charges will only include treatment of the injury or exposure. It should also be noted that if any charges are covered by either of the insurance entities. as opposed to preventative care.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 2. c. The person agreeing to be tested shall be provided a copy of the test results and guaranteed its confidentiality. Third Party Exposure Risks Any person responsible for potentially exposing the officer to a communicable disease shall be encouraged to undergo testing to determine if the person has a communicable disease. It will be the employee's responsibility to show that the possible exposure was a result of job related activities. I Effective Date: Approved By: . the officer's test results shall remain confidential.

Officers To Notify Officers have an obligation to notify relevant personnel during a transfer of custody when the individual has body fluids present on his person. protective bandage. or has stated he has a communicable disease. and with dignity. 5. TRANSPORT AND CUSTODY Officers May Not Refuse Where appropriate protective equipment is available. rubber gloves. Treatment Of Affected Employees All personnel shall treat employees who have contracted a communicable disease fairly. WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. - Effective Date: ApprovedBv: / . Officers Shall Not Put Their Fingers In O r Near Any Person's Mouth. no officer shall refuse to arrest or otherwise physically handle any person who may have a communicable disease.22. etc. Officers To Document Officers shall document on the appropriate report form when a person taken into custody has body fluids on his person. or has stated that he has a communicable disease. C.00 Page 7 of 12 [ ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases 1 d. The Department may require an employee to be examined by the department health care physician to determine if he is able to perform his duties without hazard to himself or others. if he is bleeding or otherwise emitting body fluids. Some Individuals Transported Separately Individuals with body fluids on their persons shall be transported in separate vehicles from other individuals.h. The individual may be required to wear a coverall. courteously..

Hand lotion should be applied after disinfection to prevent chapping and to seal cracks and cuts on the skin. The officer shall remove any excess body fluids from the vehicle with an absorbent cloth. Any contacted skin areas should then be cleansed in the prescribed fashion. Effective Date: <-Â¥ . Disposable gloves should be rinsed before removal. shall be notified and the vehicle taken to the contract Shop as soon as possible. A supervisor. if available. b. d Alcohol or antiseptic towelettes may be used where soap and water are unavailable.* WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Tide: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 2. Officers To Remove Contaminated Clothing Officers should remove clothing that has been contaminated with body fluids as soon as practical. c. a . All open cuts and abrasions shall be covered with waterproof band ages before reporting for duty. a . paying special attention to any cracks.00 Page 8 of 12 11 D. The hands and forearms should then be washed.22. DISINFECTION Unprotected Skin Surfaces Any unprotected skin surfaces that come into contact with body fluids shall be immediately and thoroughly washed with hot running water and soap for 15 seconds before rinsing and drying. b. crevices. or seams that may be holding excess fluid. Disinfection Procedures Are To Be Followed Disinfection procedures shall be initiated whenever body fluids are spilled. or an individual with body fluids on his person is transported in a department vehicle.

E. 2. cleaning materials or evidence contaminated with body fluids shall be bagged in the red bio/hazard bags and disposed of through the procedures established with Valley Hospital. Any excess of body fluids should first be wiped up with approved disposable absorbent materials.00 Page 9 of 12 11 c 4. 5.22.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Tide: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 2. and allowed to air dry. and disinfecting materials will be made readily available at all times. A freshly prepared solution of one part bleach to 9-parts water or a fungacidal/mycobactericidal disinfectant shall be used to clean the area or equipment. The affected area should be disinfected using hot water and detergent or alcohol.disposable Equipment To Body Fluids Non-disposable equipment and areas upon which body fluids have been spilled shall be disinfected as follows: a . Protective gloves. SUPPLIES Supervisors are responsible for continuously maintaining and storing in a convenient location an adequate amount of communicable disease control supplies for the department. Exposure Of Non. other first aid supplies. Bio/Hazard Bags All disposable equipment. b. Effective Date: Approved By: r - . Dissemination Of Supplies Patrol supervisors are responsible for dissemination of supplies for infectious disease control.

22.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Tide: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 2. Absorbent cleaning materials. 4. g. Officers Are Required To Keep Disposable Gloves In Their Possession While On Duty. c d e. Barrier resuscitation equipment. F. Effective Date: Approved By: . Disposable gloves and leather gloves.00 Page 10 of 12 11 3. Puncture-resistant containers and sealable plastic bags. 5. Replacement Officers using supplies stored in police vehicles are responsible for their immediate replacement. and maintained in conformance with applicable privacy laws. The records shall be stored in a secured area with limited access. b. Waterproof bandages. RECORD KEEPING The Department shall maintain written records of all incidents involving employees who have potentially been exposed to a communicable disease while acting in the line of duty. goggles and masks. Disposable towelettes (70 percent isopropyl alcohol). Department Vehicles All Department vehicles shall be continuously stocked with the following communicable disease control supplies: a . f. Germicidal cleaner (If it will not freeze).

Victims Of Sexual Assault Prior approval shall be obtained from the District Attorney before advising a victim of a sexual assault that the suspect has. All requests (including subpoenas) for copies of reports marked 'Contains Confidential Information" shall be referred to the District Attorney when the case involves an arrest or juvenile offense. LEGAL RIGHTS OF VICTIMS OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES Victims of communicable diseases have the legal right to expect. Assume Risks Exist Officers assume that a certain degree of risk exists in law enforcement and accept those risks with their individual appointments. including police and emergency services personnel are duty bound to provide. b.22. 1. the same level of service and enforcement as any other individual would receive. Any employee dissemination news releases shall make certain that the confidential information discussed above is not given out to the media. This holds true with any potential risk of contacting a communicable disease as surely as it does with the risks of confronting an armed criminal. 3. 2. Officers May Not Refuse To Take Action Any officer who refuses to take proper action in regard to a victim of communicable disease. and City Employees. 4.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11 ~ e m l a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure #: 2. Police Reports a. or is suspected of having. when appropriate protective equipment is available. a communicable disease. shall be subject to disciplinary measures along with potential civil andlor criminal prosecution. c. Effective Date: Approved By: . Whenever an officer mentions in a report that an individual has or may have a communicable disease he shall write "Contains Confidential Information" across the top margin of the first page of the report.00 Page 11 of 12 11 1 I Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases G.

An employee shall not make public. "Other" Circumstances Regarding The Release Of Information All circumstances. The person to whom the information is being conveyed should be reminded that the information is confidential and that it should not be treated as public information. Notifying Other Emergency Service Providers Whenever a n employee finds i t necessary to notify another employee. . that information shall be conveyed in a dignified. the identity of a victim or suspected victim of a communicable disease. or health care provider t h a t a victim has or is suspected of having a communicable disease.22. 7. discrete. Victims Right To Privacy Victims of communicable diseases and their families have a right to conduct their lives without fear of discrimination.00 Page 12 of 12 1 5. 6. firefighter.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Communicable Diseases Procedure #: 2. directly or indirectly. emergency service provider. and confidential manner. shall be referred directly to the Chief of Police. that may arise concerning the release of confidential information regarding a victim of a communicable disease. not covered in this procedure.

. b..00 Page 1 of 5 1 Procedure Title: Confidential Fund PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to establish accounting and control practices for the confidential fund...... AUTHORIZATION 1........ Confidential Fund Custodian..............23.. DEFINITIONS Confidential Fund. PROCEDURE A. POLICY It is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to maintain stringent control over all confidential fund monies used by the Department. Proper disbursements and deposits.. and to ensure that the funds are used only for authorized purposes.The Department accounting and banking system that provides officers with investigative expense monies....f? Approved By: L > ...The employee(s) responsible for dispensing and monitoring the use of investigative funds by officers. Maintenance of the fund in accordance with all appropriate laws and procedures.. Fund Custodian Responsibilities The fund custodian shall have the following responsibilities with respect to the Department's confidential fund: a.....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2..... Effective Date: fg -/. ..

Flash and front money. Maintenance of a file containing copies of all relevant fund transaction documents.00 Page 2 of 5 c d e. Bookkeeping and banking procedures. b. Purging of the confidential fund records in accordance with State and city records retention provisions. Investigative funds for the purchase of illegal drugs. Disbursements The fund custodian shall make disbursements from the confidential fund only to authorized personnel for the following purposes: a . Auditing The Fund An annual audit of the confidential fund shall be performed by an independent accounting authority from outside the Department in order to evaluate the continued integrity of the fund. Payments that are to be made directly to confidential informants. 2. f. Expenditures for authorized undercover operations. Direction of a quarterly internal audit of the fund by a third party. c d e.23. and the need for any additional controls. 3. Effective Date: Approved By: . Purchase of food and beverages for a confidential informant. contraband and other criminal evidence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Confidential Fund Procedure #: 2.

B. WITHDRAWALS AND EXPENDITURES FROM FUND 1. 3. 2. ACCOUNTING FOR EXPENDED FUNDS 1. Receipt Of Funds The fund custodian shall issue the requesting officer a copy of the receipt acknowledging that funds were requested and received by the officer. Persons Authorized To Make Withdrawals Each month the approved supervisor shall submit to the fund custodian a memorandum listing the names of officers authorized to make withdrawals from the fund. The fund custodian shall not be permitted to make disbursements from the fund to himself. and access shall be restricted in accordance with applicable laws. C.23. Confidential Records Confidential fund transaction records shall be stored in a secured location. an officer shall complete and submit to the fund custodian a written and approved request for funds. Expense Reports Effective Date: Approved By: r - . Request For Funds Prior to the issuance of any money from the fund.00 Page 3 of 5 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 1 procedureTitle:Confidential Fund f. All officers seeking to make withdrawals from the fund who are not on the authorization list must obtain approval from a supervisor. ordinances and departmental procedures.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. 4.

b. The fund custodian shall issue the officer a receipt acknowledging that such funds were deposited as unexpended. where applicable. as soon a practical. 4. the officer issuing payment shall ensure that an appropriate receipt is obtained that is witnessed by another officer. Effective Date: Approved By: . c.23. Case number. Copies of receipts. 2. d.00 Page 4 of 5 1 All officers receiving confidential fund monies shall prepare a written expense report accounting for all monies withdrawn from the fund. 3. Item or informant control number on which the monies were expended. unless such an action would jeopardize a transaction or operation. The report should include: a. Type of investigation. Receipt Required For all funds expended. e.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Confidential Fund Procedure #: 2. Chief To Review The written expense report with all supporting documents and receipts shall be submitted to the Chief of Police for review and approval. Date and place of the expenditure. Unexpended Funds All unexpended funds shall be returned to the confidential fund custodian by the officer as soon as practical.

Personal File Each officer may maintain a personal file containing a record of all confidential fund transactions.23. Effective Date: Approved By: - . and copies of all relevant receipts and Department fund forms.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Redations and Procedures Manual ProcedureTitle:Confidential Fund Procedure #: 2.00 Page 5 of 5 5.

.

.. Arrest .... and other areas....... POLICY That all sworn members of the department be aware of the type of custody provided for by law.... it is the broadest term used to describe a stopping of movement...................... A restraint of liberty. even though force may be used to gain or maintain custody.... This term varies its meaning depending on its uses within juvenile law..25... In this procedure..... Notice there are three elements to this definition: Custody (the restraint of liberty) of a Person to answer to a Criminal Offense.......WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1Redations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Custody Procedure #: 2... ".24......160)....... a submitting to an officer............ and know when and how to implement those provisions in a legally acceptable manner............... and procedures governing taking custody of citizens by sworn personnel of the Wasilla Police Department. Effective Date: A / -93 + Approved By: r .....00 Page 1 of 4 11 PURPOSE To instruct and inform all personnel of the laws. Custody alone is not necessarily an arrest.... DEFINITIONS Custody.....the taking of a person into custody in order that the person may be held to answer for the commission of a crimen (AS 12.. policies........ corrections.......

. andlor imprisonment exceeding one year................24...... What determines if an act is a n infraction. Felonies... Examples of traffic violations which are criminal include DWI.. Infractions....... The commission or omission of a n act which is i n violation of law. the purpose of which is to answer to a criminal allegation.. Note t h a t m o s t "traffic violations" a r e infractions.Conviction of a felony can result in a large fine. I n this jurisdiction... See the following definitions for clarification. b u t not punishable by any imprisonment or by any fine exceeding $300.. Recall t h a t there are many violations with which a person may be charged which are not criminal allegations.............00 Page 2 of 4 1 Procedure Title: Custody Arrest is merely one form of custody. and No Valid Operator's License Effective Date: Approved By: r - ...... Crime...... DWLS/DWLR.... There are two basic categories of crimes. by imprisonment u p to one year.... or felony is the possible consequences for the violation.00.....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual r Procedure #: 2.00........00...... The commission or omission of a n act which can be punished by imprisonment or a fine exceeding $300. it also includes violations which could result in license action.................... b u t some a r e criminal. or Major Crimes. andlor or Minor Crimes...... namely: Misdemeanors......... A law appearing in the traffic code is not automatically a n infraction...... Instead sanctions include small fines a n d impoundment of property.................... andlor by license suspension or revocation...... misdemeanor.. Conviction of a misdemeanor offense punishable by a fine over $300..

.... Intrusions were viewed as "necessary evils". It requires specific definition of an abstract idea. date..." and through the legislatures in the form of "statute. A complaint... Uniform Summons and Complaint. and its reasonableness in a specific circumstance. and location of a crime or infraction.. The most common charging documents include: Court Complaint Information.. supported by affidavit. Intrusions are necessary.00 Page 3 of 4 11 1 I Procedure Title: Custody Charging Document..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. when our Constitution was being composed. as well as identifying the violation itself. used for both Traffic violations (and certain other infractions). but delegated authority to the individual States to impose restrictions ensuring the basic constitutional tenets were met.... DISCUSSION Performance of police duties is impossible without some intrusion into the private lives of citizens...24. and allowed only if "reasonable. but can also be easily abused... The Constitution established fundamental law... its authors tried to balance two protections demanded by its citizenry to be safe from both the dangers of criminals and the dangers of excessive/unreasonable intrusion by the government. is an elusive one... So.. The States expressed this authority both through the appellate courts in the form of "case law." The question of what an "intrusion" is. initiated by a prosecutor..." Effective Date: Approved By: .. to allege a violation of a parking law... That document which identifies a violator and specifies the time.. These intrusions are either at the request of the citizen involved (as when the police are called).and Misdemeanor citation Parking Citation.or without invitation (as when citations are issued or arrests made)..

CATEGORIES OF CUSTODY Protective Custody. and abuse/neglect provisions Non-Criminal Commitment. Rather than pure arrests or searches and seizures. while remaining within the parameters of both the law and reason. See ''Use of Force" procedure. Juvenile runaway. there are now field interviews.24. Identifying these variants and how to conduct them constitutionally is the thrust of this chapter.00 Page 4 of 4 I Regulations and Procedures Manual I F - Procedure Tide: Custody The matter became more complex as history delivered us a variety of other police interventions amounting to "significant intrusions. b. Infractions Arrests. The Wasilla Police Department is dedicated to seeking and implementing those procedures which simultaneously allow the most effective delivery of police services to the community. Both Misdemeanor And Felony Miscellaneous. and various protective custody's. especially investigative stops and juvenile delinquency custody. PROCEDURE A." and a host of rules governing those acts. Effective Date: Approved By: . AUTHORIZATION FOR THE USE OF FORCE Use of Force is Authorized. even if that custody is not an arrest.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. B. Including: a . for both adults and juveniles Mentally ill provisions c . curfew. An officer may use whatever minimum force is necessary to effect any lawful custody. "stop and frisk situations.

.25. POLICY That persons who are deaf or hearing-impaired not have that handicap impede satisfactory communications with members of the Wasilla Police Department. however... This procedure is designed to aid any employee in dealing with a deaf or hearing-impaired person... a deaf person will reach into a pocket for a paper and pencil.. Indications Usually...Teletype.. a deaf person will indicate the handicap by pointing to his ears and/or shaking his head to indicate no understanding.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Deaf /Hearing Procedure #: 2. by being familiar with the various options and facilities available to assist in communication....... PROCEDURE A..00 Page 1 of 5 I 11 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the options and facilities available when dealing with deaf or hearing impaired subjects.. DEFINITION TDD ...... Often. both for that subject and the police.. or any other employee can help. Trade-named abbreviation for original telephone carried teletype messages.... DISCUSSION A deaf or hearing-impaired person trying to relate emergency information to the police can be an especially stressful situation.... Effective Date: Approved By: ....... An officer...... IDENTIFICATION OF THE DEAF 1. dispatcher.

Relatives. friends. regardless of deafness or other handicap/impediment.25. C.WASILLA POLICE DEPmTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Pmcedure Title: Deafmearing Procedure #: 2. 7 b. Do not rely on this method for communication. LEGAL ENTITLEMENTS AFFORDED THE DEAF 1. Misconceptions Of The Deaf a Deaf people are rarely fluent in lip-reading and even the best can discern only about 113 of the words spoken. True muteness is only when the physical apparatus for speech is defective. A deaf person will normally nod in agreement.00 Page 2 of 5 2. 1. though most will have defective speech as a result of not being able to hear what they are saying. and ministry can help veriQ deafness if other methods fail. Not all deaf people are mute.- . The officer can accidentally "lead ' the conversation in this way. The movement to get a paper and pencil will be natural for that person. Miranda Warnings If the criteria are met for requiring the Miranda warning. fi . Officer Misinterpretations a . even though he might not understand what is trying to be communicated. that warning must be communicated and understood by that person. Verification Of Deafness A deaf person will often carry identification showing membership in an organization for the deaf. 2. b. This can be misinterpreted by the officer as a move for a weapon. When working with the deaf: Effective Date: ApprovedBy: -.

but at his own skill level.00 Page 3 of 5 a . If there are none. Writing. the American Manual Alphabet (finger spelling) is by far the most common.Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Dedmearing Procedure #: 2. Crisis Line services. It is the officer's duty to provide reasonable opportunity for this. For assistance in signing.do not read them aloud. 3. then: Request Dispatch Center research other available facilities.25. the following methods should be considered: a b. - 2) -- -- Effective Date: Approved By: . is entitled to communication with attorneys and. such as a volunteer call-out list. in some instances. Telephone Communications The deaf suspect. Though several different sign languages exist. Indicate in writing that the warnings apply to anything written or communicated in any fashion. like any other. the subject will readily write the information sought. or providing TDD telephones. c . either through his own attorney or through other faciLities. b. Field Methods When the officer encounters a deaf or hearing-impaired subject with whom communications is necessary. with family and/or friends. Signing. normally by either placing this call for the subject. 2. Ensure the subject is aware that interpretive services can be provided. the officer should follow the procedure below: 1) Contact Dispatch Center to determine if any on-duty personnel are proficient in signing. In the majority of cases. Show the warning in print . and the like.

This facility is known as 'W7 communications. He can. The machine receives typed-in messages?and the call-taker can transmit typewritten responses. ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. and usually does. The interpreter keeps a11 assignment-related information strictly confidential. CDA staff can perform a broader role than sign language interpreters. Effective Date: Approved By: / - .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMl3NT ll~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2.00 Page 4 of 5 1 11 1 I 1 procedure Title: Deaf'Mearing 4. Although the individual employee may not ever have occasion to use a TDD facility. this information may be helpful to relay to persons affected yet unaware of these important facilities. A person may call for pofice/fke/pxmedics on 911 or 746-3737 from a TDD telephone unit? and the person receiving the call will hear a distinct tone. This alerts the calltaker that a TDD call is on line?so will place the receiver on the TDD machine. E. Interpreter Identification The officer should realize that a sign language interpreter complies with a set of ethics. Telephonic Methods The officer should be aware that a method exists for deaf people to communicate by telephone. a significant amount of explaining and paraphrasing?while the sign language interpreter has a strict duty to act as an utterly neutral agent. Since questions of understanding rights and the like can surface?the officer should fully identi@ the sign language and/or CDA staff used for possible court testimony later. He will render the message faithfully? always conveys the content and spirit of the speaker?using language most readily understood by the person(s) whom they serve. Staff from the Center for Deaf Adults may be called for further assistance and services.25.

.WASILLA POLICE DEPmTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Pmcedure #: 2. Videotaping Interviews When circumstances allow. nothing precludes an officer from videotaping interviews to achieve the equivalent of tape recording conventional interviews.00 Page 5 of 5 1 procedure Title: DedMearing 2.25.

.

........................... except "no-coden deaths.Death which results from one person killing another person.............. Death of a person suffering from a terminal illness..26... Death which occurs through the progression of natural disease processes.. Natural Death .... HomicideDeath.......Death which results from an unexpected and unintentionalevent.................................... Procedures are established by the family....... through the attending physician.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~eg-ulations ProceduresManual and p p Procedure #: 2... and is not aided or assisted by another.........00 Page # 1 of 18 11 Procedure Title: Death Investigations PURPOSE To instruct all members on the procedures regarding investigation of all non-traffic related deaths........... Suicide Death............. be investigated as homicides until or unless evidence concludes otherwise...................... - - Effective Date: /' Approved By: ...... or is noted to bear unmistakable evidence of death by the officer. "No-Code" Death................. with the Coroner's Office prior to death to allow the terminally ill person to die at home. Death which results from a person intentionally killing oneself. The physical remains of a human which has either been pronounced dead by a licensed physician or paramedic...................................... AccidentalDeath.... POLICY That all deaths..... DEFINITIONS DeceasedPerson..................

.....41.....41. A legal method of describing the total circumstances of a death..The intent or lack of intent when the instrumentality of death was employed. rigor mortise...00 Page # 2 of 18 11 Unmistakable Evidence of Death .26... These signs can include decapitation. There are four modes. postmortem lividity.... Manner.. Specifically: and Mode of Death.....A statement made by a victim who believes that he is going to die and has no hope of recovery..41..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure #-.. or homicide. Manner... If the victim dies He must have been otherwise competent and rational at the time of the statement.... Cause.... The instrument or physical agent that was used to produce death.... . and by whom........ The statement must refer to the manner and circumstances which brought about the victim's condition and ultimate death and give the identity of the person responsible....130 (a) Criminally Negligent Homicide Effective Date: Approved By: ..110 (a) Murder in the Second Degree AS 11... suicide........120 (a) Manslaughter AS 11.......... and decomposition and putrefaction... ..... Mode... accidental.... namely natural. . An example of this classification would be: Cause of Death: Subdural hemorrhage Manner of Death: Blunt force injury to the skull Mode of Death: Homicide REFERENCES AS 11.......The pathological condition which produced the death...41.. body displaying signs that death is evident and A obvious.... Cause.. ngDeclaration............ 2...100 (a) Murder in the First Degree AS 11..

00 Page # 3 of 18 11 DISCUSSION Except for hospital deaths from natural causes. to identify. as the Department still carries the obligation to investigate cause. PROCEDURE A. and convict the person(s)responsible. mode.Undetermined Cause. there is a fifth category which cannot be readily classified with the four distinct modes of death due to lack of information andlor unknown circumstances. NO-CODE DEATHS 1.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure #: 2.26. all deaths responded to shall be regarded as potential homicides. b. This investigation is to collect evidence regarding the cause. Dispatch will check to see that a 'no code" form is on file. accidental." With the exception of "nocode" deaths. apprehend. if the mode is criminal. Further. manner. and mode of death. even though the victim is transported to a medical facility. When a call is received requesting a "no code" home death response the caller must identify himself/herself and state the nature of the request. and homicide. like homicide. The coroner will complete a "no code" form with a copy sent to the Dispatch Center. any death occurring within the Palmer Police Service area becomes the responsibility of the Palmer Police Department to investigate. This will be initially classified as "Death . Effective Date: Approved By: - . Dispatch a. and manner of death for other than criminal purposes. suicide. the investigation should not stop if criminal culpability is eliminated. ^ . The Coroner's office must grant prior approval before any "no code" response is authorized. but also to eliminate the other modes. including civil litigation and insurance concerns. and. If no form has been received from the Coroner a "no code" response will NOT be initiated. Additionally. There are four distinct modes of death: natural. All deaths should be investigated not only to prove a specific mode. This should also include any rescue assist call where death is imminent or likely to result.

If a call is received on 911 a full medical and law enforcement response will be sent even if the "no code" home death has been approved by the Coroner's office. Officer Responsibilities On arrival. c d. diagrams and collection of evidence are not required in "no code" deaths. Consulting with any medical personnel in attendance. Notifying the Coroner. and securing authorization to remove the body. Interviewing person(s) present at time of death to determine the events and circumstances leading up to the death. to include: a . assisting the Coroner in notifying the next of kin. the responding officer shall conduct an initial investigation. e. If no family members are present. d Officers shall respond Code Two when advised of a "no-code death. b. Making observations of the deceased and the general area/conditions.00 Page # 4 of 18 11 Procedure Title: Death Investigations c All persons making prior arrangements for a "no code" home death response will have been instructed to call on the business line using 745-4811. noting that photographs. Completing the police report. f.26.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and - Procedure #: 2. Effective Date: Approved By: ^ - - . 2.

2. Identifies and detains suspects. Questionable Circumstances Regardless of the dispatch as a "no-code" death. Officer's Responsibilities . d e. b. or a simple "welfare check". Protec ts/preserves life. Effective Date: Approved By: r - .a disturbance.00 Page # 5 of 18 Regulations and Procedures Manual [1~rocedure Title: Death Investigations 11 3. The Supervisor shall decide if the circumstances surrounding the death warrant a full death investigation response. It is important to note that the circumstances confronting the officer to a large degree dictate the order in which these duties are performed. and that these activities can often be delegated and accomplished simultaneously.Specific What follows are guidelines in the processing of a homicide case. Assesses and stabilizes the scene.26. manner or mode of death. Protects/preserves the scene. B . 3. the responding officer: a . that officer shall contact a Supervisor to discuss the possibility of a full death investigation. c. shooting. should an officer learn of any circumstances casting doubt on the cause. Officer's Responsibilities . Identifies witnesses.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.General The responding officer has several duties to perform in the relatively brief period from dispatch to the arrival of the primary Investigator who will assume responsibility of the case. In the simplest terms. HOMICIDES 1. Dispatch Recognize that many homicides are originally dispatched as something else .

Note that the scene should be secured immediately after the victim's departure. NOTE especially the following: - - Effective Date: ApprovedBy: /^-Ñ / . This includes entry into the crime scene. moving evidence if necessary. the officer shall adjust the investigation to accommodate this activity by the following: a) b) c) Attempt to photograph the victim while being attended to by medical personnel. the officer shall give medical personnel great latitude in the delivery of medical services. Protection of life supersedes a police investigation.26. clothing seizure. and removal of the victim for medical treatment. Should a victim be transported. 1) If the slightest possibility of life/revival exists. make all reasonable effort to coordinate with associated personnel to insure an officer accompanies that victim to process possible dying declarations. and the like. Preservation of life. that officer shall exclude all unauthorized and/or unnecessary persons from entry into the scene. d) 2) With Unmistakable Evidence of Death. Note body position as accurately as practical prior to intervention by the paramedics. evidence seizures. Consequently.00 Page # 6 of 18 1 a . Attempt to photograph and/or mark location of physical evidence likely to be disturbed by the actions of the paramedics.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure At 2. If the officer detects unmistakable evidence of death.

and who is suspect. and other such urgent concerns).26. General questioning is distinguished from formal interview and statement." c Assess the Circumstances. a) This questioning is to acquire sufficient information to permit the officer to make informed decisions on how to proceed (stabilize any remaining dangers. Should the initial investigation establish witnesses. including police not directly involved in the crime scene investigation. General questioning of all persons present. Should the initial investigation establish any suspects. those witnesses should be transported separately to the Police Station to allow comprehensive interviewing in a managed environment.00 Page # 7 of 18 ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and 11 1procedure Title: Death Investigations a) All unnecessary traffic. Isolate and protect the scene. who the witnesses are. Effective Date: . in fact. the following guidelines apply: Approved By: e. b) d Witnesses. discussion of urgent matters. The officer should be concerned with determining if a crime has been committed. This information is gained by: 1) 2) Personal observations. conscious. identify and locate the principals. B extremely "evidence e b) b. shall be excluded. The officer shall describe his observations to the medics to assure them that the victim is.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Suspects. deceased. a n d custodial interrogation of suspect(s) It is normally brief .

Locating any weapons.e.00 : Page # 8 of 18 1 Procedure Title: Death Investigations 1) General questioning. if the general questioning brings the officers closer to probable cause for an actual arrest." Being "in-custody" is a state of mind of the suspect . in light of the totality of circumstances. Detecting any remaining dangers to the officers or others. general. and encouraged. the suspect need not be advised of his Constitutional rights under Miranda.26. To reiterate. to avoid conflict with Miranda requirements. and/or ascertaining if any other victirns exist. In this situation and under these circumstances (i. could reasonably feel that his liberty is restrained in some significant way. Therefore. non-custodial questioning for limited purposes). * Effective Date: Approved By: e - . "general questioning" gradually changes into "custodial questioning. the length of questioning shall be brief.it is when a reasonable person. when the officer establishes a suspect and conducts general questioning. That is. what happened? Confirming the person as a suspect. on the scene questioning of the suspect is necessary. initial. placed in the suspect's position. e) 2) Advisement of Rights. Locating the victim.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and - Procedure # 2. and the objectives of such questioning shall be limited to: a) b) c) d) An assessment of what occurred. as it DOES NOT apply. permissible. However. and/or developing any other suspects.

B alert for spontaneous statements.26. a tape recorder should be used anytime there is contact with the suspect(s) to record spontaneous and unsolicited comments. Recalling that "custody" (for interviewing purposes) can attach before a suspect is formally arrested (and always attaches after arrest).~- Effective Date: Approved By: . Transport suspect(s) (separately. This serves to control the investigation. Since no questioning is occurring.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure #: 2. and provide the primary Investigator an opportunity to interview the suspect(s). Miranda is not necessary and will not be given. That investigator shall conduct an interview following accepted procedures and guidelines. Await arrival of the primary Investigator at the station to conduct formal questioning. Do not advise the suspect of his rights.00 Page # 9 of 18 11 3) Custody and Arrest of the Suspect. if several) to the Police Station. the officer shall adhere to the following guidelines should a suspect be in custody or under arrest: a) b) Do not question the suspect. If practical. and any e other incriminating actdgestures. c) d) e) f) ~ . The officer has no duty to inform the suspect that such recording is being made providing the suspect realizes he is talking to a police officer (there is no expectation of privacy with a police officer).

and Await the arrival of the primary Investigator and/or a supervisor. or legal control of the premises." Traffic through the scene shall be strictly minimized. when notified. Once all persons have been removed from the crime scene. right of occupancy. The investigator will take measures to ensure proper search and seizure requirements are met. The remaining supervisor. i . If the incident occurred within a structure.È WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure #: 2. Patrol Supervisor's Responsibilities If a supervisor is on duty that supervisor will serve as the primary investigator on the investigation. shall: a . 4. Maintain a "Crime Scene Entry Log. Brief the Investigator(s). officers shall attempt to determine who has ownership. Ensure the following notifications are made: Effective Date: Approved By: f - . h . etc. invalid searches has been suppressed. This shall include witness statements from the scene. j. Vacate and secure the immediate scene.26.00 Page # 10 of 18 1 f. then all officers shall: 1) 2) g. Attempt to establish who has legal ownership/right of occupancy of the crime scene. the result of the initial investigation. Any information gleaned shall be forwarded to the primary Investigator. Vacate and secure the scene. The officer is reminded that otherwise good cases have been lost because evidence seized from hasty. and any such traffic entered completely in the log. and the victim has either been confirmed deceased or transported for medical treatment.

Approved By: b. Make any appropriate case assignments. Notify the Coroner. If so. the on duty supervisor shall assume the responsibilities of the primary investigator. Dispatch Center's Responsibilities Upon notification of an other than "no-code" death. Determine if a Major Crime Scene Investigation Team should be dispatched.I . c d e.00 Page # 11 of 18 I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Death Investigations 1 1) Chief of Police Dispatch Center Supervisor City Manger Mayor District Attorney 2) 3) 4) 5) b. that Supervisor shall make this request to the Chief of Police who will contact either the Alaska State Troopers or the Anchorage Police Department. that Supervisor shall make or cause to make such notification. Effective Date: . The supervisor shall: a . Provide all authorized release of information to members of the media. V WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2226. Determine if notification should be made of the Pathologist and/or District Attorney. Assist the responding unit as applicable. If so. Primary Supervisor's Responsibilities Upon learning of a questionable death. Dispatch Center shall follow existing Unit Procedures for subsequent notifications.

SUICIDES 1. b. Effective Date: Protec Upreserve life. 2.26. Provide for the dissemination of information.General The responding officer should approach a reported suicide similarly to that of a homicide. Officer's Responsibilities . Always approach such incidents with an open mind for other criminal aspects. Although dispatched as a suicide. Assess and stabilize the scene. Confer with the initial investigating officer to establish case status. All assisting officers. b. b. Approved By: r - . The general responsibilities are: a .00 Page# 120f 18 1 11 7.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ~ r o c e d u r Title: Death Investigations e Procedure #: 2. All assigned officers. Primary Investigator's Responsibilities On arrival. This information shall be given to: 1) c . 2) C. Assume responsibility for all aspects of the investigation. Dispatch Suicides are normally dispatched Code Three. the following shall apply: a . or That the injuries might not be self-inflicted. and rescue possible. the officer should be alert to two possibilities: a. That the attempt might be unsuccessful.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure Title: Death Investigations
Procedure #: 2.26.00 Page # 13 of 18

1

c
d

Protect/preserve the scene. Identifywitnesses.

3.

Officer's Responsibilities - Specific
All death investigations shall be initially approached as homicide cases until the facts prove differently. The resolution of the mode of death as suicide is based on a series of factors which eliminate the other modes - homicide, accidental, and natural deaths.

a .

The officer should be aware of three basic considerations that may establish that the death was a suicide, namely:
1)

The presence of the weapon or means of death at the scene. Note, however: the absence of a weapon does not necessarily rule out suicide as the mode - the weapon could have been removed by others. Injuries that are obviously self-inflicted, or could have been self-inflicted. The existence of a motive or intent to commit suicide. a) b) Crime-scene investigation may indicate presence of life-threatening behavior. Background inquiry may indicate activities which suggest suicidal intent.

2)

3)

b.

Maintain a Crime Scene Entry Log. Traffic should be strictly minimized, but any traffic through the scene should be accurately logged. Conduct recorded interviews with all witnesses. Attempt to determine the victim's state of mind and previous behavior.

c d

Effective Date:

Approved By:
#

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and
Procedure Title: Death Investigations

Procedure #: 2.26.00
Page # 14 of 18

11

e.
f.

Assist the Coroner in locating and notifying the next of kin if no family members are present. Ensure that the following notifications are made:
1)

The on duty Supervisor (If no supervisor is on duty both off duty supervisors should be notified) Chief of Police Coroner Mortuary a) b) Use the family's preference if i t can be deterrnined. If the family has no preference, use the on-call Mortuary.

2)
3)

4)

g.

Be alert to questionable circumstances. Should any such circumstances come to the attention of the officer, that officer shall notify a Supervisor who will, in turn, determine if a homicide.type of response and investigation is warranted. The officer shall complete:
1) 2)
A standard police Report Form; and A Death Investigation Report. One copy of the Death

h.

Investigation Report Form shall accompany the deceased to the Mortuary.
i.

If the victim lived alone in a residence, that residence shall be locked and secured with a "Coroner's Seal" a t the

entrance when the investigation has concluded.

Effective Date:

Approved By:
r

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure #: 2.26.00 Page# 15 of 18

11

D.

NATURAL DEATHS

1.

Dispatch
Recognize that a natural death can originally be dispatched as a "rescue assist" or other type of call. The code may vary accordingly.

2.

Officer's Responsibilities - General
The respondingofficer should approach a natural death similarly to that of a homicide. The general responsibilities are:

a .
b. c.

Assess and stabilize the scene. Protect/preserve life. Protect/preserve scene. Identify witnesses.

c L
3.

Officer's Responsibilities - Specific
The resolution of the mode of death as being the result of natural disease processes is based on factors which eliminate homicide, suicide, and accident as the cause of death.

a .

B aware that the pathological condition which produced the e death often is not readily apparent. Consequently, autopsy results are needed to determine the actual cause of death. Conduct interviews with witnesses, family members, medical personnel, and other appropriate people. Attempt to determine any previous medical history or complaints. Assist the Coroner in locating and notifying the next of kin if no family members are present. Ensure the following notifications are made:
1)
On duty Supervisor.
--

b.

c.

d .

Effective Date:

Approved By:
r

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and
Procedure Title: Death Investigations

Procedure #: 2.26.00 Page # 16 of 18

1

2)

Coroner's Office.

a) b) e.

Use the family's preference if it can be determined.
If no family selection is available, use the on-call

Mortuary. B alert to questionable circumstances. Should any come to e the attention of the officer casting doubt on the mode of death, a Supervisor shall be notified. That Supervisor shall decide if the circumstances surrounding the death require further investigation. The officer shall complete:
1)
A police Report Form; and A Death Investigation Report Form, noting: One copy

f.

2)

of the Death Investigation Report Form shall accompany the deceased to the Mortuary. g.
If the victim resided alone, lock the residence and secure it with a "Coroner's Seal" at the entrance after concluding the investigation.

E.

ACCIDENTAL DEATHS

1.

Dispatch Recognize that the dispatch for an accidental death can range from rescue assists, to "over-doses", to "hangings" (as in auto-erotic deaths), and more. Recall, too, that fatal automobile accidents are 'accidental deaths", but are processed as described in the procedure "Traffic - Injury and Fatal Accidents."

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Death Investigations Procedure it: 2.26.00 Page# 170f 18

2.

Officer's Responsibilities - General The responding officer should approach an accidental death similarly to that of a homicide. The general responsibilities are:

a .
b.

Assess and stabilize the scene. Protect/preserve life. Protect/preserve the scene. Identifywitnesses.

c
do
3.

Officer's Responsibilities - Specific The resolution of the mode of death as being the result of an 'accident" (an unexpected and unintentional event) is based on factors which eliminate homicide, suicide, and natural disease processes as the cause of death.

a .

Note that criminal charges may still result in an accidental death (criminal negligence).
1) A proper investigation includes awareness of possible contributing circumstances. This could include unsafe working conditions or dangerous acts of others.

2)

Interviews should be conducted with witnesses and/or other appropriate persons (co-workers, family members). Should any questionable circumstances arise, or if the filing of criminal charges appears possible, notify a Supervisor. That Supervisor shall decide if the case is to be handled as a Homicide.

3)

b.

Autopsies are generally needed to conclude the actual cause of death.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

^

r

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Procedure #: 2.26.00
Page # 18 of 18

[Regulations and Procedures Manual

11

1 procedure Title: Death Investigations
c
d

Assist the coroner in locating and notifying the next of kin if no family members are present. Ensure the following notifications are made:
1)

The on duty Supervisor shall notify or cause to notify any appropriate agency. Depending on the nature of the accidental death, such notification could include: a)
FAA and NTSB if an aircraft crash. (Dispatch will automatically make this notification unless directed otherwise)
OSHA (Federal) and Department of Labor Safety

b)

and Health (State) if an industrial accident. State Fire Inspector if a fire death.

c)
2)
3)
4)

Chief of Police. Coroner's Office. Mortuary, noting that the officer should notify the mortuary of the family's choice if known. If unknown or no preference, use the on-call mortuary.

e.
f.
g.

Assist outside agencies with investigation if needed. Assist the Coroner's Office in securing and sealing the victim's residence if the victim lived alone. The officer shall complete:
1)
2)
A police Report form; and A Death Investigation Report form, noting: One copy of the Death Investigation Report form shall accompany the deceased to the mortuary.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
[ ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and [~rocedure Tide: Death Notification Procedure #: 2.27.00 Page 1 of 4

11

PURPOSE
To advise all sworn personnel of the guidelines for making death notifications.

POLICY
That death notifications be made as immediately as possible to all appropriate parties, and that such notification be done accurately and with compassion.

DEFINITIONS

Survivors....................................................For purposes of this procedure, "survivor(s)"are
those people within a death victim's family who remain alive. As used here, "family" includes ''significant others," as described in the Domestic Violence statutes.

DISCUSSION
Of all the possible contacts that an officer can have with the public, death notification stands out as potentially the most stressful and traumatic for both the survivors being notified and the officers) making the notification. This is understandable for a variety of reasons - some obvious, some less apparent. For the officer, death notification is a rare call that cannot be practiced, and it demands emotional skills instead of the physical and technical skills so well trained and practiced in police work. For the family, an obvious loss is faced, and the focus of their attention is on the officers present. Unlike a form that can be corrected later, the method and effect of death notification is indelibly marked on the survivors. Experience has shown that if a few fundamental guidelines are followed, the mutual trauma of this kind of call can be minimized.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2.27.00

1procedure Title: Death Notification
PROCEDURE
A.

Page 2 of 4

1

GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR DEATH NOTIFICATIONS

1.

Collection Of Information The officer should amass as much information as practical with regards to:

a .
b.

The event, so that it can be discussed intelligently; and The survivor(s), to anticipate violent reactions, medical complications, or other adverse reactions to the news of the death.

2.

Timeliness The survivor(s)should be notified as soon as practical, with every effort to make notification prior to any news releases.

3.

Resources The officer is reminded that there are two potential sources of assistance, namely:

a .

The neighbor(s). Often a neighbor can suggest other relatives and/or friends to be present or available during notification, or alert the officer to possible medical reactions, and so forth. The clergy. Many people are comforted by having a member of the clergy available for support.

b.
4.

Method How a person is notified is very critical. Below are guidelines established by experience, and recommended by behavioral scientists:

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

IRegulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure Title: Death Notification

Procedure #: 2.27.00 Page 3 of 4

11

a .
b.

Never make a death notification over the telephone, even if a personal contact will delay notification. Make every effort to have two officers present, with at least one in full uniform. This serves to:
1) 2)

Add credibility to the information given; and Provide an officer to observe reaction to the news. This safety measure recognizes that some people become dangerous to themselves or others when told catastrophic news, so restraint and/or medical assistance may become necessary.

c.

When possible, make contact at the survivor(s) residence. When at the residence:
1) 2)

Politely ask to come inside. If a child answers the door, get permission to enter from a responsible adult. Introduce yourself (and the other officer). If not in uniform, show credentials.
Try to ensure the door is closed; and

3)
4)
5)

If possible, have the person(s) seated.

Make certain you know who the parties are, and identify the closest survivor. Direct your conversation to him or her as much as practical.

d .

When actually telling of the event, try to abide by the following:
1)

B compassionate but direct. A sincere "I have some e very bad news for you. Your son was killed in an automobile accident last night" seems to be the best approach in most cases.

Effective Date:

Approved By:
r

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
I ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Death Notification Procedure #: 2.27.00 Page 4 of 4

11

2)

Don't avoid the topic by using expressions such as 'expired," or "passed away." Avoid dying to talk the people out of their grief by such comments as "it's God's will," or "she led a full life." Avoid saying you "understand" unless you truly do. The officer's role is to inform and guide in as professional and compassionate a manner as possible, and not, necessarily, to counsel. Don't rush. There is a balance between rushing to get a disagreeable job over with, and stalling to look for just the right words. Deliver the news, be available for questions and help, then start directing activities when appropriate. Anticipate physical contact. It is normal for persons to clutch for security, or even to be angered by the news. The second officer can help deter violence, but both officers should be alert to a probable non-hostile movement and grabbing.

3)

4)

5)

5.

Follow-up Activities Depending on the circumstances, the officer may be coordinating certain activities with the survivors. Recall that, with some people, having duties to perform actually helps in the adjustment. Others may have to be aided in satisfying their responsibilities. It is recommended that the officer:

a .
b.

Leave his name and telephone number with the survivor(s).
If possible, return the next day, if only for a "status check." Experience has shown that this action is greatly appreciated by die parties concerned.

Effective Date:

Approved By

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s
Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Procedure #: 2.28.00 Page 1 of 8

11

PURPOSE
To advise all personnel of the proper method of investigating and processing domestic violence cases.

POLICY
That physical arrests be made in all cases where there is probable cause that a violation of the domestic violence laws exists.

REFERENCE

DEFINITIONS
Domestic Violence................ ................. Any violation of:
AS 11.41 series (Crimes Against the Person); or AS 11.61.120 (a)(6)(Harassment); or AS 11.46.330(Criminal Trespass);or

when that act is committed against a: Spouse; or Former Spouse; or Grandparent;or Parent; or Child of the person committing the act; or
Any member of a social unit comprised of those living together in the same dwelling as the person who committed the crime, or another person who is not a spouse or former spouse of the person who committed the crime, but who previously lived in a spousal relationship with the person who committed the crime.

Effective Date:

.-

3

Approved By:

-

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns
Procedure Title: Domestic Violence

Procedure #: 2.28.00 Page 2 of 8

11

I

Domestic Violence W i ....................... A special type of restraining order issued by the rt court when convinced that the applicant has been, or will likely be, subject to domestic violence. Any person may apply to the court (by appearing before a Hearing Officer - a Judge, Magistrate, or Master) a t any time for relief against the violent or potentially violent acts of a 'family member". If the hearing officer concurs, a document will be issued setting out specific prohibitions, conditions, rights, and recourses available to the parties. This document is called a "Domestic Violence Writ" (or "Domestic Violence Restraining Order", or the oversimplified title of "restraining order"). When legal service of that writ is made on the subject, the terms become binding, and failure to comply with the terms can result in arrest for harassment. Violation of a Domestic ........................ When a named party fails to abide by any of the provisions/prohibitions cited on the Violence W i . rt properly served Domestic Violence Writ.

DISCUSSION

Violence within the family has traditionally been one of the most difficult crimes for a community to prosecute. Conventional wisdom used to promote a "separate and mediate" approach to keep the issue "private", but recent studies have concluded that actual arrest and removal of the violent family member reduces recidivism. To allow the officer to handle a call of domestic violence expediently and safely and to facilitate prosecution of violent family members, the State legislated a unique exception to an officer's legal limits for certain acts of domestic violence which constitute misdemeanor offenses, the officer does not have to witness the act to effect an arrest. The officer may, like a felony offense, make an arrest on probable cause. This relieves the victim of having to formally charge a family member and allows the officer to terminate a quarrel in less time than mediation. It is Departmental policy to actively employ this provision.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

120 (a) (6).all that is necessary is the performance of an act specifically prohibited in the legally served writ. requires the violation of a certain criminal act on a person meeting the definition of family member. two issues surface: a . even if the offense was a misdemeanor. Differentiating "Domestic Violence7' Calls From "Violation Of Domestic Violence Writ" Calls Note that "Domestic Violence '.28. A Misdemeanor Citation is not appropriate. This will be a physical arrest with appearance before a Magistrate. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . and is done to both "defuse" the existing argument and to hold the person accountable for a criminal act.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Procedure #: 2. "Violation of a Domestic Violence Writ" as found in the procedure "Calls for Service .61. b.00 Page 3 of 8 11 PROCEDURE A.Violation of Domestic Violence Writ. described in DEFINITIONS above. Significance Of A Domestic Violence Violation If an officer establishes that an act of domestic violence has been committed. State law allows an officer to make an arrest based on probable cause alone. Performance of that prohibited act becomes a violation of law (usually Harassment under AS 11. However. (No citizen's arrest is required). and The officer shall make an arrest to be in compliance with Departmental policy. 7 2. or even violence ." does not necessarily require a new violation of existing criminal law. GENERAL 1.

and that follow-up photography to capture that evidence might be in order. The officer is reminded of the following: a . Being discrete when photographing physical injury.28. Seize all physical evidence at the time of the call. However followup should be conducted to provide support to the victim and family as needed. this proof will often be in the form of physical evidence. The interview with the victim should always be recorded .00 Page 4 of 8 I B . a'photograph showing no damage is an important form of evidence. c Being alert to negative evidence. Being aware that bruising can become visible later. Additionally. 2) 3) Effective Date: Approved By: . Take photographs. and the relationship to the suspect fits within the scope described in DEFINITIONS above. because of the unique position of the victim. Do not rely on follow-up investigation to do this. Covering unaffected anatomy can help insure the usefulness of the photograph as evidence in court. Good investigation technique calls for: 1) b. the officer must be able to establish both that a violation of law occurred. If a complainant alleges vandalism or assault but no damage or injury can be found. and testimonial evidence from people other than the victim. Investigating When investigating a family disturbance where domestic violence is suspected. PROCESSING A DOMESTIC VIOLENCE VIOLATION 1.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Procedure #: 2.

520 by notifying the victim: The Wasilla Police Department has a policy of arresting all domestic violence cases having sufficient probable cause to support that arrest. Experience suggests that we not only continue that policy. 2.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~e~ulations Procedures Manual and I Procedure #: 2. or an arrest for. but the suspect is not available for a n arrest. and b.41 Take the criminal complaint to the District Attorney's Office for review/ approval. a. a domestic violation occurs. then to the Magistrate for issuance and bail setting as with any warrant. 3) Effective Date: Approved By- r . Complying with AS 18. When an officeris confronted with an arrestable case of domestic violence. the following procedure shall apply. During normal business hours when the District Attorney's Office is open for prosecutorial review/approval: 1) 2) Complete a conventional criminal complaint form. Disposition If the officer concludes that domestic violence has occurred.28.00 Page 5 of 8 7 11 Procedure Title: Domestic Violence d Any time an investigation of. the call should be concluded by: a . but expand it to include promptly seeking an arrest warrant in all domestic violence cases where the suspect is unavailable for immediate physical arrest. the investigating officer must complete an interview with the suspect/defendant.65. Immediately notify Dispatch for timely entry of the warrant. The officer (not the citizen) making an arrest. charging domestic violence assault under AS 11.

If the pre-printed language is not suitable to the case at hand simply use a conventional Criminal Complaint Form properly stamped with the red "DV". including strict standards of confidentiality. 2. the officer will still provide the information described in "2. referral.28.W. This alerts screeners that this is a warrant application without prosecutorial review.R. Inconclusive Case Disposition In cases where Domestic Violence is suspected but insufficient evidence is available to support an arrest.one stamped "DV" in red ink on the uppermost right and left top comers of all four copies. shelter. Impact Of Confidentiality To the officer.C.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Procedure #: 2. the rules of confidentiality impact police operations in two areas: Effective Date: Approved By" - - f- ." (just above). is a private corporation which receives State funding to provide crisis intervention. (These forms are also available with standard DV language pre-printed. Conditions of State funding and professional ethics impose various restrictions. C.W. - 2) 4.C. and counseling services. Organization V. ROLE OF THE VALLEY WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTER [V. After hours when prosecutorial review/approval is not readily available: 1) Complete a special criminal complaint form.) Continue to process the warrant as though prosecutorial approval has been given.R.00 Page 6 of 8 1 b.] SHELTER 1.

In an active investigation or in emergency situations which involve the victim and which would require major police action if the victim's whereabouts are not known. the officer may attempt to get the victim to sign a consent form. the following procedures have been established between V.R.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. b.W. and the Department: 1) Prior to admission.R. or routine contacts..W.R. 'Major police action" does not include welfare checks for a concerned relative. under this process. To facilitate the emergency exchange of information. and V. allowing future contacts to be handled as routine calls and/or visits. cannot and will not release information to the officer once the victim enters the Shelter unless a very specific emergency exists. the shelter may provide to the Dispatch Center a "yes" or "no" answer to Departmental inquiries. The victim can choose to call or not. and this process does little more than establish the victim's location. does not speak directly with the victim unless arrangements are made through Dispatch for the officer to do so.00 Page 7 of 8 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns I~rocedure Title: Domestic Violence 11 a . 2) 3) 4) Effective Date: # . the officer may leave a message for the victim.W.C.C. This is most desirable from the officer's standpoint. general curiosity. who will in turn contact the Shelter. Without consent. to call. the officer investigating the case must request inquiry through the Dispatch Center. The officer. To balance the need for confidentiality with the requirements of legitimate police needs.28. The officer is required to maintain the confidentiality of the placement at V.C.

notification can be made to DFYS by providing them with a copy of the police report the next business day." 1. NOTIFICATION OF THE DIVISION OF FAMILY AND YOUTH SERVICES (DFYS) There are many instances when children themselves become the victims of domestic violence.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.020 requires peace officers who " i n the performance of their occupational duties. 2.17.00 Page 8 of 8 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Domestic Violence D. Non-Emergency If the child who has been abused or neglected does not require hospitalization and if there is a parent or guardian available to provide care. have cause to believe that a child has suffered harm as a result of child abuse or neglect shall immediately report the harm to the nearest office of DFYS.28. Emergency If the child has been seriously injured or there is no parent /guardian available to provide care the officer should notify DFYS immediately. When an officer encounters a situation where the victim of domestic violence is under the age of 18 there are some additional reporting requirements. Effective Date: (o -/ -9 3 Approved By: 0- - . After normal business hours DFYS can be contacted by activating the page protocol listed in Dispatch. AS 47.

or Parent. REFERENCE DEFINITIONS Domestic Violence .. Effective Date: Approved By....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT -Regulations and Procedures Manual ~ r o c e d u r Title: Domestic Violence Writs e Procedure #-..61. or another person who is not a spouse or former spouse of the person who committed the crime. Any violation of the following statutes: AS 11... or Any member of a social unit comprised of those living together in the same dwelling as the person who committed the crime. or Grandparent.or AS 11. b u t who previously lived i n a spousal relationship with the person who committed the crime... or Former Spouse.29. or AS 11...41 series (Crimes Against the Person) .330 (Criminal Trespass) . and investigating and processing violations of Domestic Violence Writs.. or when committed against a n y of the following 'family members": Spouse..120 (a) (6) (Harassment) ... or Child of the person committing the act.....00 Page 1 of 7 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the proper method of serving Domestic Violence Writs....... ....46. 2......

. based on either a commission in the officer's presence or through probable cause). and recourses available to the parties.. the terms become binding. conditions.... arrest is possible (again.. and failure to comply can result in arrest for harassment.... any of the provisions/prohibitions cited on the properly served Domestic Violence Writ........ or will likely be. or Master a t any time) for relief against the violent or potentially violent acts of a "family member".. If that official concurs.... or the oversimplified title of "restraining order"... This procedure explains how these Writs are obtained. Effective Date: Approved By .A special type of restraining order issued by the court when convinced that the applicant has been.. rights. a document will be issued setting out specific prohibitions. subject to "domestic violence" as defined by statute.. and enforced..Domestic Violence" explains that the State of Alaska has responded to problems of violence within a family unit by both authorizing the police to make a probable cause arrest for the special misdemeanor offenses........ Violation of a Domestic . tailormade prohibitions protecting the victim of that violence... This document is often referred to a s a "Domestic Violence Restraining Order". specifying particular. Magistrate..." When legally served on the subject.... and making available a court order. DISCUSSION The procedure "Calls for Service . Any person may apply to the court (by appearing before a hearing officer .. This document is called a "Domestic Violence Writ. . served....29.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2.When a named party fails to abide by Violence Writ.such as a Judge... known as a Domestic Violence Writ.00 Page 2 of 7 1 procedure Title: Domestic Violence Writs Domestic Violence Writ. If anyone fails to abide by the conditions set by the court.

This will be a physical arrest and is done to both "defuse" the existing argument and to hold the person accountable for a criminal act.00 Page 3 of 7 1 I Regulations and Procedures Manual rocedure Title: Domestic Violence Writs PROCEDURE A. Significance Of A Violation Of A Domestic Violence Writ If the officer concludes that a subject has violated a provision of a Domestic Violence Writ (see next section. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . Processing a call for domestic violence is discussed in "Calls for Service .Domestic Violence.and An arrest shall be made to be in compliance with Departmental Policy. "B. The officer can make an arrest for Harassment under AS 11. two issues are addressed: a . GENERAL 1. Notice that "Violation of a Domestic Violence Writ" does not necessarily require a new act of violence. Investigating").I." 2.120(a). described in DEFINITIONS above.(b). then the possibility of a separate and distinct type of arrestable violation arises . A Misdemeanor Citation is not appropriate.61.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Differentiating Between "Domestic Violence" "Violation Of Domestic Violence Writ" Situations And Note that "Domestic Violence".that of violating a court ordered prohibition (such as telephoning the victim if contact with the victim is prohibited). Such a situation would allow the victim to seek relief from the courts by petitioning for a Domestic Violence Writ. Once this Writ is secured and served.29. requires the commission of a certain criminal act on a person meeting the definition of "family member". b.

Instead. 2. Avoid attaching the Return of Service to t h e report. APSIN must be updated. That service occurs as follows: When called upon to serve a DV Writ. Effective Date: Approved By: . This helps ensure Dispatch will not accidentally file the Return of Service with the report submitted by the officer. a) If successful. PROCESSING A VIOLATION OF A DOMESTIC VIOLENCE WRIT 1. respond to the named office. the Writ must be served on the other party. before it can be enforced. then Attempt service on the respondent. known as the "respondent". ensuring that the judicial officer has received a Wasilla Police Department case number. submit the Return of Service as a separate document to Dispatch.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Writs Procedure #-.00 Page 4 of 7 1 B . Service After petitioning and granting of a Domestic Violence Writ (review DEFINITIONS above). 2) 3) NOTE: Whenever service is made. the officer shall: a . The officer shall notify the Dispatch Center for computer entry. and 1) Receive the completed Writ. and Attempt to get as much information as possible regarding the respondent's location. If dispatched for DV Writ service.29. complete both the Return of Service (included form is self explanatory) and a Supplemental Report under the WPD case number assigned to the court.

If unsuccessful or no record. Establish that the act alleged was committed.00 Page 5 of 7 11Regulations and Procedures Manual -Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Writs 1 b) I f unsuccessful in service.(l)(c) on the previous page) for successful and unsuccessful service. Establish that the act alleged was in violation of a specific prohibition expressed on the Writ. as the complainant may be alleging a violation of a condition which has been changed since the suspect has legal service of his original writ.È WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #-.l. even though not felonies. The suspect/respondent must be in legal receipt of the most recent Writ.25. To reiterate. If the DV Writ is given to an officer for service by another member of the Department.030 allows an officer to arrest for Domestic Violence (as defined in statute) or for violation of a Domestic Violence Writ based either on act(s) committed in that officer's presence or on probable cause.29. 2. 2. provide the documents to the oncoming officer for reassignment to the next shift or other appropriate action. then Effective Date: Approved By: . the officer seeks three elements: a . Establish that the suspect had legal service of the Writ. c Request Dispatch Center to search APSIN for record of service. AS 12.a. Investigating When investigating an allegation of a violation of a previously served Domestic Violence Writ. that receiving officer shall make reasonable and timely effort to serve the document. Confirmation of any service can be accomplished by: 1) b. Be especially careful of possible amended petitions. and follow the instructions discussed just above (B. b.

a violation of a writ occurs. shall ensure the following is reflected in the body of the report: a . including clerks taking the report by telephone. Establish that the victim has the Writ in his physical possession. Officers. f. usually "3xx -I1. If still unsuccessful. All the normal identification and statistical data of both the suspect and victim. full legal service is implied. 3. g. report whether or not both parties were e. which would be assigned to the officer).WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Domestic Violence Writs Procedure #k2. Report which specific provision of the Writ was violated.29. b. the investigating officer must complete an interview with the suspect/defendant.00 Page 6 of 7 1 2) 3) Contact the Court during normal business hours. or an arrest for. emergency Writ). Additional Prosecution Needs Once the elements of the crime are established. Effective Date: / . This assists in verifying service. The number of the Writ (assigned by the issuing Magistrate. d Any time an investigation of. ask the suspect if he has been served. or a 90 day Writ (the final Writ. Determine if the Writ is a 20 day (initial. successful prosecution requires certain questions be answered. present at the hearing. If both parties were present. If a 90 day Writ. issued after the hearing which the suspect is entitled to attend). instead of the WPD case number. c d The Writ's date of issue.

If confirmation of service can be established and if the officer concludes one or more provisions have been violated. 2) 5.61. In cases of amended Writs. The report will also note the service and all other activities.120 (a)(6). c The officer will complete a "return of service" documenting the service of the Writ of amendment on the respondent. Nothing here shall preclude the officer from making a separate arrest for any other founded violation of law. 1) b. Charging Charging a violation of a provision of a Domestic Violence Writ is done by alleging Harassment under AS 11. Procedure #: 2.29. If confirmation of service cannot be established but the suspect is available. the suspect can be served the complainant's copy of the Writ.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~e~ulations Procedures Manual and 1 procedure Title: Domestic Violence Writs 4.00 1 Page 7 of 7 Disposition a .120 (a)(6). If confirmation of service cannot be established and the suspect is not available. an arrest for Harassment (AS 11.shall be made. ------ Effective Date: -/-^?:? Approved By: .6 1. the officer can serve the amendment on the respondent exactly as an original Writ would be served. The complainant will then be advised to contact the court for a replacement copy. a field report reflecting that information will be completed and forwarded to the Sergeant.

.

decreases the chance of disputed claims. so state this fact and answer the questions pertaining to cause of accident accordingly. 1 . Any witness to an accident should be identified. In the event of an injury an employee will seek first aid and will seek professional medical attention as soon as is possible and practicable. to a cause of the accident.00 Page 1 of 2 PURPOSE To insure employees promptly receive authorized benefits as a result of on the job injuries.30. a record must be made immediately on the "Employer's Report of Injury" form.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Duty Related Injury Procedure #: 2. b. it expedites prompt payment of claims by the insurance company. Employer's Report Of Injury The Employer's Report of Injury is designed to accurately describe the occurrence of the occupational injury. and provides the basis for corrective action. Every item on the report should be carefully completed. If accurately prepared. if needed. All employer's reports must be signed by the Chief of Police or his designee and forwarded to the Mayor within 48 hours of an accident.3-^". REPORTING INJURY When an employee sustains any injury arising out of and in the course of employment where there is a possibility of medical attention or loss of time. If there is no witness to the accident. PROCEDURE A. a . d Effective Date: 6 4-9? Approved By: .> - .

The physician must sign the Return to Work authorization. Under Alaska Workmen's Compensation Law. compensation will be paid as provided by the Workmen's Compensation Act.00 Page 2 of 2 11 Procedure Title: Duty Related Injury 2. an injured employee may be attended by any licensed Alaska physician of his choice. the Return-to-Work form will be forwarded to the Mayor. The Department head or his designee shall sign the medical authorization. B.30. Should an emergency condition require immediate care.- Procedure #: 2. Following review of the form and noting restriction required to be adhered to. if any. a medical authorization form may be submitted subsequent to the trip to the doctor. PHYSICIANS RETURN TO WORK NOTICE In those cases where an injured employee is ordered by a physician to remain off work. Medical Authorization Form The medical authorization form identifies an injured employee and authorizes a physician to render necessary medical treatment.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~egulations Procedures Manual and . d Effective Date: - 5 Approved By: . An employee will not be allowed to return to work unless this form has been completed and hand delivered to the Chief of Police. The attending physician will be requested to return a preprinted Return To Work form for advising the return to work date (and any restrictions) of an injured employee.

......... AS 28. PhysicalControl.................... OperateAnAircraft. with or without movement of the vehicle.................00 Page 1 of 25 11 PURPOSE To instruct all employees on the methods of detecting......................... To operate the mechanism a n d controls and direct movement of the vehicle.To navigate or use a vessel as transportation on any water within the City... arresting and processing subjects for driving while intoxicated (DWI)......... ..... REFERENCES DWI Law:............... To use....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2... navigate or taxi a n aircraft in the airspace over or on land within the City Operate a Water craft.. arresting and processing intoxicated drivers in a manner most likely to achieve conviction.... DEFINITIONS Drive A Motor Vehicle ........ ...31............................. operate the mechanism and controls of a To vehicle..... b u t without there being any movement............ POLICY The Wasilla Police Department personnel enhance public safety by competently detecting.030 Effective Date: Approved By: & ....To operate the controls of a vehicle which make it potentially capable of movement............. Operate a Motor Vehicle.... ......35.........

2d 188 Wirz v State 577 P..031 and AS 25.......Anchorage v Serrano 649 P....35....... 1987 Independent Blood Test:.......2d 378 PRIVACY during contact: Farrell v MOA 682 P...Svedlund v MOA 671 P.033 Proctor v State 643 P..................2d 1065 Field Sobriety Tests: ..........2d 734 Russell v MOA 706 P......35..2d 1065 DON'T provide advisement:......... 25.....2d 256 NOTE: These references represent laws and decisions which most directly influence the department procedures..Geber v State 592 P...... - -- Effective Date: Approved By: .Ross v State MOA 1338.....AS 25.....2d 1187 Romo v MOA 697 P...............Svedlund v MOA 671 P.......... and do not reflect the total of decisions affecting DWI................................. AS 12.......25......2d 40 State v Moran 557 P..2d 685 Romo v MOA 697 P...... Alaska cases..A S 12......... Feb...........2d 1065 Arrest: ....3 1..........032 Jensen v State 667 P.... Coleman v State 553 P........2d 1128 Other than Attorney: ....030 Russell v MOA 706 P..2d 378 Implied Consent Warning: Attorney Contact: NOT for Field Sobriety Tests:.2d 5 (Officer didn't view offense): Implied Consent:.2d 277 ................2d 1187 Copelin v State 659 P..........................Geber v State 592 P....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns [procedure ~ i t l eDriving While Intoxicated : Procedure #: 2..........2d 1206 MUST allow contact: Romo v MOA 697 P.2d 685 Probable Cause Arrest:.....00 Page 2 of 25 1 Basis for Stop:............25......... Case law references are to Pacific Reporter second edition.....

it is illegal to overate. AUTHORITY 1. new cases are occasionally reviewed through judicial process. DWI Explained State Statute AS 28. The intoxication may be as the result of intoxicating liquor. he accepts the responsibility to operate the vehicle safely. property and lives of others. To successfully prosecute a DWI case. The very number of court and legal instructions that would appear to make DWI complex actually make it one of the most "cut and dried" cases any officer can produce. or be in physical control of a vehicle OR operate aircraft or watercraft while intoxicated. an officer must comply with all the requirements of the various decisions as well as the requirements of the laws and statutes. Because of the number of DWI convictions which have been appealed to higher courts. Very specific instructions can be written and updated as required.OO Page 3 of 25 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Iprocedure ~ i d eDriving While Intoxicated : DISCUSSION When a person decides to operate a motor vehicle.v WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Further.71. aircraft or watercraft while intoxicated. Such a reputation is undeserved. these factors give DWI a reputation as a very difficult crime to process. without trying to memorize the process. Combined. drive. there is perhaps more case law addressing DWI than any other crime. and resulting decisions necessitate changes of existing procedures.140-190. drugs as defined in AS 11. In essence. The key to success is to simply follow the steps.3 5 . causing many officers to dread (and therefore avoid) making DWI arrests. To impair one's ability to discharge these responsibilities creates an unacceptable risk so unacceptable that driving while intoxicated (DWI) is recognized as a criminal offense.31. or combinations of other substances which substantially impair driving ability. Unless the arresting and processing is done frequently. giving proper regard to the rights. Effective Date: Approved By: . memory will allow steps to be forgotten. and the frustration of trying to do a professional effort without a successful conviction will be demoralizing. PROCEDURE A.O3O addresses operating a vehicle.

.

for a legitimate investigation of another crime. which are reasonably suspected of being dangerous to the public. The officer's training and experience may allow the development of more substantial suspicion. c. even though the only property harmed would be an occupants. Stopping A Moving Vehicle Officers are entitled to stop vehicles which have committed traffic violations. Constitution require an officer to have a proper basis for stopping any vehicle andlor for contacting any citizen.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. Serious traffic offenses are the most apparent danger. A purse or briefcase left on top of the car warrants a stop. A vehicle which can reasonably be presumed to be a danger to the public must be stopped. Such a stop may not be 'ruse". Any of these imminent dangers. these are the general rules: a . or even of probable cause. Previous suspicion of intoxication. If the officer suspects impairment as a reason for a minor offense. gives an officer not only a right. or through the "tip" of a citizen. but a vehicle which weaves on the road and exhibits characteristic signs of DWI should be stopped whether or not an actual traffic violation has occurred. of DWI. DWI stops or contacts most definitely fall under those protections. or through other good information.S.31. whether through the officer's earlier contact with the driver. 1. A vehicle may also be stopped to protect the property of the driver or occupants. but a n obligation to effect a stop. Traffic violations. are sufficient basis to stop a vehicle to prevent harm to the public or property of others. including equipment violations. 1 PROPER BASES FOR STOPS Protections built into the U. Effective Date: Approved By: . b. Any stop may inadvertently lead to suspicion of DWI. or any other which can be articulated. or which must be stopped to protect property. are an obvious reason to stop a vehicle. While there are many variations of the particular circumstances of a stop.00 Page 5 of 25 11 Iprocedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated C. it may be advisable to observe the vehicle further before effecting a stop.

Contacting An Already Stopped Vehicle/Driver An officer frequently comes onto a situation where the vehicle is stopped.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT l l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. If the officer then has reasonable suspicion aroused. whether or not the original stop resulted in a n arrest for the crime first suspected. In DWI.033 specifically authorizes a peace officer to arrest for DWI based on probable cause. a vehicle in the ditch. AS 12. additional investigation of DWI is appropriate. or a "man slumped over the wheel".31. For example. Elements of A DWI Arrest Whenever an officer has reasonable suspicion that a crime has been or is being committed. D. The result of that investigation is usually either development of probable cause to arrest.00 Page 6 of 25 - 1 procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated 11 Any suspicion reasonably developed after such a stop calls for further investigation. then additional investigation is warranted. PROBABLE CAUSE FOR ARREST 1. 2. concern for the individual. If the circumstances around the require police investigation or warrant stopped car are sus~icious. there is an automatic expectation that those suspicions will be investigated. whether or not the officer observed the driving. .25. such as an accident scene. d A vehicle which has been legitimately stopped to investigate another crime may arouse an officer's suspicion that DWI is present. Remember. the investigation should develop two essential elements: a . and Effective Date: Approved By: . That the person was driving or operating a vehicle described by law. or an alleviation of the suspicions. If the officer then becomes reasonably suspicious of DWI. the officer is obligated to take further action. a car may be stopped because it matches a description of a fleeing burglar.

may already be in existence. or witness statements gathered during investigation may develop suspicion after initial contact. The method of operation of the vehicle which led to the stop may have been so erratic or otherwise indicative of impairment that DWI is suspected before the stop. the field sobriety test is the next investigative step. Prior observations of the driver. the classic "odor of alcoholic beverage.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. 2. Additional Investigation In most DWI situations. the suspect's actions after contact. b. other procedures may also apply. but are more frequently only the first step in arousing an officer's suspicion that DWI is present. See "Special Procedures"). or information from other witnesses. a . may provoke suspicion at any point before or after a stop or contact. or through investigation. Physical evidence. Reminder: The elements may be developed either by the personal observation of the officer.00 Page 7 of 25 11 b.e. c 3.31. The officer should be familiar with the tests given. bloodshot eyes. Reasonable Suspicion Of Intoxication May Develop Either Before O r After The Stop Or Contact With The Person The observations that lead to the stop may be in themselves probable cause for an arrest. slurred speech" profile. or otherwise illegally impaired. i. The physical appearance of the suspect. and must pay careful attention to observing and documenting the results (in most cases of serious injuries or fatalities. II I Effective Date: II Approved By: . That the person was intoxicated..

driving or in actual physical control of a motor vehicle or operating an aircraft or a watercraft while intoxicated shall be considered to have given consent to a chemical test or tests of his breath. If the field sobriety tests or other investigation confirm impairment or intoxication. it is imperative that the officer include the information in the police report. . .00 Page 8 of 25 1 The circumstances of various events may require an officer to use alternative methods of developing the elements of this crime. 4. b. but is also encouraged and expected to proceed. the officer is cautioned to function within accepted rules of police behavior. arrest is appropriate. Since not all can be addressed. F. (HGN) Valid Determination Of Probable Cause a . Law Applies After Arrest Effective Date: Approved By. E.3 1.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. c In all instances that HGN is administered and used as supporting probable cause. LIMITATIONS FOR USE OF IMPLIED CONSENT 1. In State vs Grier the Court of Appeals held horizontal gaze nystagmus (HGN) reliable when considered with other field sobriety tests in determining probable cause. and that refusal to do so is a misdemeanor. however. if the person administering the test has been formally trained in the procedure. Non-consentual taking of a blood sample is permissible only in certain circumstances. CONTENT OF IMPLIED CONSENT LAW The Implied Consent Law states that a suspect who is under lawful arrest for an offense arising out of acts alleged to have been committed while the person was operating. HGN should only be administered.

'' r Effective Date: Approved By: . 4. and another request to provide a sample made. Officers May Arrest Without Warrant AS 12.25 . The formal "Implied Consent Warning" will be read if the defendant still refuses. the defendant will simply be asked to provide a breath sample for processing. The Graham Warning is part of the Implied Consent Warning and reads as follows: "Neither your right to speak with an attorney nor your right to remain silent gives you the right to refuse to provide a breath sample. 2. and the additional charge filed. Defendant Must B Advised Of Implied Consent e The officer must advise the defendant of the Implied Consent and its penalties.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. Breath Test Refusal And The "Graham Warning'' The Court of Appeals recently reversed an intoximeter refusal conviction because the defendant may have been confused about his rights and he was not given the Graham Warning a . Implied consent applies.31. a paraphrased explanation may be given. Practice dictates that the time between incident and arrest not exceed four (4) hours.00 Page 9 of 25 11 The Implied Consent Law becomes effective only after a defendant has been placed under lawful arrest for operating or driving a motor vehicle while intoxicated.OM allows a police officer to arrest without a warrant a person who he has probable cause to believe operated a motor vehicle or intoxicated. If they refuse. 3. Normally.

at the request of the prisoner or any relative or friends of the prisoner. Right To Attorney Contact There is no single issue associated with DWI that causes more concern than confusion over the defendants' rights regarding attorney contact. but was instead for consultation. and If there is any confusion. AS 12. a prisoner shall have the right to telephone or otherwise communicate with his attorney and any relative or friend. CONTACT WITH ATTORNEYS 1. This discussion will deal. Court decisions have clarified the law as it regards to DWI: 1) Eben v State decided that the contact with an attorney at the appropriate stage of investigation was NOT for 'visitation". in depth. 2) 3) G. A rule of thumb to follow: 1) If a defendant refuses to provide a breath sample read them the implied consent warning (which also contains the Graham Warning). Effective Date: Approved By: .150(B1.25. short rule of thumb is also provided as the final paragraph.00 Page 10 of 25 1.1 I - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT gulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2. have the right to immediately visit the person arrested. Inquire into the reasons for refusing ( to make sure he is not basing the refusal on confusion of the Miranda rights or the right to speak to an attorney). with the issue. A very simple. a ." b. repeat the Graham Warning and inquire again into the reasons for refusing.31. This law states "immediately after an arrest. and any attorney at law entitled to practice in the courts of Alaska shall. Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated b.

Department Policy Is: a . H T O The right to contact is statutory. NOTE: After the intoximeter test has been administered the standard MIRANDA WARNING should be given to the defendant prior to any questioning. Copelin v State absolutely requires an arresting officer to make every reasonable effort to allow a defendant to contact their attorney before deciding to provide a breath sample. not Constitutional. Farrell v MOA further requires that any contact under Copelin be assured of reasonable privacy. 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 2. Svedlund v MOA decided that officers DO N T have to O advise a defendant of a right to contact an attorney.31.00 : Page 11 of 25 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns .6 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure # 2. MOA insures a DWI suspect has the right to speak privately with counsel. and may be invoked by defendants on their own volition.- 11 Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated 2) Geber v State said that a defendant does N T have the O right to consult with or have an attorney present before field sobriety tests. PRIOR TO THE INTOXIMETER TEST DO N T ADVISE A O DEFENDANT T A THEY HAVE A RIGHT T AN ATTORNEY. Reekie v. Effective Date: Approved By: f . Ross v State limits defendants' rights to call anyone other than an attorney to only those calls to arrange for an attorney.

The Supreme Court has held that absolute privacy is not required so long as the presence of the officer is not intrusive. allow whatever is the remainder of the observation period.00 Page 12 of 25 11 I b. reasonable efforts will be made to provide an opportunity for such contact with audio privacy. NO right to counsel exists at the preliminary field sobriety tests. e.31. provide the number. If they request to call. N additional "field" sobriety o tests will be given or repeated. c After being arrested. 1) The officer should not jeopardize the observation period and should insure the defendant can be observed at all times. but not less than 10 minutes. that the defendant be allowed audio privacy during any contact with an attorney. or not make them. however.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure ff: 2. f. Effective Date: Approved By / ' - . The defendant may not unnecessarily delay the processing. D o a tell the defendant to call the public defender. It is imperative. A phone and phone book will be provided. should a defendant request to contact an attorney at any stage of the processing prior to direct questioning. but the officer must allow the defendant a reasonable time to complete the call." 2) 3) d Long distance calls will be charged to the City The defendant must charge such calls to a home phone. After an arrest is made. If the request for an attorney is during the required 15 minute observation period.

The State does not provide an attorney during the "direct questions" portion of the processing. inquire why. For example.b WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2 3 . If the defendant makes a request to contact someone other than an attorney. and carefully document those efforts in the case report.) If the defendant then requests an attorney. 0 . the request need not be honored. but prior to direct questions. honor the request.10 Page 13 of 25 IRegulations and Procedures Manual ProcedureTitle:Driving While Intoxicated 11 If the request for an attorney comes at some other point of the processing. If it is to arrange for an attorney. allow not less than 10 minutes for the attempt. Effective Date: Approved By: . However. If the defendant requests to recontact an attorney after making an initial contact or decision. The defendant may not summon an attorney to be present for the Intoximeter testing. Give the defendant reasonable assistance in making the telephone call. honor the request. honor the request with a reasonable effort. allow reasonable effort. D not become concerned with o legal issues and rights and intricacies. if defendant contacted an attorney and then provided a breath sample. If for any other reason. and requests to recontact the attorney before deciding on the Independent Blood Test. discontinue questioning and conclude processing. (This is at the stage of the processing where the officer advises of Miranda rights. Simply make the effort then continue with the processing. the officer may allow the call as a courtesy if it does not delay processing. Rule Of Thumb If the defendant requests to contact an attorney at any time and for any reason after arrest.

31. with the owner's permission. If the driver is not the registered owner dispatch should attempt to contact the owner by phone. and be alert to hiccups or belching. the following applies. 2. c. Effective Date: Approved By: . to that person. at the owner's request.00 I t Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Page 14 of 25 11 11 . the vehicle may be released. ( 15 minutes) d In all other situations the vehicle will be impounded for safekeeping at the owner's expense. 1. Check for chewing gum or tobacco products which may be hidden in his/her mouth. H.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2. attempt to contact a person of the owner's choice by phone and have that person respond to the scene to take charge of the vehicle. Transport the defendant to the police station. If the driver is also the owner but is alone in the vehicle dispatch may. If the owner can respond to the scene within a reasonable time ( 15 minutes should be a good rule of thumb) the vehicle can be released to the owner without the need for an impound. Secure The Defendant's Vehicle And Property a . b. If the driver is also the owner and there is another person in the vehicle who can legally drive. 3. DWI PROCESSING PROCEDURE After the arrest is made. The officer should provide a reasonable amount of time for this response prior to impounding the vehicle. Successful prosecution depends on close adherence to these steps. Observation Period The defendant must be kept under constant observation for 15 minutes immediately prior to administering the Intoximeter test and can have nothing in his mouth during this time.

If an accident was not involved.31. Steps 7 & 8 apply to an accepted request. If a defendant refuses to cooperate and/or perform balance tests on camera discontinue this step of the processing. the defendant would then have a right to have an independent blood test done to verify the intoximeter's accuracy. 9 & 10 to a refusal. Identify Defendant Use the ST2 Report to gather pertinent data from the defendant. 7. Video Coordination Tests At this time. (A checklist as to the operation of the camera and recorder is attached to the VCR) Follow the printed guide for administering the coordination tests that is attached to the VCR. (A defendant will never be subjected to physical force in an attempt to force compliance with this step of the processing). NOTE: a . 1 I 11Effective Date: II Approved By: . All of the forms necessary for processing are kept in the room. Explain in simple terms what the test is and that if the test is taken. 6. Identify the defendant as completely as possible. this form can stand as the face sheet of the report. administer the video coordination tests. b. All defendants will be asked and given the opportunity to perform balance tests on video. Request Intoximeter Test Request that the defendant take the Intoximeter Test.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. 5.00 Page 15 of 25 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated 4. Placement In Squad Room Place the defendant in the Intoximeter area (squad room).

Record the test results on the Intoximeter Log. Three printout tapes will be produced by the Intoximeter: One will go into Evidence. Defendant Refuses To Take Test If the defendant refuses to take the intoximeter test. the defendant asks to have one this request should be granted. who may be the arresting officer. regardless of who conducts the test. The officer who observed the defendant for the 15 minute period will certify that line of the Checklist. It is to be conducted only by a certified intoximeter operator. NOTE: If the defendant refuses to take the intoximeter test he/she is not entitled to an independent blood test and one should not be offered. 10. Effective Date: Approved By: . I f. Right To Independent Test Read the "Notice of Right to Independent Test" form to the defendant and annotate the defendant's decision. Offer the test again and attempt to get the defendant to sign the line corresponding to his decision.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2 3 . The officer must sign the appropriate line and complete the rest of the form.10 Page 16 of 25 11 8. if qualified. however. The completed form will be attached to the police report. The officer will sign the form on the line provided. Complete the checklist found on the Intoxirneter Report as the steps are performed. This form will be attached to the police report and a copy will be attached to the Notice and Order of Revocation Form described in number 1 2 below. Administer Intoximeter Test The Intoximeter test will then be administered. 0 . and the third will be attached to the License Revocation Form (Step 12). one will go with the report. read the Implied Consent Warning form. 9. Ask the defendant to sign on the appropriate lines.

If the defendant is unable to reach an attorney..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2 3 . c d The test will not result in any substantial expense or inconvenience to the officer. 0 . Effective Date: Approved By: . treat as a refusal. After three attempts. a . Defendant Refuses To Give Acceptable Sample A defendant who refuses to give an acceptable sample. by failing to blow. and advise him to discuss it with the attorney. if administered. . Requests For An Attorney If the defendant requests to contact an attorney before taking the intoximeter test. 12. The test. and you can still get an accurate test without undo delay. The arrestee has been in continuous custody of the arresting officer and under observation for the entire time. In summary. b. read the Implied Consent Warning to him. etc. placing the tongue over the mouthpiece.10 Page 17 of 25 I 1 I I procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated 11. will still be accurate. you should go ahead and take the breath sample. . "Curing" Intoximeter Refusal B Subsequent Consent To y Breath Test The Alaska Supreme Court has held that a DWI defendant who has refused the Intoximeter test can "cure" the refusal under certain limited circumstances. The consent occurred within a "reasonable time" after the prior first refusal. 13. should be given three (3) attempts. the testing procedure will continue and the defendant must make any decisions on his own. if a defendant changes his mind within a reasonable time.

a copy of the Implied Consent Warning shall be attached to the white copy. The white copy and all attachments are to be placed in the "To B Processed" basket on e the main desk.M.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Il~rocedut-e Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. However. 16. - Effective Date: ApprovedBy: J^) /Â¥ . read the "Notice and Order of Revocation" from the D. the officer will transport the defendant to the hospital where a sample of the defendant's blood will be drawn. so indicate. Request For Independent Blood Sample If the defendant took the intoximeter test and elected to have a blood sample drawn. If answers were refused.V. T E YELLOW COPY OF THE LICENSE REVOCATION H FORM MUST BE GIVEN TO THE DEFENDANT. If the defendant refused the Intoxirneter test. give the defendant a "Notice of Financial Responsibility" form and explain its use. cease the questioning.31. and include the completed form in every report. the yellow copy will still be given to them but "NOT A LICENSE" will be clearly printed across its face. Read Intoxication Report Form Read the Intoxication Report form to the defendant beginning with the Advisement of Rights section and filling in the form with the defendant's answers. 15. 17. License Revocation Form to the defendant and fill in the proper entries Seize the defendant's driver's license and attach it to the white copy of the form along with a copy of the Intoximeter printout.lo.00 Page 18 of 25 11 11 14. If Accident Involved If an accident was involved. go to step #15. License Revocation Form If the defendant took the Intoxirneter Test and the results were over . If the defendant asks to be represented by an attorney. If no blood sample was requested. or if the defendant refused the test. and the pink copy will be attached to the police report. Persons whose licenses are already suspended or who are unlicensed are not eligible for a temporary license.

The defendant can change his or her mind at any time. Effective Date: Approved By: . Storage Of Blood The Police Department will store the blood until there is a disposition from the court or until the defendant asks for it. that is to be considered a valid withdrawal of consent. To preserve the integrity of the case. If the minor agrees to a blood test. Defendant Under 18 Years of Age If the defendant is under 18 years of age. but changes his mind. the officer will attempt to contact a parent or guardian and have him come to the hospital to sign a consent form.31. (It will only be mailed to a lab if the cost of the testing has been prepaid by the defendant). whichever is sooner. If the defendant becomes combative or disruptive. those actions are construed as a withdrawal of consent. This form is available from hospital personnel and a copy of the completed form will be attached to the police report. continue to the hospital and have a witness confirm that the defendant voluntarily changed his mind. It will be up to the defendant to meet chain-of-custody and foundational requirements necessary to allow the introduction of the results of the analysis in court.00 Page 19 of 25 11 Defendant To Sign Consent Form At the hospital. It is the responsibility of the defendant to arrange for analysis of the sample. The cost of the extraction and storage of the blood will be the responsibility of the Department. the medical facility may require the consent of both the defendant and a parent or guardian.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. Withdrawal Of Consent For Blood If the defendant agrees to the blood test at the station. . It may be mailed to an established lab of the defendant's choice. the officer will have the defendant sign the hospital's consent and chain of custody form.

" release.OO Page 20 of 25 11 / If a parent or guardian cannot be reached or refuses to come to the hospital. both in this state and at the federal level. . Seizing Blood a .65. prepare Misdemeanor Citation with "court date assigned by magistrate" written on its face and magistrate's assigned date on date line. could reasonably be expected to cause injury to the person against whom it is directed. If "0.R. L SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1. 23.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. prepare complaint. Transport The defendant will then be transported to the jail and a magistrate contacted by phone for the setting of bail. Court Complaint If bail or other conditions are set.095(a)insulates a medical facility from legal liability for taking involuntary blood samples if the sample is taken without the use of "excessive or unreasonable force. a sample of the minor's blood should be drawn on the minor's consent if the hospital personnel are willing to do so. Force which. Effective Date: Approved By: . Use Of Force To Obtain Blood AS 09. 2 2." Case law. The officer will document any efforts made to gain parental consent in the police report. under the circumstances in which it is used. makes it clear that the results of the analysis of blood taken through the use of excessive or unreasonable force will be excluded from evidence at trial. is excessive.31.

31.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns 11 Procedure #: 2. If a blood sample was taken by the doctor and the defendant refused to sign a consent for release of medical records form. Serve the warrant and on the basis of the results. This result may be obtained by either obtaining a consent to release medical records form signed by the defendant or by search warrant at a later date. Effective Date: Approved By: . Obviously.Ñ '7 / . If the person struggles to the point where the use of additional restraint might result in a broken arm or cracked rib.035 resists having blood drawn. it would be permissible for an officer to hold the person's arm still so a lab technician may draw the blood. you can simply arrest him/her and transport to the Department for normal DWI procedures. If the person was not deemed serious enough to treat. the officer should always use the minimum amount of force necessary. Officers could also restrain the person's arms and legs to prevent the defendant from leaving or thrashing around while blood is being drawn. it is the officer's responsibility to coordinate with the Prosecutor's Office and obtain a search warrant. prepare a complaint and summons if appropriate. DO N T ATTEMPT T PRESSURE A DOCTOR O O INTO TAKING A SAMPLE FOR YOU. b. then the attempt to draw blood should be abandoned. an emergency room doctor will take a blood sample for analysis.00 Page 2 1 of 25 11 11 Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated 1 For example.35. if an arrestee who meets the requirements of AS 28. In normal operating procedures. DWI Suspect is the Only Injured Party A suspected intoxicated driver who is injured at an accident scene and is transported to a hospital (no one else injured in the accident) will be treated at the hospital prior to any arrest.

. Unconscious/Incapable Persons A person who is unconscious or otherwise in a condition rendering that person incapable of refusal is considered not to have withdrawn the consent provided under Implied Consent and a chemical test may be administered to determine the amount of alcohol in that person's breath or blood. a telephonic search warrant must be obtained to draw a blood sample. be alert for drug usage.31. yet he/she is acting very intoxicated. the suspect is able to intelligently decide. Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 22 of 25 1 c. Suspected Drug Impairment If the defendant provided a breath test that yielded a very low reading. A Person who is unconscious or otherwise incapable of refusal need not be placed under arrest before a chemical test is administered." Court decisions are not definitive. but no medical blood test taken.) and attempt to persuade the defendant to provide a voluntary blood sample. the involuntary test may NOT be administered. pill bottles. etc. but other circumstances prevent him from going to a breath test facility.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ProcedureTitle: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2. that person cannot be charged for refusal to submit to a chemical test. If a chemical test is administered to a person under this provision. The critical question is the test of "otherwise incapable. If the suspect is so intoxicated as to be incoherent and incapable of intelligently refusing. needle tracks. An example of this is a conscious. Look for signs of drug abuse (i. If. a test may be taken. In such cases. d. however. illness or injury. lucid subject being kept at the hospital for observation.e. as opposed to the circumstances around them. but tend to consider the physical condition of the subjects themselves.

DO N T ARREST THE SUBJECT IF IT CAN BE AVOIDED. As a result of such exam.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT . 4) 5) 2. contact a Supervisor. If the subject takes a breath test. if the officer has already arrested the subject but now feels the charges to be inappropriate. Record the scene by pictures and measurements and collect evidence as in any major investigation. 2. ^ . an arrest for DWI is not practical. Obtain a blood sample at the hospital if either a search waiver or search warrant is obtained. Accidents With Critical or Fatal Injuries Accidents in which there is critical injury or a fatality are in a category separate from traffic offenses. URINE TESTS a . O 2) 3) Attempt to get a search waiver form signed by the subject to obtain a sample of breath or blood. Effective Date: Approved By: - /^ . 1) Treat the scene of the accident as a major crime scene.OO - Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Page 23 of 25 If there is any concern for the well-being of the subject. The procedure is also different and is usually conducted by the Traffic Section personnel. also offer an Independent Blood Test. Coordinate with the District Attorney's Office in obtaining a search warrant if a voluntary search waiver is not given by the subject. e.Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #-.31. arrange to have him examined by a doctor immediately. Because the possibility exists that a much more serious charge might be filed. Urine tests should not be offered to defendants.

c d .] must be preserved until both the criminal and administrative cases are completed. the defendant must first completely empty his bladder. The Department of Public Safety may be obtaining urine alcohol collection kits in the near future. If a refrigerator is not available. 0 . Effective Date: Approved By: . Department of Public Safety requires that evidence collected by law enforcement agencies during a D. After collection.I. the following guidelines should be followed when trying to determine whether or not evidence may be destroyed. and while the defendant is giving the urine sample.W. In order for the urine test to have any degree of accuracy. wait 30-45 minutes. e. Only if an in-custody defendant desires an independent test and either specifically requests a urine test or says that he or she is afraid of needles so does not want to take a blood test. Until that time all requests for urine samples will be accommodated at the hospital.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2 3 . samples for independent testing. etc. An officer is most likely aware of when the criminal case is completed. PRESERVATION AND DISPOSITION OF EVIDENCE The Alaska Supreme Court's recent decision in Mark J. but may not be aware of when administrative cases are completed. the sample must be refrigerated. should the defendant be given the option of having a urine test. a urine sample should not be taken and the police report should document that a urine test was not provided because of the unavailability of necessary equipment. and then give a second urine sample which is retained for testing.10 Page 24 of 25 11 s b. A witness must be present both while the defendant is initially emptying the bladder. Therefore. J. Thorne vs.. arrest [audio or video tapes."- .

an officer may destroy or recycle evidence only after receipt of a "Decision of Administrative Review/HearingM and the criminal case is completed and forty five days have elapsed since the completion of both cases. Effective Date: /^ -/ . 1 1. 3. No Request For Administrative Hearing If there is no documentation received from the Department of Public Safety's Division of Motor Vehicles Driver Improvement Bureau indicating a person requested an administrative review hearing. the District Attorney's office is responsible for the notification. In the case of appeals of criminal cases.31. Request For Administrative Hearing If a "Notice of Administrative Review/HearingW received from is the Department of Public Safety's Division of Motor Vehicles Driver Improvement Bureau. In the case of appeals of Administrative decisions the Department of Public Safety's Driver Improvement Bureau is responsible for notification. Appeals If a person appeals a criminal case of an administrative hearing and there is need to preserve evidence longer than the guidelines given in A and above the officer will be notified. .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Driving While Intoxicated Procedure #: 2.93 Approved By: /^ - . the officer may destroy or recycle evidence after the person's criminal case is completed and forty five days have elapsed since its' final disposition.00 Page 25 of 25 . 2.

.

.................... DEFINITIONS EOC. . ..................... EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC) 1...................... EDC.. willbe located a t the Cottonwood Public Safety Building PROCEDURE A...... EOC Activation The EOC is activated upon the orcii-T [he Borough Manager or his designee........ The Emergency Dispatch Center is t h e PalmerIWasilla Police Department Dispatch Center located a t the Palmer Police Public Safety Building The backup Emergency Dispatch Center that Secondary EDC................WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Tide: Emergency Operations Center Procedure #: 2........ it is the policy and goal of this Department to insure that there are no disruptions or interruption in the communications between the citizens and the emergency service providers..........00 Page 1 of 3 11 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the communication procedures to follow in the event of a large scale incident or disaster or the loss of the operational capabilities of the PalmerfWasilla Dispatch Center........35................................ POLICY As the emergency communication center for the Matanuska-Susitna Valley... of Effective Date: Approved By: . The Cottonwood Public Safety Building has been designated as the Emergency Operations Center for the Borough...The coordination center for emergency services during any major emergency effecting the Matanuska-Susitna Borough............

Requests For Assistance All requests for special assistance from the field and all incoming information should be directed to the EOC. 3. Determine management and deployment decisions and provide direct contact between Borough Departments and outside agencies for the coordination of efforts. Policy guidance from the EOC will be relayed to emergency service units through Palmer Dispatch (EDC). 5. b.1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Coordinate the forces of all agencies involved in an emergency at one central location. 4. and place all resources under the direct command of the Borough Manager. the EOC may request that the Emergency Dispatch Center provide a dispatcher to the EOC to assist in the coordination or radio communications. Effective Date: Approved By: . 6. EOC Scope Of Duties During any major emergency or disaster effecting the Matanuska-Susitna Borough the Emergency Operations Center will: a .35. When these numbers have been assigned during an emergency or disaster operation. This request will be forwarded to and require the approval of the Chief of Police or his designee. Activation Upon being activated. the EDC will be provided a list of the support agencies and the telephone numbers assigned to them. the EOC will advise the Emergency Dispatch Center and provide the center with a list of telephone numbers to be used to access the EOC. Telephone Communications The EOC has the ability to add additional telephone lines for support agencies. Extended Operations During extended operations.00 Page 2 of 3 I 11 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 procedure Title: Emergency Operations Center 2.

Loss of the "911" telephone lines into the Emergency Dispatch Center at the Palmer Police Building. Facility Preparedness The secondary EDC will be activated for operational exercises on a biannual basis or as is required to insure all equipment is fully operational and all personnel are familiar with equipment and operations. ACTIVATION OF THE SECONDARY EMERGENCY DISPATCH CENTER (ED0 1.00 Page 3 of 3 11 1 procedure Title: Emergency Operations Center B . Under other emergency conditions that warrant its activation. Secondary EDC Staffing The Secondary EDC may be activated and staffed with Palmer Dispatch personnel under the following conditions and with the approval of the Chief of Police: a . b. Effective Date: 6-/-y? ApprovedBy: - . Activation of the Borough EOC. Major disasters and/or large scale incidents.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ( ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2.35. c. 2. b. Similarities The secondary EDC will have similar dispatch capabilities as the primary dispatch center located at the Palmer Police Department. 4. Loss (for any reason) of the primary Emergency Dispatch Center at the Palmer Police Department. The Secondary EDC will be activated automatically under the following conditions: a. 3. Conditions For Automatic Activation.

.

confront the object(s) of those suspicions.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual h Procedure #: 2 3 . 2. and record the information obtained in the field interview. Link Personswithcrime Establish Background information on certain people Gain Information on locates Effective Date: Approved By: . What follows are guidelines on how to recognize suspicious activities. OBJECTIVES Field Interview Cards can serve the following purposes: 1. there is still the authority. 0 . and how to approach the subjects. and record that information in a fashion most usable by the Department. DISCUSSION During the course of police duties.60 Page 1 of 9 11 11 Procedure Title: Field Interviews PURPOSE To provide all sworn personnel with guidelines on how to most effectively recognize suspicious situations. If the officer's suspicions are not allayed. 3. indeed the obligation. it is appropriate to document the identification of the participants and the attendant circumstances. collect information. PROCEDURE A. an officer is routinely alerted to a variety of suspicious circumstances. POLICY I t is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to effectively investigate and collect information on all suspicious activities while maintaining officer safety and eliminating undue embarrassment or delays to the innocent citizen. to investigate those circumstances. Although he may not be witnessing a recognizable crime. This is done on the "Field Interview Card" (FI Card). .

8. d .can be experienced. 7. Reasonableness Of Suspicion If just one of these elements is "out of place". but impose the duty to d o so. What courts d o not uphold are stops based on other grounds. legal standards are especially interested in the persons activities. 3 WHAT CONSTITUTES "SUSPICIOUS CIRCUMSTANCES?" 1. 6. Effective Date: Approved By: . 11 Link Criminals with their companions and vehicles Recover Evidence and stolen goods Deter Crime by police presence Provide Data on recidivists and dangerous people Provide a Data base for modus operand! 5. Revenge Idle curiosity Racial/ethnic disdain c. I. If one analyzes what actually arouses suspicions. 2.36. four ingredients are discovered.00 Page 2 of 9 [procedure Tide:Field Interviews 4. Time Location Appearance Activity c. a sense of curiosity . Of the four ingredients. Courts consistently uphold the validity of stops wherein officers can explain how any reasonable person would have been suspicious. b.a feeling of suspicion . b. 2. Elements Of Suspicion Recognizing "something suspicious" while others pay no attention is a talent most officers prize. Truly suspicious activities not only give the officer the authority to investigate further. such as: a . namely: a .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #-.

Filling Out Forms At Scene Transfemng mental notes onto the Field Interview card after the interview seems to lessen the negative impact of an officer "filling out an official police report even though we didn't do anything wrong. b.General '. This procedure deals with authority and limitations for custodial activities other than an arrest. APPROACHING THE SUBJECT 1. persons will often try to explain their activities/appeaance instead of becoming argumentative or defensive. 0 . and when police officers take people into other forms of custody. A n officer. stands to promote the investigation by using this approach.60 Page 3 of 9 1 d Securing information for personal use (telephone number. .) C. the concept of custody is explained as any restraint of liberty. But arrest is only one form of custody. Be Courteous Two valuable goals are achieved when a subject is politely informed of why he is being questioned: a . etc. Avoid. If the investigation has disrupted any improper behavior. good public relations are promoted. the confidence in their authority tends to wane. If the inquiry reveals no cause for alarm. experience has repeatedly shown that. Commonly. therefore. 2. if the officer can minimize the sense of alarm.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTmNT 11Fkgulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: F'ield Interviews Procedure #: 2 3 . we regard custody as an arrest. and is designed to give officers a firmer grasp of this aspect of their responsibilities. and become familiar with the statutes granting both private citizens and peace officers the power of arrest. AUTHORITY TO "STOP" VERSUS "ARREST1 In the procedure "Custody . 7 Effective Date: Approved By ." D.

a concept emerged .tt turn. Purpose Of T h e Detention If an officer is alerted to circumstances that would arouse suspicion with any reasonable person. down to the temporary "detention" needed for the issuance of a traffic ticket. Eventually. Allay the suspicions. or Secure enough information to recontact the parties should a later investigation require it. a form of custody. for the government to protect citizens from criminality. Elements Of Such an investigation requires a restraint of liberty. In order for the police to balance their duty to protect with their obligation not to abuse their power to intrude. That single concept reasonableness .is at the heart of the police powers allowing custody to be assumed. a consensus began to surface.I WM1LI. AUTHORITY TO DETAIN IS BASED ON REASONABLENESS OF RESTRAINT 1.'~ This L'reasonableness. because it calls for the balancing of two demands made by our citizens: First. is gauged by two considerations: in Effective Date: Approved B y .A POLICE DEPMTMEN'I' gulations and Procedures Manual Procedure ik 2-36-00 Page 4 of 9 Il~rocedm-e Title:Field ~ ~ E M ~ w s RANGES O F CUSTODY (AMOUNT OF RESTRAINT) "Restraint of Liberty" can range from a full arrest.that of reasonableness. and second. or Establish criminality. The officer gains authonty to take this custody based on "rea~onab1eness. to protect the citizens from unnecessary intrusion into their private lives. and so is. Balancing the need for protection from crime with protection from unwarranted intrusion came under much scrutiny. and vested with the authonty to require the involved subjecqs) to submit to a reasonable investigation to either: a . This degree of restraint generates profound legal issues. including the application of deadly force. he is duty-bound to investigate. Reasonableness tt c. b. 2 . but it was up to later case law and acceptable ' statute to decide how that protection was to be delivered in a LLConstitutionally fashion7 "REASONABLENESS" O F RESTRAINT Balancing Police Powers. in fact. The Constitution was explicit in providing the second safeguard.

See the procedure on "Use of Force ' for full discussion. Force And Pat Down Allowed (See also Section "I" later in this procedure. That is. As with any police action.) 7 7 7 Effective Date: Approved By: . 7 Even though the custody for a field interview is not an arrest? the law allows a "stop and frisk ' pat down for weapons if circumstances would lead a "reasonable person77 to believe weapons might be involved. 0 . 3) 4) 3. a . The degree and topics of questioning used in the inquiry. the officer must be reasonable in: 1) 2) b.) If the officer operates in good faith and has made a reasonable stop. An officer must convincingly articulate that the discovery of the evidence was7indeed. Note that this is not a true search for criminal evidence but a weapons pat down for officer safety only. purely accidental. Other considerations. The reasonableness of the sus~icion.60 Page 5 of 9 1 1- a . he is allowed to use legal amounts of force to gain and retain custody of the subject(s). The depth and appropriateness of any search(s) . Should a weapon-like object be seized which later proves to be evidence of a crime. would any reasonable person have become suspicious given the circumstances confi-onting the officer? The reasonableness of the "depth of the probe. to investigate the suspicious circumstances.'' That is. The length of time spent in the probe. the "proper" amount of force is the minimum amount of force required to discharge a legal duty. that evidence may be valid if discovered accidentally (Caution: Courts view this type of evidence seizure with suspicion.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IRegdations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: F'ield Interviews Procedure #: 2 3 .

T o aid the officer. An interview with associates. non-criminal explanation for the original suspicion is later established. Failing to i d e n m .36. Being uncooperative does not always elevate an officer's suspicions. that subject can be arrested for that assault even if a plausible. 'Effective Date: Approved By / . such assistance can include a new personality that might inspire more cooperation. Photographs may be taken of the subject. A good investigation can often reveal the information sought b. In addition to providing supervision. but it may do so. refusing to disclose one's residence address. Procedure +k2. In fact. As an example. trying to leave. and calls for the highest degree of professionalism to resolve. the following comments are provided: a . allowing a deeper probe. and the officer is warned that any field interview initiated or continued out of revenge or idle curiosity is illegal. if a person assaults an officer to avoid a reasonable detention. or a surveillance of reasonable limits are two possible alternatives. and/or a witness to the officer's activities to deter allegations of misconduct.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual 11 ll~rocedure Title: field Inte~ews 4. 5. Summary Of This Section Officers who can articulate the reasonableness of the suspicion(s) and the appropriateness of the depth of their probe are generally within their authority. Resistance to reasonable inquiry can operate to reinforce the officer's suspicions. c. without the subject's participation. A supervisor may be called to the scene to assist. it is not a crime to refuse to furnish any identification. and similar acts can operate to enhance the officer's suspicions. d. The totality of the situation must be considered. and crime(s) committed and force used as a result of that escalating resistance stand on their own merit. the possibility of recognizing the subject(s) involved.00 1 I1 Page 6 of 9 1 Subjects Not Required To Cooperate Authority and duty to stop and question does not imply a person has a legal duty to cooperate. This one a m exposes the officer to the greatest civil and disciplinary risk.

This holds true for conducting field interviews. applied to enforce the detention. Note that other protections afforded the citizens can include criminal and civil relief. Issues On Use Of Force An important aspect of police authority in such a stop is the amount of force an officer can use to enforce this "temporary detention. This test is to ensure that such unacceptable motivations as harassment. certain standards must be met. Reasonableness Any stop must stand the test of reasonableness. a . Police Identity Imperative The citizen must clearly recognize the person stopping him as being a police officer. The Officer Must Clearly Express The Demand For Temporary Detention. b. These standards are the criteria for the stop and interview and include: 1. and the burden of proof remains with the government. On a reasonable inquiry by a fully iden ed officer?flight or resistance adds to the degree of suspicion but might not elevate the issue to a crime (mere flight or failing to identify oneself is not a crime). If the officer is not obviously a police officer? the subject is not obligated to stop. 3.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT \[Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Held Interviews H.'' Each situation is judged on its merits (of reasonableness). c. the officer is under obligation to identify himself fully to any person he contacts.ESPONSIB1LITY T o exercise the authority to take the custody described. If a law is violated during this resistance (traffic infractions. then the officer is fully empowered to base all his subsequent acts on arresting for an offense committed in his presence.60 Page 7 of 9 1 POLICE R. and sexual impropriety d o not enter into policelgovemental activities. If the stop is unreasonable? no amount of force can be . As with any police contact. 0 . 2. L USE OF FORCE DURING FIELD INTERVIEWS 1. Pmcedure #: 2 3 . but some clues exist to aid the officer in answering this question. 7 Effective Date: ApprovedBy 6 / . revenge. assault? trespass). too.

the best insurance to meet the reasonable person test is to act in good faith. Recognize the event as suspicious or illegal. 3. b. interrupted. the "reasonable person" test will usually be met J. and b. and B able to tell why any reasonable person would have e drawn the same or functionally similar conclusions/ suspicions.if the officer operates in good faith. and limit detentions to understandable lengths. must: a . Valid Field Interviews Are Beneficial It is Departmental policy to encourage its members to conduct warranted field interviews. For the officer in the field. and the courts exist to adjudicate those issues. and solved by alert officers exercising their authority to stop peopk in suspicious situations. Review Of Steps The officer. Most people experienced in these matters agree . CONCLUSIONS 1. Field interviews. Procedure Not All-inclusive No procedure can cover all scenarios. Effective Date: Approved By: . therefore. so questionable areas remain. Many crimes are deterred. therefore. This satisfies society's demand against unreasonable intrusion.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[procedure Title: Field Interviews Page 8 of 9 11 2. 2. Do not stop people for revenge or out of idle curiosity. Fundamentals Authorities agree on two issues: a . help satisfy society's demand for government protection from crime.

I Make reasonable limits to the depth of the probe (time. expectations of the subject.93 Approved By: ^ . COMPLETING THE FIELD INTERVIEW CARD For detailed information on how to fill out the FI Card. refer to the Report Writing Section./ . etc.11I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Effective Date: .00 Page 9 of 9 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns 1 procedure Title: Field Interviews c. Once completed.36. cards are submitted at the end of the shift. force. K.).

.

Experience Members selected to serve as FTO'S must have adequate experience with the Department. and expectations of the Field Training Program. Effective Date: (0 -/ -93 Approved By: / . Ability The most important single factor would be the patrol officer's capabilities in the performance of his primary duties. DISCUSSION The Field Training Officer (FTO) Program consists of a student-recruit officer being assigned to work with an experienced officer prior to or after graduation from Basic Training School. PROCEDURE A.37. The FTO program differs from past practice of assignment to any available senior officer in that the patrol officer assigned as an FTO is selected and trained to fulfill this function. the Chief must be guided by the following considerations: 1. This experience should include a wide variety of activity. energies and integrity must be exemplary. In making the selection. First and foremost. responsibilities. the FTO must be the best patrol officer available. As a training officer. SELECTION OF FIELD TRAINING OFFICERS Field Training Officers are to be selected by the Chief of Police. 2. the FTO'S every move and every remark will make a lasting impression upon the recruit. The officer's work habits.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Field Training Program Procedure #: 2.00 Page 1 of 10 11 PURPOSE To advise new and experienced officers of the requirements.

law and other related subjects have been learned. advise and supervise the recruit officer during the recruits first weeks in the field. The recruit is now anxious to get a taste of field work and will look to the FTO for a reaffirmation of the things learned in school. The recruit officer will come to patrol after many weeks of intensive work in school. The recruit has been told by the Chief of Police and the Training School staff that this new job is one which will require the fullest energy and ability. 2.00 Page 2 of 10 11 ^ 3. Leadership Qualities Patrol Officers selected as FTO's will be training themselves as potential supervisory officers. who has been a disciplinary problem or who lacks interest in the work. procedure. Likewise.37. personal pride and service. the officer selected to serve as an FTO must be one who shows a great potential for promotion. Attitude The FTO must fully support and follow Departmental policy. the recruit will most certainly forget all of the things learned about integrity. the officer who gives mere lip service to these matters will not be selected. during which Department policy. An official report of the officer's selection and record of his accomplishments in this assignment will be placed in the officer's personnel folder. If the recruit. For these reasons.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Field TrainingProgram Procedure #-. is given to a senior officer who has developed a dislike for the job. The duties of the FTO will be almost identical with those of a Patrol Sergeant in that the FTO will guide. direct. loyalty. An attitude of indifference or even opposition to the goals and purpose of the Department must necessarily disqualify an officer from FTO duty. The FTO will also correct what appear to be faulty work habits. 4. 5 Effective Date: Approved By: . as a first experience in the field. rules and regulations and other official procedures.

R FUNCTIONS OF THE FIELD TRAINING OFFICER 1. and give the recruit officer the opportunity to practice a variety of these tasks. Duties To Be Discussed The list of duties. some of which will be unusual. demonstrate. the FTO is charged with the responsibility of training and supervising the recruit officer. demonstrate and supervise with the recruit will include. As The FTO The FTO is the senior member of a two-officer patrol unit. The officer's courage and temperament must be excellent and the officer must be fully capable of constructively criticizing the actions and attitudes of a recruit trainee. C. The officer must enjoy a position of respect among fellow officers .37. tasks and procedures which the FTO will be called upon to discuss. the recruit must be exposed to a variety of experiences.respect based upon ability and integrity. General Duties Will B Learned On Patrol e During the period of field training. The Primary Function Of The FTO Is To Provide Police Service Within The Patrol Area. 2. General Considerations The officer selected to serve as an FTO must be one who presents a good appearance. During the period the FTO works with the recruit. but the bulk of which will reflect the general duties of a patrol officer. but not be limited to the following: Approved By: . the greatest number of duties will be encountered. As the senior partner. the FTO will perform the routine tasks and at the same time explain. By being assigned to work in a squad car with an experienced officer. 2. SPECIFIC DUTIES OF THE FIELD TRAINING OFFICER 1.I1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Field Training Program Procedure #: 2.00 Page 3 of 10 11 I 5.

including arrests. Operation of a police vehicle -.r 1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Non-criminal detox commitments.driving techniques will be explained and demonstrated.foot and mobile. Location of courts and other facilities relating to police work hospitals.37.00 Page 4 of 10 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 Procedure Title: Field Training Program Patrol techniques -. Handling the young people of the area. Crime problems of the areas and crime prevention. Use of the Officers Daily Activity Report. Public relations. Checking business places. Domestic violence. Accident investigation and reports. Issuance of traffic summons. Effective Date: Approved By: . Stopping traffic violators. Emergency and pursuit driving -. etc. After one or two hours of training. Other arrest procedures and report writing.useof police radio. Report writing. the recruit will be permitted to operate the vehicle.

The Recruit shall be given instructions on the proper speeds to be maintained with respect to traffic. cleanliness. instructions as to operation of radio. Checking gasoline gauge. It is important to impress upon the recruit that all of the ingredients of a good patrol officer will be covered. etc. responding to emergency calls. etc. for various functions such as routine patrol. etc. the recruit shall be allowed to operate the vehicle for increasing periods of time each day.. responding to non-emergency calls. A an active observer. tires. rules of the Department. 1) Examination and inspection of vehicle for damage before leaving the police station." The actual time allocated to this phase will vary according to the aptitude of the recruit and the ability of the instructor. The recruit shall be given specific instructions on the mechanical workings of the police car and its equipment. the recruit will be informed of the procedure outlined in this training guide. Check of radio equipment. s but should seldom exceed a one-week period. clocking or overtaking traffic violators. It is most important that the training officer discuss the program with the recruit and establish a feeling of confidence in the student. TRAINING-PHASEI Active Observers Recruit officers are to spend the first shift (8 hours) of their assignment as "active observers. but that it takes time to learn them thoroughly and skillfully. 2) b. rules for transmission. After sufficient time to observe the FTO's operation. lights.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Field Training Program Procedure #: 2.37. the recruit officer will engage in the following duties: a.00 Page 5 of 10 11 I FAMILIARIZATION At the time a recruit officer is assigned to work with an FTO. Effective Date: Approved By: .

At the scenes of calls for police service. keeping the daily activity log. the recruit will continue to observe and do the things listed in Phase I. the recruit is now given thorough training in "how to do" the things that a professional officer must be able to perform as a matter of routine. d F. TRAINING-PHASEI1 1.37. but will also begin to work with the training officer as a regular participating partner. After training as an active observer. Effective Date: Approved By: . Recruit To Take Active Role 1 Phase I comprises the balance of the period allocated to the field training of the recruit officer. From this point on. and making the necessary notations relative to the work at hand. the recruit will move to the second phase of training. acknowledging radio calls. the recruit takes an active role in police work. The recruit shall be required to complete such reports as may be required. and it is at this point that the FTO must explain and demonstrate techniques to the recruit and then test the recruit by giving ample opportunity to practice and develop these skills. During this phase. While continuing to do the fundamental tasks and duties undertaken during Phase I. but is constantly under the immediate supervision of the training officer. It is here where the ingenuity of the FTO plays an important part in the future of the recruit officer.Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Field Training Program Procedure #: 2. the recruit will follow the example of the training officer by observing the techniques used by the FTO in defining the problem and in taking proper action. The recruit shall be assigned to the unit's paper work.00 Page 6 of 10 ) ) c.

Equipment check.General Knowledge And Adaptability How to use mechanically -. Radio -. The " Ten Code. Leather equipment. Use of equipment . shave.Inspection And Check Of Equipment Maintenance and damage inspection." Broadcast during pursuits.Participation And Assimilation Of Information Descriptions recorded. The standard Alaska Police Standards FTO booklet is required to be filled out during this process. Proper driving habits. Roll Call -. Asking for information on wanted items. How to broadcast a description. Receiving broadcasts and recording information. squelch. etc. Personal grooming. The training officer should make every effort to cover all the items by actual practice.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. If this is impossible the FTO should a t least discuss the proper procedures which are to be followed. baton. hot sheet. microphone. extinguisher. Police Vehicle -. key. notes. pressed. Proper attention to orders.on/off.Preparation And Equipment Uniform clean. complete.first aid kit. haircut. etc. etc.37. Effective Date: Approved By . Firearm.00 Page 7 of 10 I 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Field Training Program The following list is intended to serve only as a guide for the FTO in developing a personal program for training the recruit. Roll Call -.

Locating witnesses. prowlers.cruising or parking. Effective Date: Approved By: .nothing personal. 9. Investigate crime. Prisoner's property. Property Procedures Evidence inventory. Advising the violator as to his procedure. burglaries.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ r o c e d u r Tide: Field Training Program e Page 8 of 10 6. 8. Initial conversation with driver -. Found Property. family disturbances. Investigation At Scene Of Incidents Accidents. Responding To Alarms Dangerous crime in progress. fights. Demeanor during the period summons is written. Gathering and preserving evidence. Lost or stolen property recovered.approach. Traffic Summons Procedure Observing the violation -. Attitudes toward violators -. disturbances. Approach to scene. Fire alarms. homicides. Report writing. Concluding the contact. thefts. 7. Prowler calls. Stopping the violator. Property releases.

Criminal offense. Suicide or attempt. Tact. Controlling arrested persons. Reports -.37. Sudden death or injury.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Field Training Program Procedure #: 2. Approach to suspect. Witnesses. Booking procedures. Need for complete. Locating.Making Of Taking into custody. Sick or injured prisoners. accurate. Misdemeanor. Victirns. Felony.00 Page 9 of 10 11 Interrogation Procedures Suspects. Field interrogation. Effective Date: Approved By: . Juveniles. Arrests -.Making Of Accident. Placing unruly prisoners in patrol vehicle. Tact and diplomacy to get information. Questioning suspects. Female. Removing arrestee from crowded location. neat reports. Determine whom to interrogate.

Variety in manner of patrol. City Personnel Policies. Patrol Techniques -. 18. Directing traffic.residents and business people. etc. Evidence for court -. Effective Date: Approved By: . Awareness of problems. Court Testimony Preparation for court. Department Rules And Policy Days off. Code Of Ethics City Policy Time cards. Personal leave. floating holidays.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and 1 ~rocedure Field Training Program Title: Procedure #: 2. Consultation with prosecutor. 16.responsibility.37. Public Relations 17. Meeting people -. Locating telephones. Confidential information. Locating addresses. Problem solving.. Geography and topography of area. Insurance. Discussing work in public. Dispatch Dispatch Orientation (at least 8 hours). 14. .Squad And Foot Patrol Observation. Reports. 15.00 Page 10 of 10 1 11 1 3 . Court procedures. 19.

deride or belittle any person. the Department shall take direct and immediate action to prevent such behavior and to remedy all reported instances of harassment. sexual or otherwise. 3. O r Religion Employees shall not make offensive or derogatory comments based on race. investigating and resolving complaints of harassment. to another person. color.00 Page 1 of 5 1 PURPOSE The purpose of this policy is to maintain a healthy work environment and to provide procedures for reporting. requests for sexual favors and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when: Effective Date: Approved By: . This Department does not condone. and will not tolerate. Ridicule No employee shall either explicitly or implicitly ridicule. PROCEDURE A. POLICY It is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department that all employees have the right to work in an environment free of all forms of harassment. .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Harassment Procedure #: 2. 2. sexual or otherwise. mock. Comments Based On Race.38. religion or national origin. PROHIBITED ACTIVITY 1. Therefore. sex. Sexual Harassment Sexual Harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances. Color. any harassment. Such harassment is a prohibited form of discrimination under State and Federal employment laws and is also considered misconduct subject to disciplinary action by the Department. Sex. either directly or indirectly.

Supervisor Has The Responsibility To Assist Each supervisor has the responsibility to assist any employee of the Department who comes to that supervisor with a complaint of harassment. c.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #. Monitoring the work environment on a daily basis for signs that harassment may be occurring. Taking immediate action to limit the work contact between two employees where there has been a complaint of harassment. f b. in documenting and filing a complaint with the Chief of Police. Supervisor Responsibilities Each supervisor shall be responsible for preventing acts of harassment.00 1 1procedure Title: Harassment a . b. whether or not the involved employees are within the supervisor's area of responsibility. hostile or offensive working environment.38. This responsibility includes: a . Stopping any observed acts that may be considered harassment and taking appropriate steps to intervene. d 2. Counseling all employees on the types of behavior prohibited.2. EMPLOYEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1. c. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . Page 2 of 5 1 / Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of employment. and the Department procedures for reporting and resolving complaints of harassment. or Such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an employee's work performance or creating an intimidating. pending an investigation. or Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an employee is used as the basis for employment decisions affecting the employee. B.

The employee shall document all incidents of harassment in order to provide the fullest basis for an investigation. Effective Date: Approved By: . or encouragement of. Reporting acts of harassment to a supervisor. Where this is not practical. Notify A Supervisor Any employee who believes that he is being harassed should report the incident to a supervisor as soon as possible so that steps may be taken to protect the employee from further harassment. b. COMPLAINT PROCEDURES 1. the employee may instead file a complaint with another supervisor or with the Chief of Police.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. Notify Offender Employees encountering harassment should tell the person that the actions are unwelcome and offensive. c 4. and appropriate investigative measures may be initiated.38. Employee Responsibilities Each employee of the Department is responsible for assisting in the prevention of harassment through the following acts: a . Failure To Act Failure by any employee to take action to stop known harassment shall be grounds for discipline. C. Assisting any employee who confides that he is being harassed by encouraging the employee to report it to a supervisor. actions that could be perceived as harassment.- -- - Procedure Title: Harassment 3.00 Page 3 of 5 1 1 . Refraining from participation in. 2.

4. Effective Date: Approved By: / . The Chief will inform the parties involved of the outcome of the investigation. c . A file of harassment complaints shall be maintained in a b. 3. The person taking the complaint shall expeditiously deliver the complaint to the Chief of Police. Responsibilities Of the Chief Of Police The Chief of Police shall be responsible for the investigation of any complaint alleging harassment. The Chief of Police shall include a determination whether other employees are being harassed by the person. The supervisor or other person to whom a complaint is given shall meet with the employee and document the incidents complained of. and whether other Department members participated in or encouraged the harassment. testifying or participating in the investigation of such a complaint. d . The Mayor shall be provided with an annual summary of these complaints. secure location. Retaliation Prohibited There shall be no retaliation against any employee for filing a harassment complaint.38. a . The Chief of Police shall immediately notify the Mayor and the City Attorney if the complaint contains evidence of criminal activity. b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Harassment Procedure #: 2. such as assault. the person(s) doing or participating in the harassment and the dates and which they occurred. sexual assault or attempted sexual assault. or assisting.00 Page 4 of 5 1 % a .

Effective Date: Approved By: .38. 6. Procedure #: 2.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Harassment 5.00 Page 5 of 5 11 Accused Employees May File Appeal Complainants or employees accused of harassment may file a grievance/appeal in accordance with the Department procedures when they disagree with the investigation or disposition of a harassment claim. Filing With An Outside Agency This policy does not preclude any employee from filing a complaint or grievance with an appropriate outside agency.

.

. As first responders. Specific Borough emergency service personnel have primary responsibility for scene management and control of hazardous materials incidents.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual ( ~ r o c e d u rTitle: Hazardous Materials e Procedure #: 2. POLICY The Wasilla Police and Fire Departments will be the initial responders to hazardous materials incidents within the City of Wasilla. flammable liquids or solids. etiological agents.... ....... For purposes of this procedure.......00 Page 1 of 8 1 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the procedures applicable to dispatching emergency service personnel and law enforcement officers to incidents involving Hazardous Materials in the Matanuska-Susitna Borough.. and flammable gases. including the Cities of Palmer and Wasilla. police officers shall initiate all reasonable measures to protect the public. poisons. "Hazardous Material" (Haz-Mat) is defined as any substance or material in particular forms or quantity that may pose unreasonable risk to health. themselves and other emergency service responders from exposure to harmful materials. oxidizing or corrosive materials.. Substances so designated may include explosives.... Further. safety and property. secondary consideration shall be given to minimize possible environmental impact from such accidental releases... DEFINITION HazardousMaterial ... radioactive materials..39. combustible liquids or solids.. Effective Date: Approved By: . and the Matanuska Susitna Borough Fire and EMS and the Alaska State Troopers will be the initial responders to incidents throughout the remainder of the Borough.. which may expose the public to an accidental release of or exposure to hazardous materials....

00 Page 2 of 8 1 \ DISCUSSION The majority of Hazardous Materials accidents occur as transportation related accidents or at a fixed site location.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Hazardous Materials Procedure #: 2.39. Hazardous Materials are present and in use throughout the MSB on a daily basis. PROCEDURE A. This initial recognition procedure is designated to provide the basic framework for handling a hazardous materials incident. certain commercial retail stores. in locations such as hospitals and clinics. there may be no method of detecting a release of hazardous materials. Effective Date: Approved By: . Location. the dispatcher should attempt to obtain as much information as possible. Service stations and refueling facilities contain the most commonly underestimated hazards of the various types of petroleum based products. until a Designated Incident Commander assumes responsibility for mitigation. There is a large volume of hazardous materials present in the MSB in two different forms. When a police officer or emergency service personnel responds to an accident or fire scene. . Some suggested questions for needed information are as follows: a . Every first responder must be alert and observant for various clues that identify certain events or existing conditions as being a possible "HAZ-MAT"situation. Call Analysis When receiving a report of a hazardous spill. or other accident where hazardous materials may be present. DISPATCH RESPONSIBILITIES 1. common households and various educational facilities. and 2) materials which are transported through the Borough to another destination. accident. construction companies.1)materials that are used within the Borough.

cause. f. extent. odors. if known. on these incidents. etc. The Wasilla Fire Department and Ambulance Service. Fire. etc. 2. If vehicular. If industrial. If home. type of chemical exposure. signs. danger of). Dispatch will page on request. Notification Of Emergency Service Providers Any incident or accident involving hazardous materials requires the immediate and simultaneous notification and response of several emergency service providers.). 3) 4) Effective Date: Approved By: .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Hazardous Materials Procedure #: 2. etc. the Incident Commander deems it necessary. The Wasilla Fire Chief or his designee has responsibility and authority to assume command and direct all emergency units responding to the scene of the incident. industrial or home accident (injuries. traffic control. Vehicular. How? c A e. For incidents in the City limits of Wasilla dispatch the following: 1) 2) The Wasilla Police Department will be dispatched for accident investigation.00 Page 3 of 8 11 b. leakage. types of chemicals. If. contamination (extent of. he will request assistance from the MSB. a.39. identifiable markings/placards.

Railroad If the incident involves a train or railroad equipment.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Hazardous Materials Procedure #: 2.- 11 Page 4 of 8 I . They are the Designated Incident Commanders for Hazardous Materials Incidents in the Matanuska Susitna Borough and have the responsibility and authority to assume command and direct all emergency units responding to the scene of the incident. immediately notify the Alaska Railroad Dispatch Center at 2652649. etc. Haz-Mat incidents in other areas of the Mat-Su Borough will require the immediate and simultaneous notification and response of several emergency service providers as follows: 1) 2) The Alaska State Troopers will be dispatched for accident investigation.39. DEC Notify the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) at 376-5038. NOTE: If they are unavailable then notify Central 3-3 (Jim Malapanes) or Central-2 (Andy Postishek) 3) 3. Central-1. ' J b. The appropriate fire and ambulance departments.) 4. NotifyCHIEF-1. traffic control. (After hour numbers are located in the rotary file in dispatch. Effective Date: Approved By: ^ .00 .

for instance. a police officer or emergency service responder may be confronted with a private individual in a personal vehicle transporting hazardous material in any fashion. flammable. Should that vehicle become involved.39. in turn. the responding personnel may be unknowingly approaching a scene containing a breached container of potentially deadly material.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Tide: Hazardous Materials Procedure #: 2. and either specify the nature of the agent (caustic. Effective Date: Approved By: .) and/or provide the number code of the exact contents. etc. The Interstate Commerce Commission (ICC) has standardized labels and developed titles and codes to assist emergency personnel in these events. shipping and marking of hazardous materials. and the Department of Transportation Chemical Guide Book for proper identification of materials involved. research the particular details of the agent. 2. Unmarked Materials Federal laws govern the proper packaging. This number code shall be provided to the EDC who can. the placard will identify the container(s)of hazardous material. but only apply to commercial transport and transport by air.00 Page 5 of 8 11 R IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 1. Marked Materials Except for the immediate task of protecting the public. If labeled. in an accident or vandalism. As an initial responder. dispatch should request the United Nations Identification Numbers or a description of the Hazardous Materials Symbols as soon as possible. the most important duty an initial responder can perform is identifying any hazardous materials. United Nations Identification Numbers If not provided by a first responder. If this information is received refer to the Hazardous Materials Identification Wall Chart. radioactive.

INITIAL RESPONDEWOFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES 1. HMRC CHEMTREC will provide information and recommended action to mitigate the incident.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Hazardous Materials Procedure #: 2. notify CHEMTREC ( 1-800-424-9300) informing them of the incident. experience has shown. 5.39. CHEMTREC When hazardous materials have been identified. can aid the initial responder/officer in identifying and coping with such a potential. Scene Recognition The initial responder/officer should be sensitive to the information described above to help identify those scenes which might have released hazardous materials. The following are guidelines which. Do not park where heated exhaust or catalytic converters can ignite leaking substance fumes. b. / . The initial responder/officer must consciously avoid committing to a dangerous situation. Provide them with as much information as possible from the attached C E T E Form. a . This information should be immediately transmitted to the Designated Incident Commander. Effective Date: Approved By.00 Page 6 of 8 1 \ f 4. b. C. a . NLETS Additional information regarding the type of materials involved can also be obtained through NLETS.

B alert to the Federal markings which might still be on the e container. The police officer's primary duty of protecting the public and the responding emergency service personnel remains constant. f. B alert to unusual odors or sounds. Personal Safety cannot be over emphasized or compromised. officer is reminded that binoculars can aid in this identification. Military vehicles. d . Evaluate effects of wind. Scene Management a. businesses which might use explosives or chemicals. g. This usually necessitates maintaining a wide perimeter. look for clues as to the nature of the material. slow down or stop to assess any visible activity taking place. and never while eating. This is most often done by reading the placard and forwarding that information to the EDC. A hazardous materials incident requires a more cautious and deliberate size up than most emergency incidents.00 Page 7 of 8 11 1 procedure Title: Hazardous Materials c. distance is most important. The fact that the container is marked at all should alert the initial responder/officer.39. Extreme caution should be exercised at all times. For explosives. . topography and location of the situation. The initial responder/police officer should make it a practice of approaching all potential "haz-mat" scenes upwind. Effective Date: Approved By: - . e Note the structure or vehicle markings. For explosives. b. The c.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. Try to remain upwind from any scene suspected of having hazardous materials. When approaching any suspected scene. e. If hazardous material is located. smoking or drinking. and the like should be suspect. distance is most important. 2.

Recognition Of Command Van Initial responders/Officer should recall that. . Effective Date: Approved By: . 2.00 Page 8 of 8 11 3. the Command Van is universally identified by a green emergency light system. for hazardous materials emergencies.WMILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11Redations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Hazardous Materials Procedure #-.39.

6. 5.39. I t provides immediate advice for those a t the scene of emergencies and then promptly contacts the shipper of the hazardous materials involved for more detailed assistance and appropriate follow up. 9.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Hazardous Materials Procedure #: 2. 24 hours a day. 4. 3./Ñ^) Approved By: / - . CHEMTREC operates around the clock. 11. What has happened Where When Chemicals Involved Type and condition of container Shipper and shipping point Carrier Consignee and destination Nature and extent of injuries to people Prevailing weather Nature and extent of property damage Composition of surrounding area Who caller is/ where located How and where telephone contact can be re-established with the scene? 2. 7. Effective D t : ae 6 . 8. 14. INFORMATION REQUESTED BY CHEMTREC 1. to receive direct dial toll free calls from any point in the continental United States.00 Page 8. 10. 13.1 of 8 11 CHEMTREC FORM EMERGENCY NUMBER 1-800-424-9300 EMERGENCY NUMBER-COLLECT IF NECESSARY (202) 483-7616 NON-EMERGENCY NUMBER-INFORMATION ONLY 1-(202) 887-1315 "CHEMTREC" stands for Chemical Transportation Emergency Center and is a public service of the Chemical Manufacturers Association. 12. 7 days per week.

.

. and requires the use of a towing company summoned by a member of t h e Department. airplanes... or to ensure the orderly flow of traffic...... campers...... I t includes automobiles... see "Towing ...... Summoning a towing facility on behalf of a citizen.. No police purpose exists other than to aid a citizen........ protect the public............ DEFINITIONS Impound. but excludes canoes.... and certain other unique properties too large to move without a tow truck (safes.. snowmachines...40.... This is contrasted with "public assist" towing defined next.Public Assistn....... boats with permanent engines. WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. For the applicable procedure..... Vehicle.. Literally............. impounding shall refer only to the seizing of a motor vehicle for legitimate police purposes..... and for purposes of this procedure... Public Assist Towing.....)... to take any property into legal custody. any motorized unit designed for the transport of people..... Commonly.. protect property.. and jetskis... POLICY That the authority to impound be invoked only to satisfy a specific legal purpose: seize property as evidence....... satisfy the community interests by removingjunk or abandoned vehicles.... or trailers...00 f Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Impounds Page 1 of 13 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the laws and procedures governing impoundment of vehicles by Department members through a towing company... For purposes of this procedure..... Effective Date: Approved By: "f^^ 1 .. etc.. bicycles.. fire hydrants.... however........ ...............

1) Most property seized as evidence will be handled and transported by the officer without the aid of a tow truck. This process can be found in the "Property and Evidencen procedure.00 Page 2 of 13 1 \ PROCEDURE A.40. To protect property (Safekeeping). 2) b. or b) c) Effective Date: Approved By: 1 .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Impounds Procedure #\ 2. Other evidence can be of such a size or nature that a tow truck service is required. or If the arrestee requests a police impound for safekeeping. Keeping the purpose of impounding in mind will aid in making that choice. or If the arrestee is unwilling/unable to make alternative arrangements for the vehicle. The Purpose Of Impoundment The officer is routinely faced with the question of when to impound a vehicle. a. which occurs most commonly: 1) Subsequent to an arrest. however). That process is discussed in this procedure under the "ImpoundingEvidencen section. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. To seize property as evidence. under the following conditions: a) If a vehicle cannot be both legally parked and sufficiently secured at the scene after an owner has given permission. What follows is an outline of the fundamental reasons for taking any article into police custody by any means (emphasizing vehicles taken by tow trucks.

or other loss if not protected. and the "public assistn towing which is not an impound. or other loss. NOTE: The disposition of the vehicle should always be included in the police report. vandalism. 5) NOTE: The officer must differentiate between the situations just described. usually through the Dispatch Center. Such an assist would be when the police.00 Page 3 of 13 11 1 procedure Title: Impounds d) If there is other property which cannot be retained by the arrestee nor adequately protected at the scene. or If the operator is unwillinglunable to take custody of that vehicle. 2) Subsequent to an accident." Effective Date: Approved By: - . When the owner can be contacted and requests an impound for safekeeping. 4) Stalled vehicles which are vulnerable to theft. (See also Stolen and Recovered Vehicles). vandalism. or If there is other property (such as a trailer or boat) which cannot be sufficiently protected a t the scene. Other unattended items such as found property or recovered stolen items which are vulnerable to theft.7 l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. or which the owner requests be impounded for safekeeping. under the following conditions: a) b) c) If a vehicle that cannot be both legally parked and sufficiently secured at the scene. Impoundment is appropriate: a) b) c) When the owner cannot be contacted. 3) Recovered stolen vehicles.40. See section "C. help the driver in making independent arrangements for the towing of his vehicle. . SAFEKEEPING" of the "Property and Evidence" procedure for details. See "Towing . or which the owner is unwilling/unable to take custody of a t the scene. When the owner is contacted and cannot or will not respond in a reasonable amount of time.Public Assists.

NOTE: It is important to remember that the private person impound sheet is attached to the impound form.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Impounds Procedure #: 2. Punitive action against the ownerloperator. b. such as: a. as follows: 1) Imminent danger considerations. Private person impounds. which includes: a) b) Stalled vehicles or property on the roadway which impedes traffic andfor creates a traffic hazard. "Nuisance Vehicle" violations. 2. c) 2) Community interest considerations. Effective Date: ApprovedBy: - ^ - . Impounds for other reasons are not authorized. To protect the public. Other moving and parking violations which create substantial hazards. namely: a) b) c) Parking violations which inhibit the free flow of traffic.00 Page 4 of 13 1 ¥ c. One copy of both should be left with the vehicle being impounded. which imperil the peace and safety of the citizens (see "Authority to Impoundn below for statutory authority and explanation).40. which allows the lawful occupants of private property to remove items from their property. A subterfuge for locating the registered owner of property. Junk and abandoned vehicles. Unauthorized Reasons For Impound Officers are reminded that valid impounds can provide a valuable service and protection when conducted within the parameters described above.

13 AAC 02.. Public Nuisance violations.. WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. AUTHORITY TO IMPOUND 1. These include: a . to contact the owner of the property to allow private removal if possible.40. Effective Date: Approved By: /Â¥ . and/or unusually vulnerable to vandalism.such vehicle is parked in violation of provisions of this title. however: b. IMPOUNDING 1. or other loss. Moving Violations/Equipment Violations Certain traffic violations have specific statutory requirements to impound. Parking Violations a . Note the following..345 states "Any police officer is authorized to remove or cause to be removed to a place of safety any vehicle when.e. Junked vehicles. theft. using resources immediately available. Attempt To Contact Owner In all cases except seizure of evidence and public nuisance violations (which require impounding). interfering significantly with the free flow of traffic. impound) any vehicle parked illegally." This gives authority to move or remove (i.00 Page 5 of 13 -* Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Impounds 1 B.. C. c 2. the officer will make and document those reasonable efforts. Misuse of Plates. b.. The intent of this provision and the policy of the Department is to limit such impoundments to vehicles parked illegally and either creating a hazard. such as Impoundment of improperly parked vehicle as a public nuisance.

Direction of travel. Location. b. stalled vehicle). only a courtesy call for a wrecker).e. Exhaust All Other Methods Of Transport The officer should consider alternate methods of moving nonvehicular property (such as in the trunk of the officer's vehicle) prior to calling for towing equipment. 3. describe it sufficiently to allow the dispatch of the proper equipment. give Dispatch a description of the vehicle and registration number if available. Effective Date: ApprovedBy: "-/"^ / . c.40. the officer has the following obligations: a .00 Page 6 of 13 11 \ > 2. Summoning The Tow Truck An officer who has decided. Arrange for officer standby at the scene until the tow truck arrives. 5. d . If a public assist (i. e.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Impounds Procedure #: 2. Supervisor's Approval Supervisors must approve impoundment of evidence.to impound an article will summon a tow truck through Dispatch. The following information will be provided to the dispatcher: a . but all other impounds can be initiated by the officer..accident. 4. f. Nature of impound (evidence. If an unusual vehicle or item. Officer Obligations Once a tow truck is called for a police impound. Unit number.

c 6. Proper Completion See the Report Writing Procedure for details on the proper method of completing and distributing the Impound form.40. 2. Effective Date: Approved By: ^/Ñ / . with the officer acting in a civil standby status. and such transport is anything other than a public assist. the following procedures will apply: a . Impound forms will be completed any time a vehicle is transported by a towing company (or. driven by an officer to an impound lot). such as parking citations. Canceling The Tow Truck Occasionally.00 Page 7 of 13 1 I b. Conduct an inventory for obvious articles of value. the property can be released. D. the issue requiring impoundment of property is resolved after the tow truck has been dispatched. and note same on the Impound Report. Proper Application a . the officer may release the property to the owner. The form can be used in conjunction with other documents. b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual PProcedureile: Impounds Procedure #: 2. IMPOUND REPORT 1. In these events. but only after the owner settles payment with the truck operator. If the tow truck has arrived at the scene. in the case of a drugrelated seizure. If the tow truck has not arrived at the scene. giving the appropriate copy to the tow truck operator at time of towing. Promptly and properly complete the Impound Report.

Once the Impound Form is completed. E . Advise the owner that he will have to make arrangements for moving the vehicle to the repair station of his choice. the following procedure applies: The impounding officer shall notify dispatch of the information as described below. An Impound form would not be required. and since the destination is not an impound yard. Since it is not a vehicle. the officer should: a . Note that there is a rare situation where an officer may summon a tow truck to seize a large/heavy article which is not a vehicle. and the vehicle is removed. such a seizure falls outside of the definition of "impound". as any other item of property would . Proper Disposition a . the tow truck operator is given the appropriate copy. Dispatch should be notified so that the information can be noted in the impound log and APSIN. c. Faulty Equipment And Hazards If a vehicle is impounded for hazardous/faulty equipment. b.00 Page 8 of 13 b. UNIQUE IMPOUNDS 1. and would appear on a conventional property report form. The Impound forms shall be turned in at the end of the shift as any other field report would be. Effective Date: Approved By: ^-/-c=) - - . 3. b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Impounds * Ã \ Procedure #: 2. Advise the owner that the vehicle can be released to him on his request (with the conventional proof of ownership and payment of impound and storage fees) from the towing company's yard.39.

and/or The item is particularly vulnerable to theft.e. the officer should not impound that property as evidence. Once impounded.. parked properly. vandalism. Advise the owner that the vehicle cannot be operated until the specified repairs are made. or other loss. However. The tow operator's open facility. This includes: 1) b.00 Page 9 of 13 11 c. Approval Required The officer is reminded that impounding for evidence is the only impounding that requires a Supervisor's approval. if processing at the scene cannot be accomplished. F. As discussed. after processing an item (and assuming there is no other evidentiary value). the officer assumes the following responsibilities: Advise the tow truck operator that the vehicle is evidence. The item cannot be placed in a legal position (i. IMPOUNDING AS EVIDENCE Avoiding Impound As Evidence If the property can be processed at the scene.40. and specify where the vehicle is to be taken.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Impounds Procedure #: 2. and/or the contents are to be searched through a warrant. there may be some other non-evidentiary justification for legitimate impound. or on another's private property). Officer's Duties With An Impounded Vehicle For Evidence a . the vehicle may be impounded with the Supervisor's approval. b. most frequently: a . or Effective Date: Approved By: -- .

.

40. and similar items. and b2b) Payment of all impound and storage fees. 3) b) b. and that such release requires: b2a) Proof of ownership of the vehicle. heavy equipment. some watercraft. The purpose of the impound will generally dictate the officer's actions. . Often. These require a tailored response. An officer will occasionally have to impound a vehicle which is not readily movable. and the engine number in the inventory block (even if both are the same). Note that the nature of the impound will have a bearing on the officer's activities. Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 11 of 13 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Impounds 2) list the frame number in the space for "VIN". Immovable objects. This could include aircraft. the vehicle can be nondestructively disabled and. thus. The officer will accomplish the following: a) Advise the operator to contact the Traffic Section of the State Court as soon as possible to post bond or pay the citation.1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. This would include the following: Public nuisance impounds. An aircraft seized as evidence might be moved to a secure hangar as an extension of the Police Department. impounded on the spot. Advise the operator that the recovery of the vehicle must be done at the towing company (not at the Police Station).

no special processing is necessary. or as evidence. Proof of ownership. RELEASING IMPOUNDS Location Impounded property can be returned to the owner at the towing company's yard. The bill shall be attached to the Property report Form (No Impound Report is necessary. Release Requirements The owner must provide: a. This is found property. and Effective Date: Approved By: f - . and Personal identification. and it helps preclude releasing found property without collecting for the towing bill.) This attachment of the bill serves two important roles: it gives the Property Section research information.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[R.40.00 Page 12 of 13 1 11 c. going to the Property Section of the Department. 3) i H. If found property: 1) 2) Ensure that there are no other alternate methods of transport. which will reflect the case number. If il evidence. b. The tow truck operator must provide the officer with a copy of the towing bill. officer's name and all billing information. Non-vehicular Impounds.eg-ulations Procedures Manual and I~rocedure Title: Impounds Procedure #: 2. Most non-vehicular impounds wl be for safekeeping as found property.

"a. and "c. or 2) The personal presence of the impound officer. "b.". completed "Non-Owner Release" form stating that person's reason(s) for entitlement."." above. or a d .40.00 Page 13 of 13 11~egulations Procedures Manual and [(~rocedure Title: Impounds 11 c Payment of impound and storage fees In the case of impounds as evidence. plus either: 1) A vehicle release form from the Department.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. - - Effective Date: /^ '"/.9 '5 Approved By: / ' .

.

While the use of CISis an effective tool in investigations.. POLICY In many instances.File containing information pertaining to individuals determined generally unfit to perform as informants.. Unreliable Informant File... it can be undermined by misconduct of either the CI or the officer utilizing the informant....WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT IIRegulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Informants Procedure #: 2. Therefore.The file maintained in order to document a11 information t h a t pertains to confidential informants.... Effective Date: .. ESTAE3LISHMENT OF AN INFORMANT FILE SYS'IEM 1....... Chief I s Responsible T h e Chief of Police shall be responsible f o r developing a n d maintaining master informant files and an indexing system.... DEFINITIONS CofidentialWomantFile...00 Page # 1 of 6 11 The purpose of this policy is t provide regulations for the control and use of confidential o informants (CI).. .41. PROCEDURE A... it shall be o the policy of this Department t take necessary precautions by developing sound informant control procedures... a successfid investigation camot be conducted without the use of CIS. ....

b.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT IRegulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Informants Procedure k 2. . 7 c. Indexing System The confidential and unreliable informant files shall include an indexing system. b. Aliases. 7 e. d Briefs of information provided by the CI and its subsequent reliability. Date of birth. f. Signed informant agreement. c.00 1 - Page # 2 of 6 2.41. Special skills or avocations. Name of the officer initiating use of the informant. Informant's name. An inforrnant history summary7coded with the informant control number? shall be prepared to correspond to each informant file and include the following information: a . Each file shall be coded with an assigned informant control number and shall contain the following information: a . hair color7 color. Height?weight. Separate File For Each CI A file shall be maintained on each CI used by an officer. Informant's photograph fingerprints and criminal history record. 3. Update on active or inactive status of informant. If an informant is determined to be unreliable the informant's file shall be placed in the unreliable informant fde. race?sex7scars7tatoos or eye other distinguishing features. d Effective Date: Approved By: .

address and telephone number. h .. d Access Restricted Access to the informant files shall be restricted to the Chief of Police. Current employer. The Two Informant Files Shall Be Utilized In Order To: a . Effective Date: Approved By . the first sergeant. WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMEW Procedure #: 2. and Minimize incidents that could be used to question the integrity of officers or the reliability of the CI. Files To Be Secured Informant files shall be maintained in a secured area within the Police Department. Residential address over the past five years. Provide a complete history of the information received from the informant. position.00 Page# 3 of 6 1 Regulations and PmceduresManual Pmcedure Title: Informants 11 e. Vehicles owned and their license numbers. and the patrol sergeant. i. b. and Places frequented. g. Enable review and evaluation by the appropriate supervisor of information given by the informant. Marital status and number of children. f. j. c. Current home address and telephone number.41. Provide a source of background information about the informant.

41. an informant fde shall be opened. Sworn Personnel To Submit Request Sworn personnel may only review an individual's informant fde upon the approval of the Chief of Police. b. A n officer wishing to utilize an unreliable informant shall receive prior approval from the Chief of Police or his designee. A copy of this request. Background Required The officer shall compile sufficient information through a background investigation in order to determine the reliability and credibility of the individual. File To B Opened e After the officer receives initial approval to use an individual as a CI. Supervisor Approval Required Before using an individual as a C17 an officer must receive initial approval fi-oma supervisor authorized to make this approval. with the officer's name7shall be maintained in the CI's fde.WASILIA POLICE D E P A R T m m regulations and Procedures Manual l[~rocedure Title: Idomants Procedure k 2. The requesting officer shall submit a written request explaining the need for review. 1. f 3. 4. All persons determined to be unsuitable for use as a CI shall be referenced in the Unreliable Informant File. 2. 1 ~ffective Date: Approved By r - 11 . Unreliable File a .00 Page # 4 of 6 11 11 7.

Informants are not law enforcement officers. an officer shall always be accompanied by another officer when meeting with a CI.41. They will receive no special legal considerations.00 Page # 5 of 6 11 C.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTmNT l~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Informants Procedure #: 2. c . Social Relationships Discouraged No member of the Department shall knowingly maintain a social relationship with CIS while off duty. accept gratuities or engage in any private business transaction with a CI. are not permitted to conduct searches and seizures and may not carry a weapon. Members of the Department shall not solicit. with particular emphasis on the following: a . and the Department will not condone. They have no arrest powers. Entrapment occurs where the informant encourages. any actions that may be considered entrapment. GENEXAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING CIS Informant Agreement Required All CIS are required to sign and abide by the provisions of the departmental informant agreement (sample Departmental informant agreement contained in appendix A of this chapter). persuades or otherwise motivates a person to engage in criminal activity. Informants are not to take. Two Officers Should B Present e Whenever possible. or otherwise become personally involved with CIS. b. Effective Date: Approved By: . The officer utilizing the CI shall discuss each of the provisions of the agreement with the CI. Informants will be arrested if found engaging in any illegal activity.

Effective Date: Approved By: r .41. Use Of Juveniles Prohibited Juveniles shall only be utilized as CIS in accordance with Departmental regulations and state laws pertaining to juveniles and only with the explicit approval of the Chief of Police. Use of Information Officers are strongly cautioned to not rely solely on informattion provided by any informant in application for a search warrant. 5.00 Page# 6of 6 1 11 4. all information obtained should be substantiated by other independent means before any warrants are obtained.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~egulations Procedures Manual and Il~rocedux-e Title: Informants Procedure ff: 2.

I agree that violation of any of the above enumerated provisions will be grounds for immediate termination and probable criminal charges. I. I further agree to maintain a strict accounting of all funds provided to me by the Wasilla Police Department as part of my activity as an informant. I further agree that my association with the Wasilla Police Department does not afford me any special privileges. I further acknowledge that as an informant and independent contractor. All reporting of income is the responsibility of the informant. I am not entitled to Worker's Compensation or Unemployment Compensation from the State of Alaska and I shall not hold the City of Wasilla liable for any injuries or damage incurred by reason of my association with the Wasilla Police Department. I understand that misuse of City funds could be grounds for criminal prosecution against me. I further agree not to use the Wasilla Police Department or any of its officers as credit references or employment references unless prior approval is obtained from the officer with whom I am associated. and shall not represent myself to others as an employee or representative of the Wasilla Police Department. the undersigned. I further agree that after making a purchase of anything of evidentiary value. Finally. d o hereby agree to be bound by the following conditions while so associated: I agree that I have no police power under the State of Alaska or any local governmental subdivision and have no authority to cany a weapon while performing my activity as an Informant I acknowledge that I am associated with the Wasilla Police Department as an informant on a case or time basis as an independent contractor and that any payment I receive from the Wasilla Police Department will not be subject to Federal or State Income Tax Withholding or Social Security. except the officer with whom I am associated. Dated this day of . my status as an informant for the Wasilla Police Department unless required to do so in court. I further agree not to divulge to any person. I will contact the officer with whom I am associated as soon as possible for delivery of such evidence to himlher.Appendix A (SAMPLE) INFORMANT AGREEMENT During my association with the Wasilla Police Department as an informant. 19- Informant Officer .

.

Anything you say can and will be used against you in a court of law......... DEFINITIONS Interview......... while complying with prevailing legal standards............... specifically: "You have the right to remain silent.. You can decide at any time to exercise these rights and not answer any questions or make any statements .... ifyou wish. 'Miranda" imposes a duty on the police to advise any suspect being questioned while "in custody" of certain Constitutional protections....... Miranda... . A term referring to the case law requirements set out in the "Miranda vs.....I' Effective Date: /a -/ -f 3 Approved By: ....... For purposes of this procedure........ POLICY It is Department policy to conduct interviews in a professional....... efficient manner............... You have the right to talk to a lawyer and have h i m present with you while you are being questioned..42.... one will be appointed to represent you before any questioning.. Ifyou cannot afford to hire a lawyer.r WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2............. Arizona" decision.00 Page 1 of 7 11~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Interviews 1 PURPOSE To advise all sworn personnel of the interviewing standards and techniques acceptable to the Department..... a probative inquiry of any person....

..." when used alone.. is the restraint of anyone's liberty by anyone else." The signif~cance this condition is that it invokes the of requirements of Miranda ... whenever custodial questioning is to occur. CustodialQuestioning. The type of custody referred to in "Custodial Questioning" is more specific. I t is the state of mind of the suspect. the suspect must be warned of the Constitutional rights against self incrimination as required in the Miranda decision. in the suspect's position and in light of the totality of the circumstances. for custodial questioning to occur...42.. could reasonably feel that their liberty is restrained in some significant way.. the officer shall insure that the suspect in custody both understands the rights explained to him. It is essential that the officer makes a distinction between "custody" as it applies to 'custodial questioning..The interviewing of a suspect by a police officer any time that suspect is "in custody... in fact... Therefore.that is.. and is.." and as it is used in the Arrest and Custody chapter of this Regulations and Procedures Manual: "Custody. If all elements are met. suspects must first be advised of their Constitutional rights as specified in Miranda (see the definition of Miranda above)." with "custody" being specifically defined in case law as a significant restraint of liberty as viewed by a reasonable person... and is whenever a reasonable person. the following elements must be present: The police must be conducting an interview of a crime suspect while that suspect is "in custody.... willing to talk with the interviewer.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2...00 Page 2 of 7 11 I procedure Title: Interviews 11 After the warning and in order to secure a waiver... Effective Date: Approved By: / - .

or complainant may be asked relevant to the case.. in their entirety. victim... State ofAlaska.. This procedure highlights those standards.The "Harris" decision requires that police officers electronically record. all interviews of suspects "in custody in a place of detention"... - - . allowing the officer to employ his or her preferred style in a legally acceptable manner... There are no legal limits as to what a witness.. Both steps rely on various police skills.42.00 Page 3 of 7 1 Harris vs.the "seizing of testimonial evidence. PROCEDURE A.. "Place of detention.. Non-Custodial Interviews a . TYPES OF INTERVIEWS 1. DISCUSSION When a crime is committed. professionalism requires a sensitivity to courtesy and reasonable convenience to those parties.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Interviews Procedure #: 2. This procedure is about interviewing .. The concept of custody is explained in the preceding definition... the most fundamental of which are finding and seizing both physical and testimonial evidence." Effective interviewing is a combination of personal technique and compliance with all legal standards .even the best style of interviewing is useless if legal standards are not met.." is normally construed as a jail or police station.. Witness/victim/complainantinterviews. and to bring that person to prosecution...- - Effective Date: Approved By: f - . but can be expanded to include patrol vehicles if custodial questioning occurs there.. the public looks to the police to find who is responsible for the act.. However.

Should an officer prematurely advise a suspect of their Miranda rights and those provisions are exercised. if so Locating and identifying any suspect(s). 3) Miranda does not apply. and To orient the officer . and. and reserved the mandatory warning for later custodial questioning of the suspect. This can be contrasted with formal interviewing. Locating and identifying any victim(s). on-the-scene questioning can involve asking suspects incriminating questions. advisement of a suspect's Constitutional rights under Miranda is. general questioning is normallylimited to: a) b) c) d) e) Establishing if a crime has been committed. I -- I a) b) For safety of the officers and public. General questioning is limited. 2) Limitations.42.1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. both in duration and scope. unnecessary.00 Page 4 of 7 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Interviews 1. Effective Date: Approved By: ^ - . that officer may have significantly diminished the chances of achieving the urgent goals of general questioning. a t this stage. Locating and identifying any witness(s). or unidentified or future victims. Although general. To provide the safety and orientation discussed above. and to be avoided.that is. Discovering any remaining dangers. The Supreme Court felt that the public's need for safety was most urgent. to allow him or her to make informed decisions on how to proceed with the event. which is to gain testimonial evidence in a case. including un-seized weapons.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I Reg-ulationsand Procedures Manual procedure Tide: Interviews Procedure #: 2. Applicability Alaska Supreme Court decision Stephan and Harris vs. The requirement is to record custodial interviews at a place of detention. 2. held that the due process clause of the Alaska Constitution required the police to record the entire interview (including the Miranda warning) with a suspect who is in custody at a place of detention unless it is not feasible to do so. and are generally encouraged. ~- Effective Date: Approved By: / . Failure to record will result in suppression of the statement. and the individual officer if he or she has been accused of using improper tactics.42. Purpose Such recordings are to provide an objective means of determining what was said during the interview and protect the accused. the public's interest in honest and effective law enforcement. but may be done. Issues To comply with "Harris.00 Page 5 of 7 1 R ELECTRONIC SOUND RECORDINGS 1. State." the officer should be alert to several key points: a . 3. Consequently: 1) Non-custodial interviews do not require tape recording. 1985.

b. and saves transcription tune. the recording shall include the following: a . A concurrence by the defendant that it is the beginning of the interview.00 Page 6 of 7 1 - \ 2) Should a non-custodial interview be taped.WASILTA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Tide: Interviews Procedure #. The use of a tape recorder for non-custodial interviews is not governed by this decision.2. it is Departmental policy to require electronic sound recording of all custodial interviews. regardless of the location of those interviews.42. general questioning phase of an investigation. 4. c. d The full Miranda warning. A declaration of the time when the tape began. This enhances the quality of the final taped statement. plus the waiver of rights. victims do not have to be recorded. A declaration at the beginning marking the start of the interview. The court has already voiced concern about officers possibly abusing this condition that is. nor do suspects during the initial. it is suggested that the officer pre-interview to prepare the person for the taped interview. conducting custodial interviews in nondetention settings for the sole purpose of skirting the tape recording requirement. b. Consequently. complainants. A "place of detention" suggests a police station or jail. Witnesses. 3) but could include a police vehicle used as a field 'holding facility". Effective Date: Approved B y . Content When making a complete sound recording of any interview aimed at eliciting incriminating statements from a person who is in custody.

state that the form was read and signed before the interview began. the suspect should be re-advised of those rights on tape. with the suspect concurring with that accounting. If the interview is a follow-up to an earlier one wherein the rights were advised (on tape or otherwise).Procedure Title: Interviews If the person has already signed a written Miranda waiver form.42. An accounting of any time lapse not on the tape. Effective Date: /?. and have the suspect agree on record. An indication of the time when the taping ends. If Miranda warnings were read in the field but no waiver was signed.the Miranda rights should be repeated. All questions asked and all statements made in response.00 Page 7 of 7 1 .r- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2. -/ -9 3 Approved By: - Y .

.

.eg-ulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juveniles Procedure #: 2... the court can "waive" a juvenile to adult status for the purpose of prosecuting (a) specific criminal act(s).Children's Rules.. Any person who has not attained their 18th birthday. Effective Date: 3 Approved By: . ... including marriage and living outsideof guardianship.. thereby allowing that person to engage in various civil actions..... Court Modifications of Status..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IR... the court can "emancipate" a minor. For civil purposes.... POLICY That all contacts with juveniles by employees of the Wasilla Police Department be accomplished in compliance with those provisions established for the protection of our State's minors.. several cautions are in order when using this definition: Interchangeable Terms...45..... REFERENCES Most information regarding juveniles can be found in Alaska Statute Title 47 and the Supreme Court's Rules of Court .....00 Page 1 of 8 11 PURPOSE To instruct all personnel in the procedural issues unique to juveniles........" and "juvenile" a r e often used synonymously. The terms "minor... However......... A minor can legally be construed as an adult at the conclusion of either of two types of court action: For criminal action." ''child.... DEFINITIONS Minor...........

00 \ Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juveniles Other Definitions of "Minor.." in these cases." it is the court that hears all juvenile matters.. I t is essential to note that "minor.. but can also be the legal guardian or other court appointed authority...... Also called "Family Court... certain provisions address minors "Minor Consuming Alcohol... subject to review by a Superior Court Judge...... ) Juvenile Court...............or 20 year old adult can be charged (as an adult) with "Minor Consuming Alcohol. "Masters" can be appointed to hear certain matters...... the Superior Court assumes responsibility and sits as Juvenile Court. As such.... a general term for the personts) responsible for a minor... but in Alaska......... legal custody .that is." Page 2 of 8 In the Alaska Statutes (Title 04 .... Custodian.......- J - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.. For purposes of this procedure...." "Minor in Possession of an Alcoholic Beverage..... Note. To assist the Superior Court. A custodian is most commonly the natural parent(s) of the child. ....... Some states have a distinct and separate court system for this purpose. The term 'custodian" is used to identify that person who has legal jurisdiction ..of the child.. A child can be "brought into custody" in the usual sense of the word (restraint of liberty)." and "Furnishing Alcohol to a Minor.19........." or one of the other provisions as appropriate....Alcohol Violations)....." to name the most common.. or a person can "have custody of a minor." meaning he or she has responsibility to the minor and for the minor. .... however: "Custody" (two meanings)... The term "cust~dy" have two meanings in can juvenile law...... an 18.. refers to anyone under the age of 21 years..." "Minor on the Premises.45......

HISTORY Until the turn of the century. The Wasilla Police Department accommodates the expectations of society by adhering to practices which recognize the few unique considerations afforded juveniles. No law. Children were viewed as impressionable. set a n era of legislation into motion recognizing the uniqueness and vulnerability of the young population. could be found to take protective custody of the girl. in many cases.the family. and defeat the effort that went into the evolution of this specialized treatment. Differences do exist. and corrections with little distinction for age. it became society's duty to do so.a social worker found a young girl chained to a bed by her mother. juveniles were processed by the police.45. however. regardless if this custody is for foster placement or institutionalization. with no toilet or medical provisions and little to eat. This procedure exists to inform the officer of those practices. called juvenile justice. and their choice on how to rear their young. to deliver the child from any debilitating environment or circumstance. This practice was accepted until public attention was attracted to an intolerable situation . INTRODUCTION The processing of a juvenile call can be a frustrating event even for an experienced officer. and instruct in their application. An officer should appreciate that. Desperate. however. the welfare worker was able to get the courts to declare a human being as a type of animal. even having a vocabulary of its own. whether the issue was delinquency or abuselneglect. The guiding principal was one of "child rescue" . and if they could be "rescued" from a life of crime. Case law began requiring sophisticated processes to help protect the minor and the parents. be it a neglectful family. Society began to assume a collective responsibility for caring for the very young. B. This. Effective Date: &4-93 Approved By: . that was a mix of criminal and civil law. What ultimately evolved was a branch of law. coupled with other events. so balance has been sought. and to circumvent or ignore those differences is to deny the acknowledged uniqueness of juveniles.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT - 1~egulations Procedures Manual and ~ r o c e d u r Title: Juveniles e Procedure #: 2. yet the juvenile process is remarkably similar to its adult counterpart.that is.00 Page 3 of 8 1 DISCUSSION A. thus allowing the American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (ASPCA) to invoke their existing powers to take the child from her parents as they would take an abused pet. courts. Unbridled. or good parents unable to keep their child out of trouble. taking a child from its family is a greater intrusion than an arrest. this authority can become immense. even if it meant intruding into that most sacred area .

a judge can "waive" a minor to adult status to allow rehabilitation and/or punishment within the adult correctional system (There is no adult equivalent to a juvenile waiver).45.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juveniles > Procedure #: 2.'' Adults are "found guilty of a crime. UNDERSTANDING THE JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM 1. but is instead "treated. C. f c." An adult can be imprisoned for "rehabilitation" and/or 'punishment". be punished. This helps account for the remarkable similarities of the two systems. a child cannot. So. by learning to apply a few specific definitions and a small variety of special provisions. Adults are "jailed" or "imprisoned." If the child is not amenable to treatment within the juvenile correctional system. by law. Effective Date: Approved By: / - .00 Page 4 of 8 1 The states generally responded to these new requirements by incorporating the existing adult system to apply to juveniles. In the juvenile system.'~ Adults commit "crimes". b." Adults appear in "District" or "Superior Court" before a "judge" or "magistrate." while a child appears in "Family Court" before a judge or "master. d e. Different Terms For Similar Actions The first step in understanding the juvenile justice system and appreciating its close parallel to the adult system is to recognize that the vocabulary used in the system is different. since so many of the protections sought were identical to those already guarded by the adult court and jury system." while a minor is "found responsible for a delinquent act. while juveniles commit "offenses that would be a crime if committed by an adult. an officer can function as comfortably in the arena of juvenile justice as in the adult judicial system." while children are "detained" or "institutionali~ed. For example: a .

but using different names. Custody of mentally ill for evaluation (adult or .to get distance between the adult criminal system and preserve the unique nature of juvenile processing. and liberty is therefore restrained. case law has furnished the minor with all the protections given an adult in a true criminal case. The Concept Of "Juvenile Arrest" Nowhere in the juvenile justice system is there more confusion than in the concept of what a "juvenile arrest" is. There are. consequently. Purpose Of Term Differences Examples of term differences such as those cited above continue. The mere act of an officer telling a subject "I need to talk to you" implies the subject is to stop. 3. but the purpose remains constant .45. 3) Effective Date: Approved By: . . a review and expansion of several terms is included below: a .00 Page 5 of 8 11 2. Custody. These occasions include: 1) 2) b. Non-criminal commitments of intoxicated persons (adult or juvenile). The general term indicating any restraint of liberty. and what is left are a few special provisions for juveniles in addition to the same process given adults. Towards that clarification. That distance sought then erodes. Clarifying that single issue does more to dispel frustrations and confusion than any other act. many types of custody: Protective custody. while there is effort to get this distance. juvenile) Custody of runaways (juveniles only).WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Ftegulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juveniles Procedure #: 2. However. Situations where an officer restrains the liberty of a person to accomplish some form of protection of the individual stopped.

impoundment.45. if convicted. could result in punishment by a term of imprisonment. 13AAC) as the one and only area where juveniles are to be treated as an adult. and forbid imprisonment of juveniles for what would be criminal acts if committed by an adult.TlVENT 1~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Juveniles Procedure #: 2. it is impossible to arrest a juvenile (since the consequences exclude h p n s o n m e n u p h s h e n t ." and an arrest is the taking into custody of a subject to answer to a crime).00 Page 6 of 8 1 * 4) Custody of curfew violators (juveniles only). Custody of abused or neglected children (juveniles ody) 5) c. "Criminal" conduct is an act or omission which. This single feature differentiates an infraction from an arrest. a fine under $300. arrested. with one notable exception. for those violations of the trafic codes which are criminal. the officer takes that person into custody only long enough to process the violation and charge it on a citation.WASILLA POLICE DEPAR. The exception is statute (supported by case law) specifically i d e n t m g any traffic law (that is.which is central to being a "crime. The taking into custody of a person to answer to allegations of criminal conduct. e. juveniles are. When a subject violates a law minor enough to have as its maximum punishment. Therefore. Arrests. Investigative Stops. violation of any of the provisions of Title 28. Key Issue: Statute and Rules of Court prohibit minors fiom being punished. if convicted. the only two elements making juvenile arrests different from adult counterpart arrests are: d. or other minor sanction excluding any jail term. which is a restraint of liberty based on a police officer's "reasonable suspicion that criminality is afoot. and Effmtive Date: Approved By: . in fact. In such cases." Infractions. So. 1) A legal guardian must appear in court with the minor (though not necessarily at bail setting). The investigative stop and field interview.00.

b. D.00 Page 7 of 8 1 2) If convicted and sentenced. the minor would serve the time at a juvenile institution. ENTRY INTO T m JUDICIAL SYSTEM Two Systems Can be Entered. or Any criminal traffic law. instead of the traffic court portion of the court system as an infraction would.WASILLA POLICE DEPAR. comrnon language erroneously calls this a "juvenile arrest.'I'MENT bgulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title:Juveniles . Being the victim of certain acts. Refusing to accept available care (again?the minor is considered to be the victim of his or her own act). can be subject to two systems within the judiciary. For Violations Ok a . Any infraction (traffic. therefore. and parks and recreation violations). Because this is the exact equivalent to an adult arrest." This is the taking into custody of a minor for a violation of a law that would be a crime if committed by an adult. Juvenile custody for delinquent acts. f. fish and game. which will enter the juvenile into the adult criminal system of the judiciary. The Family Court System. For violation of any criminal law if waived to adult status by Family Court. including: 1) 2) Being habitually absent from home (that is7a minor is considered to be the victim of a runaway). 2.45. namelr 1. Procedure ik 2. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . A juvenile. r. The Adult Court System. c. For Any Of The Following Reasons: a .

If they do7the adult system is entered. or other deficiency). 5) 6) 7) 8) b. Guardians promote delinquency. Guardians commit or omit act(s) which cause substantial physical harm or its potential. as described earlier.45. Being the perpetrator of criminal acts (i. EZective Dab: - .e. including abandonment. Sexual abuse has been or will be committed due to guardians (their acts.1-95 Approved By: . 1 3) 4) Guardians unwilling or unable to care for the minor. "delinquent" acts)7 providing those acts do not fall within the trafTic codes. Guardians unwilling or unable to furnish special medical or psychological care. lack of supervision.WASILIA POLICE DEPMTMENT 1Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juveniles Procedure #k2.00 Page 8 of 8 1 \. Physical abuse or neglect has been suffered due to the guardians.

The minor has been grossly neglected by the minor's parents or guardian as "neglect" is defined in AS 47. .14!2. abatement of pain. Emergency custody and temporary placement hearing. or The minor has been sexually abused under circumstances listed in AS 47. The minor has been subjected to child abuse or neglect by a person n responsible for the minor's welfare. REFERENCE This procedure is founded on the provisions of Wtle 47 of the Alaska Statutes (the 47.60 Page 1 of 4 11 PURPOSE To advise all employees of the procedures regarding juvenile abuse and neglect incidents.070.10. as "child abuse or neglect" is defined i AS 47. The Department of Health and Social Services may take emergency custody of a minor upon discovering any of the following circumstances: The minor has been abandoned. 0 . Of particular note is: 47. the Department is dedicated to aggressive enforcement of all child protective custody laws.070.10 series).17.010(a)(2)(D).17. and the department determines that immediate removal from the minor's surroundings is necessary to protect the minor's life or that immediate medical attention is necessary. and the department determines that o immediate removal from the minor's surroundings is necessary t protect the minor's life or provide immediate necessary medical attention. POLICY Recognizing that nowhere else in police work is there a more direct impact on the preservation of life.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT l~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Juvenile Abuse Procedure #: 2 4 . and eventual crime prevention than in the enforcement of the child abuse and neglect laws.10.

Police Have A Modified Role Close examination of Title 47 reveals that the responsibility and authority to take emergency custody of an abusedlneglected child is vested in the Division of Health and Social Services................ carel clothing. From the same statute "includes (A) allowing.... shelter... or engaging i n activity prohibited by AS 11..... or maltreatment of a child under the age of 18 by a person who is responsible for the child's welfare under circumstances which indicate that the child's health or welfare is harmed or threatened thereby..66..........100 11.66." Neglect........ and not with the police...070..455(a)1 [i..... 0 Page 2 of 4 1 procedure Title: Juvenile Abuse DEFINITIONS ChildAbuseorNeglect.... i t "means the physical injury or neglect..... sexual exploitation.. From the same statute means "the failure to provide necessary food.1501by a person responsible for the child's welfare..... or encouraging a child to engage in prostitution prohibited by AS 11....... Effective Date: Approved By: . .60 Procedure #: 2 4 .......... POLICE ROLE IN JUVENILE ABUSE AND/OR NEGLECT CASES 1...As defined in AS 47.....41.....e... by a person responsible for the child's welfiwe.. ...... unlawful exploitation of a minor]. permitting....... (B)allowing. sexual abuse. or medical attention for a child. permitting. PROCEDURE i A.. encouraging.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~~Fkgulations P m d u r e s Manual and ......." SexualExploitation.17...

or other protective custody calls. b. can be confronted with a controversial situation over which they have little primary authority.46. the officer's role in an abuseheglect situation is at least slightly different than that of mentally ill cases. c. Officers. Consequently. The following observations may help when attempting to resolve such situations: a . should the officer witness an abuse or neglect situation so serious and imminent that death or serious harm is certain without intervention. allowing time for a social worker to respond. Although no statute exists granting police the specific power to take custody of abused or neglected children. take emergency custody of the child as per Tide 47. if appropriate. Effective Date: Approved By: . In cases where harm is less immediate. The officer may then seize and transport the child as directed by the social worker. 2. officers are empowered to secure and process the scene. and subject to considerable conflicting opinion.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ ~ e g u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Juvenile Abuse Procedure #-. runaways.00 Page 3 of 4 11 Consequently. the officer can communicate with the duty social worker from the scene. The duty and authority to respond to genuinely dangerous events is supported by common law and case law. therefore. and that information may enable the social worker to authorize that officer to take emergency custody on his behalf. In less severe cases. officers are expected to preserve and protect life under any and all circumstances. then that action is accommodated by law and supported by the Department. and. The nature and extent of juvenile abuse and neglect is highly varied. investigate.

e. and it is Departmental policy for members to be alert for and respond to any such evidence. or by a specific ordinance.00 Page 4 of 4 11 d In more marginal cases. Detection Of Abuse/Neglect Cases An officer may get dispatched to a scene to investigate an allegation of child abuseheglect like any other call. Such evidence accidentally discovered by the officer is valid evidence. 3. either by assault (in certain cases). the officer may fully investigate a scene of possible abuse and/or neglect. and famish that report to Division of Health and Social Services. unrelated calls and routine patrol can provide evidence of child abuse and neglect which is in "plain" or "open view". as with any criminal case. 2. As an additional tool. namely: a. the officer is reminded that the parent(s) can be held criminally responsible for abusing their children.46. Purposes Of The Officer's Investigation The officer's investigation of an abuseheglect case is to satisfy two purposes. Effective Date: /'. 4-^3 Approved By: / . b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Juvenile Abuse Procedure #: 2. and Secure evidence for possible criminal prosecution of the people responsible for the abuseheglect. However. to include the taking of photographic evidence. Secure evidence to possibly substantiate child abuseheelect to assist Division of Health and Social Services in their effort to obtain and maintain custody of the child. That department may then take whatever steps are appropriate.

Juveniles may be detained and released to a appropriate adult following the below listed guidelines. stroll or play upon the streets and public places in the City during the period ending at 5:00 a. the juvenile is not cited for the violation but a police report is generated in an effort to follow up on any subsequent violations.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Effective Date: January 1. At 12:OO A. Date. . wander. M. on nights preceding school days for all minors. for all minors up to and including age 17 years of age. REFERENCE This procedure addresses enforcement of Wasilla City Code 13. 2. .50.00 Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 1 of 7 PURPOSE vise all personnel of the policies and procedures regarding curfe violations. 1995 Procedure # 2. which state: It is unlawful for any person 17 years of age or less to loiter. however. Employee Signature.47. m. m. 1. that during the public school term such hours shall be 11:OO p. POLICY That members of the Department limit their enforcement of the curfew ordinance to situations requiring protection of the rninor(s) from harm or the commission of delinquent acts. through 5:00 a. idle.m. Provided. and beginning at: .

.

guardian. A copy of such communication. a school activity. In the following cases a minor. with the consent of the parent. 1995 Procedure # 2.00 I Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 2 of 7 Exceptions. When the minor is on the property of the place where such minor resides. guardian or legal custodian of the minor. duly certified by the Chief of Police to be correct. or custodian's place in accompanying said minor for a designated period of time and purpose within a specified area.47. shall not be considered in violation of the curfew: When accompanied by a parent. When in the process of returning home by a direct route from (and within 30 minutes of the termination of) employment. When accompanied by an adult authorized by a parent. or other organized meetings. or custodian of such minor to take said parent's. When exercising first amendment rights protected by the United States Constitution. Employee Signature: Date: . guardian. or of the police record thereof. In case of reasonable necessity but only after such minor's parent. and those similar rights protected by the Alaska Constitution. otherwise covered by the curfew. shall be admissible evidence. with an appropriate notation of the time it was received and of the names and address of such parent and minor. such as the free exercise of religion.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Effective Date: January 1. guardian. 1 When the minor is. or an activity of a religious or other voluntary association. or custodian has communicated to the Chief of Police or the officer on duty at the Wasilla Police Department the facts establishing such reasonable necessity relating to specified streets at a designated time for a described purpose including points or origin and destination. guardian's. freedom of speech and the right of assembly. or custodian. in a motor vehicle and in compliance with the other sections of this chapter.

.

alleys. Employee Signature: Date: . roads. involving the health or safety of the minor or another person. 1995 Procedure # 2. and it becomes the parent's burden to prove otherwise. Street and Public Place. Means public streets. DEFINITIONS Under the Age of 18 Years. In any prosecution for the violation of any provision of this section. A minor who has not reached hisher 18th birthday.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures ~ f f e c t i v e Date: January 1. Prima Facie.00 1 Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 3 of 7 In case of an emergency. playgrounds. unattended as herein required. highways. upon any of the public streets or other places as listed in this section shall be deemed prima facie evidence of the guilt of such parent of the violation of the provisions hereof. and other publicly owned property. if a minor is found in violation of the curfew ordinance. parks. As it applies to curfew violations.47. the presence of any person under 18 years of age. sidewalks. A legal condition where the burden of proof shifts to the defendant. the parent is assumed to "have allowed" his child to be on the public streets in violation of this ordinance.

.

Synopsis The curfew ordinance for the City of Wasilla states in essence that a person who has not yet reached the age of 18 cannot be out after 11:OO p. or has legitimate permission by the parenaegal custodian. so have received much attention by appellate courts.m. Reduce crime. Employee Signature: Date: 1 . such ordinances can operate to: a.m. b. Alert authorities to children who are grossly unsupervised. PROCEDURE A. Properly framed and enforced.47. on other nights. INTRODUCTION 1. or 12:OO p.. Protect the minor from a variety of physical and emotional hazards. on an emergency errand.00 I 1 1 Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 4 of 7 Time. Background Curfew laws have historically suffered periodic abuse by governments. until 5:00 a. 1995 Procedure # 2.m. on school nights. 2. unless that child is either with an adult. c.~ f f e c t i v e Date: I 1- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures January 1. Time shall be prevailing time. however. under either condition.

.

1995 Procedure # 2. and approach of the subject(s) is indistinguishable from the detection of suspicious circumstances and approaching suspicious subjects found in the procedure "Custody Field Interviews.47." If an officer has reasonable suspicion that a particular person is under age. so the urgency of the investigation is diminished. Experience has shown that an officer is most likely to encounter one of several situations. 2) l~rn~lo~ee Signature: Date: I . each of which is discussed below: a. 2. Resolution The following are guidelines for the officer in resolving possible curfew violations. Detection Detection of curfew violations. Age in question. and the time and location meet the legal requirements for curfew violation. Juveniles do not routinely carry identification.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures l ~ f f e c t i v e Date: January 1. Often. as age can be determined later. but claim to be 18 or older.00 I Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 5 of 7 B . There are no "victims" to curfew. Reviewing the Field Interviews procedure just mentioned would be of benefit. that officer is well within hisher authority and duty to approach and question that subject. ENFORCEMENT METHOD 1. a minor will appear young. 1) An essential element of curfew is that the subject is 17 years of age or younger. In these situations. so it is up to the officer to investigate. consider the following: The minor's identity is the most important fact to establish.

.

but other responsible adults are available to care for the juvenile. .00 [ ~ f f e c t i v e Date: January 1. the minor can be released on hisher own. In such an event. the minor can be released to such an adult with parental notification established through follow-up investigation. 1995 Procedure # I 1 Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 6 of 7 3) b. with parental contact established through follow up investigation. and no place to stay or responsible adult to assume custody. Curfew violation established. but still has access to housing and reasonable care. -. namely: 1) The minor has no parents immediately available. the on-call social worker for Division of Family and Youth Services must be contacted to arrange temporary placement. In such an event.47.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures 1 2. the officer's investigation can conclude by one of three possibilities. but immediate contact cannot always be made. If so. Parental Notification Parents are notified to inform them of several issues. and the nature and extent of that contact. Parental contact will usually resolve questions of age and identity. The minor has no parents immediately available. Date: 1 . but no parents available. ~ ~ r n ~ l Signature: o ~ e e . Ultimate parental notification is mandatory in a curfew violation. including: a.1 I . 2) 3) 3. That their child has had police contact. If so. The minor has no parents immediately available.

.

040 . -.50.00). . or clarification of the curfew-laws. including resources available in the community for family help. which states that they. c. d. after the first violation can be held accountable for their child being in violation of curfew (a infraction punishable by a maximum penalty of $100. To alert them to the fact that a police report will be on file listing the violation.00 I I 1 Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Page 7 of 7 b.1 I - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures l ~ f f e c t i v e Date: January 1. To alert them to their responsibilities under 13. as parents. 1995 Procedure # 2. To answer any questions the parent(s) might have.47.

.

To fully appreciate the limited scope of this procedure.35.47. DISCUSSION This procedure addresses only the actual arrests of juveniles for violating traffic laws which are criminal.General. it will be stressed that. the minor is "taken into custody" as a "delinquent minor" instead of being "arrested" in the full.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Juvenile Arrest Procedure #: 2. Violators who have not attained their 18th birthday. and to instruct members on how to process such a n arrest.General. by definition." I n those procedures. For violations of other criminal laws. I n those cases where a juvenile violates a criminal law or ordinance found outside of the traffic code. Applicability Of This Procedure This procedure governs actions by Wasilla Police Department members when processing: a . b.Juvenile Delinquency. and/or Effective Date: k 1-9 3 Approved By: / - . APPLICATION 1. legal context.'' PROCEDURE A. a juvenile cannot be arrested in the legal sense of the word for any criminal violation EXCEPT those found in the traffic code (Alaska Statute Title 28. if violated by a juvenile. and Violate the provisions of: 1) (AS 28. the officer is encouraged to review the terms defined in the following procedures: "Custody .050 a) Leaving the Scene of an Injury Accident.Infractions and Civil Violations. would result in that minor's arrest and treatment as an adult." must be consulted. and 13 AAC provisions).00 Page 1 of 5 1 1 t PURPOSE To identify the statutes commonly enforced by Wasilla Police Department members which." "Juveniles ." and "Custody . the procedure "Custody Juvenile Delinquency.General." "Arrests . Such custody's are explained in the procedure "Juveniles .

and/or 12) (AS 28. and/or (AS 28.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTrnNT 1Regulations and Pmcedures Mmual Procedure Title: Juvenile Arrest Pmcedure & 2.47. and/or 7) (AS 28.35.060 a and b) Duty to Give Information.30.28 1 b) Allowing an Unlicensed Driver to 10) Drive.15.281 a) various Unlawful Use(s) of License.060 a and b) Failure to Render Aid.00 Page 2 of 5 11 j 2) (AS 28.040) Reckless Driving.050 b and c) Leaving the Scene of a Property Damage Accident. 2) PROCESSING PROCEDURE 1 Processing Similarities Juvenile offenders of the aforementioned laws are detected and arrested without special consideration for their age. and/or (AS 28.Effective D t : Approved B y r - .011 b) N Valid License. as appropriate)just as with an adult arrest- ae . (AS 28. and/or o 8) 9) (AS 28. Also.35.291) Driving with a Suspended7 Revoked?or Canceled Ucense.3 5 -03 Driving While Intoxicated. and/or (AS 28.35 -03 Refusal to Submit to Chemical Tests. and/or 0) 13) B. and/or 3) 4) 5) (AS 28.35 -050 c) Duty Upon Damaging an Unattended Vehicle.15. and/or 11) ( 13MC02. 2 and/or (AS 28.15.the officer must prepare a complaint (or issue a Misdemeanor Citation.15.

For officers in this area it is permissible to book the juvenile at the Mat Su Pre-trial facility until suitable transportation can be obtained b. Juveniles are entitled to that disposition as well. is at Mchughlin Youth Center. However." For example.00 bail. t Effective Date: Approved By: . or advise verbally when charging on a standard Court Complaint." just as an adult driver's would. 3. Consequently. b. Write boldly on the misdemeanor citations.WASILIA POLICE DEPA. UT H Any juvenile booking (of either sex). whether it be for a traffic warrant or in processing any of the aforementioned violations. that PAFENTS M S APPEAR IN COURT WITH T E MINOR.47. it is Departmental policv that the officer make such notification. Processing Differences The following constitutes the only substantial processing differences the officer must comply with in arresting a juvenile for any of the dorementioned violations: a .TMENT IIFtegulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juvenile Arrest Procedure #: 2. Many infractions appear on the "bailforfeiture scheduleTt allowing the defendant to mail in the bail and forfeit that money in lieu of appearance in court. if a validly licensed juvenile were to fail to stop for a red light. that citation would also read "4 points and $50. when issuing a juvenile a Uniform Summons and Complaint for an infraction appearing on that schedule. Common Errors The officer is reminded of the following: a .R. Juvenile arrests for traffic do not require parental notification.00 Page 3 of 5 11 I 2. do not mandate "court with parents. Within the City of Wasilla it is not possible to immediately transport a juvenile to MYC.

When a juvenile is arrested. he/she would be advised by traffic court to have a parent attend court with himjher..." If a juvenile is arrested. the juvenile must be taken immediately to a detention facility or placement facility designated by the Department of Health & Social Services or released pursuant to paragraph (c) of this rule (to the juvenile's parents or guardian). b. and would set an appropriate appearance date... Notification. if possible7 and in no event more than 1 2 hours later. .00 Page 4 of 5 1 i If the juvenile were to contest the ticket by choice.. ALASKA DELINQUENCY RULE 7 (b) (b) Detention Placement.. c N juvenile can possess any quantity of marijuana under o any circumstances.. Immediate attempts must be made to notify the juvenile's parents or guardian of the arrest.. but must instead be taken directly to the designated juvenile facility in that area. Consequently. NOTE: Since there is no designated facility in this area at this time the station will serve as that facility.47. The arresting officer shall immediately notify the parents or guardian of the arrest and shall not@ the court and Department (of Health & Social Services) immediately.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Mmud Procedure Title: Juvenile Arrest Procedure #k2. but requires custody for a delinquent act. The arresting officer shall make and retain a written record of the notification. C. he should NUT be taken to the station first for an interview or any other purpose. a juvenile cannot receive a misdemeanor citations alleging Misconduct Involving a Controlled Substance in the Seventh Degree. Such a situation is not a juvenile arrest. Immediately After Arrest a . 7 " 1.

the interview should be interrupted. 2. Notification Of Parents O r Guardian a . If a parent objects to the interview occurring. The juvenile in custody for purposes of Miranda. the officer(s) should wait a reasonable length of time for the parents to arrive. the child should be informed of the parent's objection and asked whether the child still wishes to be interviewed. b. c. however. (The State bears a heavy burden of showing a voluntary waiver of Miranda and the presence of a parent or guardian is one factor that the court considers in making the determination of whether the juvenile's waiver was voluntary). and must be advised of his or her rights and must waive those rights before a statement is taken. the child should be informed.00 Page 5 of 5 A written record should be made of these attempts. Effective Date: 6 -/ -9 3 Approved By c . a statement may be taken.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juvenile Arrest c.47. If a notified parent expresses the clear desire to be present during the interview. If the child wants to speak with the parent. It is not necessary for officers to refi-ain from interviewing a juvenile while notification attempts are being made. b. 3. Procedure #: 2. Interview After Arrest a . (NOTE: It is the opinion of the District Attorney that the right to remain silent is a personal right belonging to the juvenile and that his parents do not have the right to prevent the interview). If the officers are able to obtain a voluntary and knowing waiver from the juvenile. If a parent arrives while the juvenile is being interviewed and asks to speak with the child.

.

through 5:00 a.00 Page 1 of 4 I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns 11 II 11 1 procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew PURPOSE 1 To advise all personnel of the policies and procedures regarding curfew violations. freedom of speech and the right of assembly. idle. In the following cases a minor. REFERENCE This procedure addresses enforcement of Wasilla Police Department policy which states: Person 16 years of age or less should not be allowed to loiter.m r WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. or custodian of such minor to take said parent's. otherwise covered by the curfew. guardian. This section is to be used only as a guideline for.m. Note: The City of Wasilla does not have a specific ordinance that relates to curfew violations. however. or custodian's place in accompanying said minor for a designated period of time and purpose within a specified area.m. on those nights preceding school days for all children 16 years of age or less. that during the public school term such hours shall be 9:30 p. curfew violations. and 11:OO p. provided.48. guardian's. such as the free exercise of religion. for minors from 13 to and including 15 years of age.m. wander. and beginning at: 10:30 p. When exercising first amendment rights protected by the United States Constitution. Exceptions. POLICY That members of the Department limit their enforcement of curfew situations to those requiring protection of the minor(s)from harm or the commission of delinquent acts.m. When accompanied by an adult authorized by a parent. shall not be considered in violation of the curfew: When accompanied by a parent. 7 Effective Date: - 3 Approved By: . for minors 12 years of age or less. stroll or play upon the streets and public places in the City during the period ending a t 5:00 a. guardian or legal custodian of the minor.m. and those similar rights protected by the Alaska Constitution.

means public streets..... Reduce crime... roads..... c... PROCEDURE A.. Time shall be prevailing time........... sidewalks....A minor who has not reached hisfher 16th birthday......... however. parks.. Protect the minor from a variety of physical and emotional hazards....... INTRODUCTION Background Curfew rules have historically suffered periodic abuse by governments....... playgrounds......... Effective Date: Approved By: .... Alert authorities to children who are grossly unsupervised.. Street and Public Place. alleys..... and other publicly owned property........ ... Time..... highways....... so have received much attention by appellate courts...... such procedures can operate to: a .. b.....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #k2.......00 Page 2 of 4 Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew 1 1 DEFINITIONS Under the Age of 16 Years.48... Properly framed and enforced.

Experience has shown that an officer is most likely to encounter one of several situations. 1) An essential element of curfew is that the subject is 16 years of age or younger. so the urgency of the investigation is diminished. each of which is discussed below: a .00 Page 3 of 4 11 B. a minor will appear young. In these situations. but claim to be 17 or older. so it is up to the officer to investigate. consider the following: 2) The minor's identity is the most important fact to establish. Often. and approach of the subject(s) is indistinguishable from the detection of suspicious circumstances and approaching suspicious subjects found in the procedure "Custody . as age can be determined later. Parental contact will usually resolve questions of age and identity. There are no to curfew. Age in question. Resolution The following are guidelines for the officer in resolving possible curfew violations.48. 3) Effective Date: Approved By: . and the time and location meet the requirements." If an officer has reasonable suspicion that a particular person is under age. Juveniles do not routinely carry identification.* WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew Procedure #: 2. Detection Detection of curfew violations. ENFORCEMENT METHOD 1. Reviewing the Field Interviews procedure just mentioned would be of benefit. that officer is well within his authority and duty to approach and question that subject.Field Interviews. 2.

In such an event. or clarification of the curfew laws. the officer's investigation can conclude by one of three possibilities. with parental contact established through follow up investigation.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. > Effective Date: L -(43 Approved By: . but other responsible adults are available to care for the juvenile. Ultimate parental notification is mandatory in a curfew violation. the on-call social worker for Division of Family and Youth Services must be contacted to arrange temporary placement. and no place to stay or responsible adult to assume custody. including resources available in the community for family help. namely: 1) The minor has no parents immediately available. including: a . If so. The minor has no parents immediately available. the child shall be considered in need of aid. The minor has no parents immediately available. but no parents available. but still has access to housing and reasonable care. That their child has had police contact. and the nature and extent of that contact. the minor can be released on his/her own. Parental Notification Parents are notified to inform them of several issues.00 Page 4 of 4 11 - Procedure Title: Juvenile Curfew - b. 2) 3) 3.48. To answer any questions the parent(s) might have. b. In such an event. the minor can be released to such an adult with parental notification established through follow-up investigation. but immediate contact cannot always be made. Curfew violation established. If so.

. That category of juvenile matters wherein the minor commits delinquent acts (acts that would be criminal if committed by an adult).." That adjudication permits the court to enter a n order of institutionalization.49.......... Waiver...... or is in need of special care not provided by the legal guardians.....The general equivalent of sentencing in adult court... .. A child in need of aid cannot be institutionalized by the courts............. A waiver is a court determination that a delinquent minor is not amenable to treatment in available juvenile treatment centers.......................... Adjudication..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual cedure Title: Juvenile Delinquency Procedure #: 2.... The classification of the juvenile matter.................................. If a minor is found responsible for such act(s) in Family Court (another name for Juvenile Court).. That category of juvenile matters wherein the minor is the subject of abuse or neglect......... Child in Need of Aid ("GINA")... DEFINITIONS Delinquent Act .......... three dispositions are possible if a minor is found responsible for a delinquent act: Effective Date: 3 Approved By: .................... and will be tried as an adult for the criminal act(s) alleged.e. label) the juvenile "a delinquent minor..00 Page 1 of 12 1 1 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the procedure for taking minors into custody for committing delinquent acts.............. Disposition .An act or omission by a minor that could result in institutionalization..... There are two adjudication's the court system deals with: Delinquency...... the court can officially "adjudicate" (i.. With minors.............................

..... and does not imply restraint of any sort...... See "Custody - Specific for Juveniles. Since the placement is for treatment rather than punishment. while a "custodian ' who takes legal custody of a minor cares for that child and discharges all responsibilities of a guardian.. The institution...00 Page 2 of 12 1 1ProcedureTitle: Juvenile Delinquency Probation. in that a period of supervised behavior is imposed in lieu of institutionalization..... two possible definitions occur: Any Restraint of Liberty.. and order custody of the minor remanded to the Commissioner of Health and Social Services for further placement into an institution for two years or until the minor's 19th birthday. Institutionalization..... no specific period of institutionalization is imposed.... An officer taking custody of a minor limits that child's freedom..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2.... - . Custody... "Custody" means responsibility TO and FOR the minor. and order the minor placed in either group or individual family foster care.49... 7 EffectiveDate: k A proved By ......... Foster Care... The supervision is provided by Juvenile Probation. Defined identically to that of adult probation. General"for full discussion..... determines when the juvenile has been rehabilitated. The Family Court may determine that the delinquent behavior is generated by a deficient family situation... The Family Court may believe that the behavior of a minor is such that full treatment in a secure setting is in the juvenile's and society's best interest..... In this procedure. through regular reports..

... while a "crime" is an act or omission which could result in some term of imprisonment.. 19.... 2. most notably the alcohol violations found in Alaska Statute Title 04 (Minor Consuming Alcohol. or 20 year old adult with.e. A type of offense that can only be committed by people of a certain "status..the provision that all juveniles who violate any traffic law are to be handled exactly as an adult. most of these acts have been 'decriminalized" . Effective Date: Approved By. Minor on a Licensed Premise... By definition.truancy is now governed by school regulations.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #-.. still exist... even if that law is criminal. a minor cannot commit a crime... An arrest is. I t is essential to note that in Title 04. however.. runaway has been placed in Alaska Statute Title 47 as a situation requiring protective custody instead of being a delinquent act.. imprisonment) is specifically prohibited... and others.... It is possible. it is the term identifying the laws that pertain exclusively to minors. therefore.." and have t h a t person prosecuted in adult court.. for example. DISCUSSION The Concept of Juvenile Delinquency... however. "minor" is defined as anyone who has not attained his or her 21st birthday.. punishment (i. and Minor in Possession of Alcohol).... to charge an 18." In juvenile law.. runaway. Over the years... Some status offenses.... 7 - .. the taking of a person into custody to answer to a crime. and includes truancy. curfew. and curfew is enforced through City Ordinance mandating an investigative stop and protective custody andlor instruction to return home. What confuses the issue is the single exception .. as previously described. alcohol violations... "Minor Consuming Alcohol..49.00 Page 3 of 12 11 1 procedureTitle: Juvenile Delinquency 1 Status Offense. therefore.. With juveniles. so cannot be "arrested" in the exact sense of the word.

Note: It is not possible to immediately transport a juvenile from this area to MYC. These warrants are applicable to adults only. Misdemeanor or Felony Warrants. It would be wise. TYPES OF "ARRESTS" 1.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #-.General" has a section "Understanding the Juvenile Justice System" which gives a more complete discussion of this topic. Traffic Warrants. is that bail is not set on such an order.00 Page 4 of 12 1 11 I~rocedure Juvenile Delinquency 'Title: Convention allows the use of the phrase "juvenile arrest" to describe both the taking into custody of a minor for the commission of a delinquent act and the actual arresting of a juvenile for a violation of a criminal traffic offense. c. I b.49. 2. The exception is that the minor (either sex) is booked into McLaughlin Youth Center. A Detention Order is the juvenile equivalent to an adult arrest warrant. The Detention Order serves as the equivalent warrant. PROCEDURE A. to always be alert to the distinction discussed. Detention Order. so that any juvenile so arrested is transported directly to McLaughlin Youth Center and booked without bail. however. other than appearance of the form. Juveniles arrested by authority of a traffic warrant are processed identically to that of the adult counterpart. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . The procedure "Juveniles . Warrant Arrests a. The most significant difference. For that reason it is permissible to lodge the juvenile in the Mat Su Pre-trial facility until scheduling permits the transport of the juvenile to the Youth Center.

Misdemeanors a . or based on probable cause." for details). Arrest by officers for: 1) misdemeanor offense(s) committed in their presence.Felony a . - 2) - Effective Date: Approved By: . b. based on probable cause. That probable y cause can be established by either: 1) An investigation conducted by that officer. or An investigation conducted by another officer. whether that person is a juvenile or adult.Domestic Violence. developed by themselves or by other officers through investigation.00 Page 5 of 12 I1 1 2.49." for specific details).DWI. . B the officer for an offense committed in his presence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns ProcedureTitle: Juvenile Delinquency Procedure #: 2. if and only if the subject misdemeanor is: a) A Driving While Intoxicated violation occurring within the preceding 4 hours (see "Calls for Service . b. Warrantless Arrests . 3. Warrantless Arrests . y B the officer. (see "Arrests Private Person's." for details). A private person is empowered to arrest anyone who commits an offense in their presence. Private Person's Arrest. or A violation of the "Domestic Violence" provisions 2) b) which specifically entitle an officer to arrest on probable cause (see "Calls for Service .

Private Person Arrest. the complainant is interviewed to establish probable cause. select the time and location for executing the order. Detention Order 1) In executing any "warrant '-type arrest.00 Page 6 of 12 1 t Regulations and Procedures Manual ProcedureTitle:Juvenile Delinquency c. and. as the function of the Magistrate has been previously satisfied by the issuing judicial officer. the subject is arrested in the conventional manner (consult "In-Custody Transports" procedure. if sufficient.49. Warrant Arrests a . it is not Department policy to accept a private person arrest of a felon. 4) Effective Date: Approved By: . however. If both elements meet the officer's satisfaction. Though allowed by law. the Juvenile Intake system is triggered to arrange subsequent hearings and/or release. 3) No Magistrate appearance is required prior to booking. The officer may. and transport subsequent to arrest). search. Instead. R EXECUTING THE "ARREST" 1. for expansion on the topics of restraint. and Ensuring the validity of the document. On booking at McLaughlin Youth Center. the officer makes the arrest. the two most critical elements for the officer are: 9 a) b) 2) Establishing positive identity of the person named on the document.1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. The Detention Order is a judicial order compelling a peace officer to take the named subject into custody.

To be detained. within the boundaries of the City. b. Traffic Warrants. The officer decides if the juvenile is to be released directly to his legal custodian(s).Misdemeanor a . These efforts will be explicitly documented in the officer's field report. Warrantless Arrests . 2.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Juvenile Delinquency Procedure #: 2. y a). Any sworn officer. b) Arrest techniques are conventional (see "InCustody Transports." Note that executing a traffic warrant on a juvenile is identical to that of an adult. A substantial effort will be made to notify the c) juvenile's legal custodian(s) of the arrest. one of the following conditions must be met: d) e) Effective Date: Approved By: / . on or off duty.49. except the booking occurs at McLaughlin Youth Center.00 Page 7 of 12 11 5) Since all Detention Orders are issued by the State Superior Court. and transport procedure and policy). any Detention Order can be executed by a Wasilla Police Department officer.. or booked into McLaughlin Youth Center. search. Officer Initiated Arrests 1) B the officer.Infractions and Civil Violations. See "Custody ." which describes restraint. in his presence. can make an arrest as a peace officer for any misdemeanor committed in his presence. Juveniles will not be transported with adults unless that adult is related to the minor.

and The Domestic Violence provisions. 2) By the officer . there are two misdemeanor s offenses which the officer can arrest for based on probable cause.--' - . or The juvenile would be a danger to others if released.based on probable cause a) A discussed earlier.Driving While Intoxicated" should be consulted.49.00 Page 8 of 12 11 ¥ el) e2) e3) The juvenile would be a danger to himself if released. or The officer has reasonable belief that the minor would not appear in court if released.They are: al) a2) Driving While Intoxicated if that offense occurred with the preceding 4 hours. established by either himself or any other officer(s). the procedure "Calls for Service . A a s traffic offense. The two issues unique to juvenile DWI arrests are: Effective Date: Approved By: . e4) The officer has reason to believe that the minor would be returned to a situation dangerous to the minor's health or welfare.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Tide: Juvenile Delinquency Procedure #: 2. including contact with a Magistrate. the minor would be handled as an adult. à b) Should an officer elect to arrest for a violation of Driving While Intoxicated based on probable cause.

or Effective Date: Approved By: .. the officer should conduct the process as described in sections "A.2 (a) of this procedure.Regulations and Procedures Manual [procedure Title: Juvenile Delinquency Procedure #: 2. and since these violations appear in Title 11. investigation.00 Page 9 of 12 1 b l ) All reasonable attempts should be made to notify the parents of the arrest. etc. staging point for contact with custodians or investigators. A review of the steps would be: " a) b) c) Take custody of the arrested minor.49.(a)(1).2 (a). c) Should an officer elect to make an arrest for one of the Domestic Violence provisions based on probable cause." and "B.Domestic Violence" should be consulted. Transport the minor as outlined in the procedure "In-Custody Transports. then the procedure "Calls for Service . the case should be processed as a juvenile misdemeanor offense as described above (2. although their presence is not required. 3) In assuming responsibility for a citizen's arrest. or To the station for further processing. and b2) If remanded by the Magistrate. the minor would be processed into McLaughlin Youth Center." Destinations could include: cl) c2) To the minor's home for release. Make or cause notification of the minor's legal custodian. As a juvenile.

if applicable.49. the intent to interview their ward. INTERVIEWING JUVENILES An interview of a juvenile suspect is conducted as an adult interview would be. a copy of which is forwarded to Juvenile Intake Office for consideration of possible prosecution or informal resolution. Although there is no legal mandate to have a parent or attorney present. Parents Or Guardians Must B Notified e The juvenile's legal custodian(s) must be notified of the arrest and. This is distinct from misdemeanor arrests which can only be made if committed in the officer's presence (with the two exceptions of D I and Domestic Violence).2. W Officers should coordinate their arrest activities with a supervisor.Felony ?procedures. with the following additional considerations: 1. substantial effort will be extended to allow observation.00 1Regulationsand Procedures Manual #: ProcedureTitle: Juvenile Delinquency Page 10 of 12 c3) To McLaughlin Youth Center for booking if a Detention Order is in existence and/or if the standards described herein are met (SeeB. Every reasonable opportunity will be afforded that custodian to attend the interview. c. The officer must closely consider the appropriateness of the arrest.(ee).Felony" Section D. of the "Arrests . Details on this can be found in Section B. Any felony arrest can be made if the offense is committed either in the officer's presence. Recall that attendance does not always require direct participation.(l). Approved By. d) Complete and submit the field report. Warrantless Arrests . /" - . or even being in the Effective Date: interview room. C. 7 b.Felony a. 3.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I Procedure 2. Guidelines on making that determination can be found in "Arrests . or by probable cause established by that officer or another officer.(a).

Towards that end. Effective Date: ApprovedBy.49. With juveniles." The more sophisticated the minor is. b. b. If any possibility of waiver to adult status exists. However. including juvenile suspects.meaning no trickery or deceit. 3. if present) should be advised of that. but that waiver must be done: a . and Intelligently . and Voluntarily . Miranda Warning Any suspect.meaning no force or coercion. c. the standards are identical. The most significant feature to consider is the minor's maturity and experience with the law enforcement system. The officer is encouraged to: 1) Explain in detail the process(s) to which the minor may be subject.00 Page 11 of 12 11 2. the minor (and custodian. easily tricked. Any suspect may waive those rights. often referred to in legal circles as the minor's "sophistication. / . must be advised of his Constitutional rights (Miranda)if custodial interrogation is to be conducted. the more closely he approaches the adult procedure. and not always aware of the significance of what they do.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT i l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Juvenile Delinquency Procedure ^: 2. Courts and juries are inclined to see juveniles as easily intimidated. Standards Of Proof Must Be Met With Juveniles The government has the burden of proving the three standards listed above are met. Knowingly . the officer must go to extra lengths to insure statements are acceptable. but the proof harder. an unsophisticated minor demands substantial effort on the officer's part to correctly conduct an interview and investigation. the following is offered: ^ a. preferably on record. As such.meaning the full significance of what is being waived must be appreciated.

" I Effective Date: (o -1 Approved By: T?^) / . 3) 4. Interviewing.00 Page 12 of 12 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 IProcedure Title:Juvenile Delinquency 2) 11 11 / Make and document substantial effort to contact guardian(s). This pertains to the requirements of electronic recording of statements.1 I II WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. 5.Interviews. Harris Decision Applies To Juveniles It is reiterated that all the provisions of the Harris decision apply to the interviewing of minors. Additional discussion of interviewing can be found in the procedure "Investigations .49. Fully explain the rights advised under Miranda when appropriate to give any such advisement.

Effective Date: ^> -/9 3 Approved By: A .10. which is quoted below. NOTE: Alaska Statute 18. and recovery of runaway juveniles.65. but not later than 24 hours [emphasis added] after completing the report.00 Page 1 of 6 11 PURPOSE To instruct all personnel in the policies and procedures governing the reporting.141. a law enforcement agency shall make reasonable efforts to locate the minor and shall immediately complete a missing person's report containing information necessary for the identification of the minor. POLICY I t is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to deliver the protective services provided for in Alaska Statute Title 47 to families experiencing juvenile runaway problems. Runaway and missing minors.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Juvenile Runaway Procedure #: 2. but not later than 24 hours after the agency learns that the minor has been located. As soon as practicable. As soon as practicable. When reviewing this statute. REFERENCES In handling runaway situations. detection. the agency shall transmit the report for entry into the Alaska Public Safety Information Network and the National Crime Information Center computer system. and is not referring to a police department. Upon receiving a request to locate a minor evading the minor's legal custodian or to locate a minor otherwise missing. police are guided by Alaska Statute 47.600 requires local and state law enforcement agencies to submit reports to the Missing Persons Information Clearinghouse regarding all runaway/missing persons no later than 48 hours from the date of initial report of disappearance. recall that "department" means the Department of Health and Social Services. it shall request that the Department of Public Safety and the Federal Bureau of Investigation remove the information from the computer system.50.

142(b)mentioned above: A minor who has left home and is evading the person having legal custody of the minor may obtain the services of the department. and may be symptomatic of other problems. Legislative Intent AS 47. the department may take emergency custody of the minor. A minor under protective custody may not be housed in a jail o r other detention facility. and reflects the current philosophy regarding runaway juveniles . If an office specified by the department or a facility or contract agency of the department does not exist in the community. Immediately upon taking a minor into protective custody the officer shall advise the minor orally and in writing of the right to social services under AS 47.141 is a relatively recent law." The officer should be aware of the provisions of AS 47." PROCEDURE A.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual ~ r o c e d u rTitle: Juvenile Runaway e Procedure #: 2.10. the department considers it necessary. the officer shall take the minor to another suitable location and promptly notify the department. the officer shall advise the legal custodian that the minor has been taken into protective custody. and furnishing appropriate social services. The department shall assess the situation and furnish the minor with the social services it considers appropriate to protect the well-being of the minor and to preserve the minor's family life if preserving it is considered desirable under the circumstances. considering the wishes of the minor. if known. after assessing the situation. INTRODUCTION 1.10. If. Effective Date: Approved By: / . Take the minor to an office specified by the Department of Health and Social Services or a facility or contract agency of the department.10.50. The peace officer shall honor the minor's preference to either:" "Return the minor to the legal custodian" or.that runaway is not criminal. and.00 Page 2 of 6 1 11 / ' A peace officer shall take into protective custody a minor described in [A] of this section if the minor is not otherwise subject to arrest or detention.142(b).

To the officer. so immediate response and legal avenues for resolution are essential. several people. search. as the officer may be faced with use of force. with no waiting period imposed to confirm runaway. can be reported as missing.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Juvenile Runaway Procedure #: 2. Members will take all runaway reports immediately. B. it is far too hazardous to ignore or minimize a runaway situation. A person is runaway if that person is under the age of 18 years. the officer will adhere to the following procedure: a . On occasion. Taking A Runaway Report When dispatched to take a report of a runaway. A review of protective custody would be beneficial. restraint. Effective Date: Approved By: '"2^ 0- . of any age. The only exception to this would be a situation where siblings from the same residence ran away together. PROCESSING RUNAWAYS 1. reports of missing/ runaway juveniles under 11 years of age and/or other special circumstances require an officer to respond to the scene to conduct an on scene investigation. In these cases. b.50. the officer is reminded that each subject gets assigned a distinct case number.00 Page 3 of 6 1 I Additionally. this emphasizes the concept of protective custody. Note that the majority of runaway reports may be taken telephonically by officers. 2. In that example only one case number need be drawn. and is believed to be intentionally evading the person having responsibility for him. However. an officer will take a runaway report involving c. and disposition alternatives unique to this type of custody. Runaway Versus Missing Any person.

NCIC/APSIN should be contacted immediately by dispatch for entry into the computer. twix the Alaska State Troopers CIB terminal with the missing juvenile information. Taking A Runaway Into Custody Should an officer locate a runaway. both for officer safety and to effect custody. To comply with AS 18. A full discussion on appropriate use of force can be found in the procedure "Use of Force. b. the special form "Missing Person/Runaway Report Form" is used. in fact. In taking a runaway report.00 Page 4 of 6 11 % '* d . e. ensure: s 1) 2) The individual suspected of runaway status is fully identified. The information needed can be provided by telephone." Once the confirmed runaway is in protective custody. on runaway status. A with warrant service. The officer is reminded that even protective custody allows use of force. f. which includes: c. Instructions on the proper application and method of completion can be found in the report writing procedure. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . 2. within 48 hours. and the officer is advised that relying on the field report to be forwarded and used to furnish this information represents too long of a delay to comply with departmental policy.65.600 (Missing Persons Information Clearinghouse) dispatch will. and Ensure the minor is.50.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IRegulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juvenile Runaway Procedure #: 2. the following process shall occur: a. the provisions of Title 47 must be complied with.

2) 3) d The officer will encounter runaway subjects who will refuse to accept either transportation home or to a place designated by the department.50. In these cases. a runaway will not be housed in a jail or detention facility. e. The exception to this will be in those instances where it is necessary to temporarily detain a juvenile in a secure holding area pending transportation to MYC. including counseling and housing. In that case it is permissible to place the juvenile in a holding area in the Mat Su PreTrial booking area. and abide by those instructions.I - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Consider advising the minor that refusal to accept available care can subject him to Family Court jurisdiction. Notification of the minor's legal guardian is required. and that leaving court ordered placement may result in criminal contempt charges being filed. That department can provide the minor with a variety of social services. or contact can be made with the Department of Health and Social Services. Honor the minor's decision with respect to being taken home or to an office of the Department of Health and Social Services. the officer will: 1) 2) Advise the Social Worker of that situation. Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 5 of 6 (~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Juvenile Runaway 1 1 1) Advising the minor that he has a choice of being returned home. The officer must make this notification or cause it to be made. Unless there is an independent arrest or an existing detention order.

Alaska. regardless of any other notifications. Anchorage./- . The officer is encouraged to investigate the circumstances surrounding the runaway and any events occurring while on runaway status. as mentioned. Runaway is often symptomatic of other problems. h . 2.50. Tudor Road.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Juvenile Runaway Procedure #-. Effective Date: /^ / -9 3 - - Approved By: . and the officer may gain leads on more substantial criminal activities. A Supplement to the original Missing Person/Runaway g. Report shall be completed and.00 Page 6 of 6 1 \ 1 / f. notification provided to dispatch is required to remove the subject from the computer. Once the Missing Person/Runaway report has been completed a copy of the report will be forwarded to the Missing Person Information Clearinghouse at 5 700 E. 99507.

and 2) vehicularltraffic Uttering. DISCUSSION The laws governing littering fall into two general categories . and appear in the order shown here. Effective Date: 6 .51. The officer must be acquainted with the various littering laws.080 (b).r WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.00 Page 1 of 2 I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ProcedureTitle: Littering 11 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the various statutes and ordinances governing littering.1)Persons who litter. POLICY That members respond to detected violations of the littering laws by charging the most descriptive ordinancelstatute on the proper charging document. AS 46./ -9 3 Approved By: 53 7 . Infraction to Utter (under 5 pounds). and determine which one best describes the event.080 (a). This procedure identifies the various laws. and informs the officer of the application of those laws and proper charging method. just as a traffic infraction would be charged). Infraction to litter . All of the above offenses are charged as an infraction (written on a Uniform Summons and Complaint form. and the proper method of enforcing those laws.06.unsecured load. AS 46. REFERENCES The following laws are discussed in the procedures section below.06.

and the violator's copy of the citation should reflect that. just as with a traffic citation.080./ h There are no points assessed against the license (even if a vehicle is involved). and notes written on the back of the Court copy of the citation are appropriate. c. but A $50. or otherwise dispose of litter from a vehicle or otherwise on public or private property not designated as a litter receptacle or sanitation facility. APPLICABLE LAWS 1. leaking. (a) makes it illegal for a person to throw.00 Page 2 of 2 Regulations and Procedures Manual 11~roedu. drop.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Are infractions. no report is required. As an infraction.e Title: Littering 11 I PROCEDURE A.51. however.06. The following pertain to violations of this statute: a.00 fine is imposed. The citation must reflect "WITHIN 5 DAYS" i n the "court date" section. if the aggregate amount is less than 5 pounds. to be charged on a Uniform Summons and Complaint exactly as a traffic infraction would be. Note the following: 1) . Effective Date: A -/ 9 3 - ApprovedBy: . or otherwise escaping. Field notes. 2) 3) b. discard. Subparagraph (b) of that same Statute makes it illegal to litter as a result of a vehicle's load dropping. The litter is to be picked up and discarded. shifting. State statutes The applicable Alaska State Statute AS 46. and not kept as evidence.

POLICY That actions taken by members of the Wasilla Police Department during encounters with mentally ill people are legally acceptable..a condition in which a person as a result of mental illness (A) is in danger of physical harm arising from such complete neglect of basic needs for food...... shelter./ 4 3 Approved By: .00 Page 1 of 5 l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Mental Commitments 1 PURPOSE To inform all personnel of the laws. and guided by a balance between protecting that person....... ......... "... or physical distress...." Effective Date: <^ . and this distress is associated with significant impairment of judgment. illness.... clothing. rules and policies governing the handling of mentally ill people by the Department..I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.. REFERENCES Alaska Statute Title 47 DEFINITIONS Gravely Disabled... if not treated... suffer or will continue to suffer severe and abnormal mental.. safeguarding the community.52. emotional. and avoiding personal injury. or personal safety as to render serious accident. highly probable if care by another is not taken: or (B) will.. reason or behavior causing a substantial deterioration of t h e person's previous ability to function independently.. or death...

." person who (A) poses a substantial risk of a bodily harm to that person's self. because of the illness.) for the purposes of an evaluation.00 Page 2 of 5 1 i Likely To Cause Serious Harm... Effective Date: Approved By: ..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns Procedure Title: Mental Commitments Procedure #-.I. the Alaska Psychiatric Institute. or (B) poses a substantial risk of harm to others as manifested by recent behavior causing. PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO TAKE CUSTODY Alaska State Law (Title 47. Those standards are discussed next. 2.52. in lieu of criminal custody. and is likely in the near future to cause physical injury. as manifested by recent behavior causing. How that is done is the subject of this procedure. physical abuse or substantial property damage to another person. however.P. Those designated are physicians. PROCEDURE A. . or (C) manifests a current intent to carry out plans of serious harm to that person's self or another. licensed psychiatrists and clinical psychologists. The officer might conclude. certain standards must be met..e. that a particular subject is so disturbed as to necessitate taking into protective custody. herein referred to as A.." DISCUSSION Nearly any call can involve a mentally ill person. but officers often recognize that the degree of mental illness is mild enough to warrant handling the case conventionally even including arresting that person despite the illness.30) allows certain professionals to take mentally ill people into custody so as to admit them into a treatment facility (i. attempting or threatening harm.. To take a person into custody. and peace officers (excluding the Military Law Enforcement). attempting or threatening t h a t harm..

700" (i. Voluntary admissions a. Clinical Psychologist. so it is advisable to notify that custodian so that they can be transported with the child to API. a . A Licensed Physician. a "Judicial Commitment" would be too slow under the circumstances). to API. They do so by filling out the same form as an officer. Effective Date: Approved By: - . or Psychiatrist can also admit a person to a treatment facility. and is thereby obligated to take the named subject into custody and transport him. involuntarily. either written or oral. this Department does not provide transportation. a parendguardian is required to co-sign the admissions form. Is "suffering from mental illness and is likely to cause 'serious harm' to self or others of such immediate nature that considerations of safety do not allow initiation of involuntary commitment procedures set out in AS 47." 4. Involuntary Admissions are possible if the peace officer (or designated professional) has probable cause to believe the person is EITHER: a.30.52. an officer will be furnished with an ex-parte order from a Judge. so they must fill out at least the probable cause section of the form. If a juvenile.e. As with adults. STANDARDS TO BE MET TO TAKE CUSTODY 1. namely a "Peace Officer Admissions" form. If an adult (18 years or older).00 Page 3 of 5 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns I t 11 11 Procedure Title: Mental Commitments 1 B . 2. the Wasilla Police Department does not provide transportation.(Â WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. (See Definition on Page 1) 3. API refers to these as "Evaluation Orders. If no transportation is readily available the officer should assist in arranging for suitable transportation. remember that it is their admission. Ex-parte Orders On rare occasions. Gravely disabled (See Definition on Page 1) b. When called to assist in such an admission. b.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Mental Commitments Procedure ff: 2. 3. then discover that there is any deficiency in the admission papers. straight jackets). However.) D. the officer should: 1) Make all reasonable attempts to facilitate correcting that deficiency. Inter-Agency Transports Occasionally.00 Page 4 of 5 11 11 1 1 b.52. members may assist o r provide such transport. or if other circumstances exist requiring police services. (This may include requesting an ambulance respond to the scene or may require the officer to transport the individual to the hospital for some type of non emergency review. TRANSPORT 1. thereby allowing them to alert API of the pending admission and any special instructions the officer wishes to convey. Medical Considerations The officer should be alert to any injuries or medical problems the subject might have. Soft Restraints In restraining a mentally ill person. 2) C. the Mat-Su Pre-Trial facility can provide soft restraints (i. COMMUNICATIONS Dispatch Center Officers should advise dispatch of their custody/transport status. then Transport the subject back to the originating person or agency.e. (See "In-Custody Transport" procedure). Officer Safety Officer safety dictates that there be no distinction between transporting the mentally ill for commitment and transporting a prisoner to detention. Should an officer transport a mentally ill subject to API for another person or agency. If unable. if the patient is violent. It is not policy to routinely provide this service. II 1 ~ffective Date: II Approved By: 11 . padded cuffs. and ensure those problems are attended to prior to any commitment activities. if required. 4. 2. officers will be called to transport a mentally ill person from one agency to another.

Comply with current API rules regarding the securing of weapons at their facility (the staff will advise). injury. retaining any weapons or contraband. Complete the "Peace Officer Admission" form. API will not accept that person until medically cleared. This review or treatment should be done at Valley Hospital prior to transport to API. CONCLUDING THE CALL 1. c. but actual hospital attention is frequently more appropriate. DESTINATIONS 1 . Effective Date: 6-/ -93 Approved By: I . not a protective custody commitment). Treatment Facilities All mentally ill subjects taken into protective custody for evaluation ultimately go to the Alaska Psychiatric Institute at 2900 Providence Drive. Turn over any personal property of the subject's to the staff. 2) b. F.[ ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Mental Commitments Procedure #: 2. Admitting Officer's Duties Once at API. b. and submit it to the Transition Clinic staff. That such placement is: 1) For protective custody only. Draw case numbers and complete the appropriate field report. The subject has been arrested for a criminal offense. if there is any question of health. e. However.00 Page 5 of 5 11 1 E. This is occasionally done by the co-responding medics.52. d. the admitting officer shall: a. and Only while awaiting further transport to an actual treatment facility. and none of the provisions for commitment are invoked (that is. Correctional Facilities State law allows a mental subject to go to a correctional facility in lieu of a treatment facility providing the following conditions are satisfied: a. or sobriety (drugs or alcohol). Verbally brief the Transition Clinic staff of the conditions surrounding your application. 2.

.

collection of evidence. and in training. officer/suspect interaction. arrest procedures. officers shall follow the procedures for MVR equipment use as set forth in this policy. and statements made during arrests and critical incidents so as to enhance officer reports. Operating Procedures Officers shall adhere to the following procedures when utilizing MVR equipment.53. 2. including: 1 . Program Objectives This Department has adopted the use of in-car videolaudio recording systems in order to accomplish several objectives. MVR equipment installed in vehicles is the responsibility of the officer assigned to that vehicle and will be maintained according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Accurate documentation of events. and testimony in court. evidence for investigative purposes. PROCEDURES A.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. in evaluation of officer performance. B. 2. The enhancement of this Department's ability to review probable cause for arrest.00 Page 1 of 4 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns 1 I 1 procedure Title:Mobile Recording Equipment PURPOSE It is the purpose of this policy to provide officers with guidelines for the use of mobile video and audio recording equipment. and for officer evaluation. Prior to each shift. actions. conditions. 1. POLICY Mobile videolaudio recording (MVR) equipment has been demonstrated to be of value in the prosecution of traffic violations and related offenses. In order to maximize the utility of this equipment in these and related areas. officers shall determine whether their MVR equipment is working satisfactorily and shall bring any problems at this or other times to the attention of their immediate supervisor as soon as possible. Effective Date: - 3 Approved By: .

The video recorder is not deactivated until the enforcement action is completed. 4. 1 6. Whenever possible officers shall use their MVR equipment to record: a. The actions of suspects during field interviews while undergoing sobriety checks or when otherwise placed in custody.53. Officers are encouraged to inform the shift Sergeant of any videotaped sequences that may be of value for training purposes. Whenever equipment is manually deactivated.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Mobile Recording Equipment Procedure ff: 2. c. parades. and The officer's wireless microphone is activated in order to provide narration with the video recording. c. etc. Where possible. b. officers should insure that MVR equipment is operating correctly while recording traffic stops or other enforcement actions. 7. 9. The video recorder is positioned correctly and adjusted properly to record events. officers will document the reasons for this action on their daily activity report. 8. Officers shall not erase. - - Effective D t : ae Approved By: - . Officers should ensure that they are equipped with an adequate supply of videotapes to complete their tour of duty. The circumstances at crime or accident scenes. reuse. 5.00 Page 2 of 4 1 . MVR equipment will automatically activate when the vehicle's emergency warning devices are in operation. 10. Officers should insure that: a. The equipment may be manually deactivated during non-enforcement activities such as when protecting accident scenes from other vehicular traffic. b. All completed tapes shall be properly labeled and identified prior to being submitted to the evidence locker at the end of shift. or in any manner alter MVR tapes. The circumstances at other events such as the confiscation of evidence or contraband.

and identify material that may be appropriate for training. 1 2. Officers will note in their report any time videolaudio recordings were made during the incident in question. No videotapes shall be reissued for operational use unless the have been completely erased.53. Not be released to another criminal justice agency for trial or other reasons without first having a duplicate copy made and returned to safe storage. Supervisory Responsibilities Any Sergeant who supervises an officer equipped with MVR equipment shall ensure that: 1.- Procedure #: 2. 2. the proper handling of videolaudio recordings. 2. Will not be released to other than bona fide criminal justice agencies without the prior approval of the Chief of Police. determine whether MVR equipment is being fully and properly used. and the completion of MVR documentation. b. On at least a bimonthly basis randomly review videotapes and recordings to assist in periodic assessment of officer performance. Tapes not scheduled for court proceedings or other adversarial or Departmental uses shall be maintained for a minimum of 90 days. 3. Officers will only use tapes as approved and issued by the Department.00 I 1 - * Procedure Title: Mobile Recording Equipment Page 3 of 4 1 1. Tape Control And Management 1 . As such these tapes will: a. . Be subject to the same security restrictions and chain of custody safeguards as outlined in the Department's evidence control procedure. c. MVR tapes containing information that may be of value for case prosecution or in any criminal or civil adversarial proceeding shall be safeguarded as any other piece of evidence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual . All officers follow established procedures for the use and maintenance of MVR equipment. C. D.

Ensure all statistical reporting requirements are being completed as required for adequate program evaluation. 4. . Effective Date:/^.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns Procedure Title: Mobile RecordingEquipment Procedure #: 2. Ensure that damaged or non-functional equipment is repaired or replaced. -/ - 4 3 Approved By: .53.00 Page 4 of 4 1 3.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Non-Criminal Commitment Procedure #: 2.54. an approved private treatment facility. a n approved public treatment facility. an employee or a peace officer may be taken into protective custody and assisted by a peace officer to the person's home. REFERENCE The foundation for non-criminal commitments appears in Alaska Statute 47. are determined to be unavailable. or another appropriate health facility.37. including the person's home.170.00 Page 1 of 5 1 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the laws and procedures affecting non-criminal commitments of all age groups. If all of the preceding facilities. including the non-criminal commitment of persons so debilitated by alcohol that they cannot care for themselves. POLICY It is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to employ any legal resource to protect its citizenry. (a) An intoxicated person may come voluntarily to a n approved public treatment facility for emergency treatment. EffectiveDate: 6 -/ 3 9 Approved By: t . which reads: Treatment and services for intoxicated persons and persons incapacitated by alcohol. a person taken into protective custody and assisted under this subsection may be taken to a state or municipal detention facility in the area. A person who appears to be intoxicated in a public place and to be in need of help or a person who appears to be intoxicated in or upon a licensed premise where intoxicating liquors are sold or consumed who refuses to leave upon being requested to leave by the owner.

Conditions Required To Take Custody A S 47. A person may not be detained at a facility if the person remains incapacitated by alcohol for more than 48 hours after admission as a patient.2 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. an approved private treatment facility. after medical examination. so a trend towards "decriminalizing" alcohol-related situations has gained momentum. PROCEDURE A. If no treatment facility or emergency medical service is available.170 provides that anyone meeting one of the following conditions can be subject to protective custody. may not be detained a t a facility after the person is no longer incapacitated by alcohol. including the intoxicated person who cannot care for himself.-- Effective Date: Approved By.170 helps fill that void by empowering the officer to take protective custody of an incapacitated inebriate." The officer began facing calls which required action to prevent injury or criminal activity.54. even if against that person's will: - -- .00 Page 2 of 5 8 1 1 procedure Title: Non-Criminal Commitment (b) A person who appears to be incapacitated by alcohol in a public place shall be taken into protective custody by a peace officer and immediately brought to an approved public treatment facility. (c) DISCUSSION Police have a primary duty to protect the public they serve.37. A person who. Contemporary thinking has recognized that intoxication is more a medical problem than a legal consideration. if that appears necessary for the protection of the person's health or safety.37. . The following procedure instructs members on how to invoke that provision.if found to be incapacitated by alcohol at the time of admission or to have become incapacitated at any time after admission. J . unless the person is committed under AS 47. A consequence of this movement was to create an enforcement void between a true criminal offense and just "being drunk.180. Alaska Statute 47. TAKING PROTECTIVE CUSTODY 1. a person who appears to be incapacitated by alcohol in a public place shall be taken to a state or municipal detention facility in the area. but no law on which to act.37. or another appropriate health facility of service for emergency medical treatment.

and the handicapped are vulnerable crime targets. Consequently. or Appears intoxicated idupon a premise licensed for sale or consumption of alcohol and refuses to leave when so instructed by the owner or employee. open water) Weather. d Effective Date: Approved By: .00 Page 3 of 5 I \ Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 1 1 1 Procedure Title: Non-Criminal Commitment 1 a . of either sex. Appears intoxicated in a public place and in need of help.54. c. are subject to the provisions of this law. Vulnerability. Is help and/or shelter close by? Is a unique danger present? (railroad activity. 3. or by a peace officer. Recall the cause and symptoms of hypothermia. . c.Cold Alert"). Women. Establishing Incapacitation As the statute states. children. Age And Sex Applicability No distinction is made as to age or sex. b. especially when incapacitated to any degree. vehicular traffic. juveniles and adults. 2.I I1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. the officer must consider such elements as: a . (See also . or Appears incapacitated by alcohol in a public place (not just intoxicated). Location. one condition allowing protective custody to be effected is when a person is "incapacitated" in a public place. To establish incapacitation. Company. Is a competent friendhelative with the person to help? b.

54. such as a facility on contract with the State. Although not an arrest. Disposition AS 47. The event is also to be documented on a Report Form. That order is: a .170 mandates a prioritized order of destinations for a person taken into protective custody.37.00 Page 4 of 5 I 4. he shall adhere to policy and procedure for effecting and maintaining custody. restraint considerations. A review of the procedures addressing in-custody transports could assist the officer. Taking Protective Custody If the officer determines that protective custody is appropriate. Approved private treatment facility. b. Home. 5.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Non-Criminal Commitment Procedure #: 2. or a private facility at which the subject is a patient. transport procedures. protective searches. which can include a hospital for immediate medical attention. but two items must be adhered to by the officer: Effective Date: Approved By. d 6. R JUVENILES Special Considerations Juveniles are also afforded the protection given in a non-criminal commitment. Police Report Division of Corrections maintains a special Non-criminal Commitment Remand Form which the officer must complete at the booking facility. - . State or Municipal detention facility if none of the previously mentioned facilities are available. and other such issues should be made. if that information can be determined. Approved public treatment facility. -if the officer can determine where that is. c.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT R e d a t i o n s and Procedures Manual ~ r o c e d u r Title: Non-Criminal Commitment e Procedure #: 2. /Â . Prior to commitment. The officer shall not obligate the Department or City for any medical expenses other t h a n for the collection of evidence. b.00 Page 5 of 5 a . When medical attention is required prior to a noncriminal commitment. or cause such transport of the juvenile. MEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS Incurring Medical Expenses. the officer must transport. Effective Date: /^ . They may be held temporarily at the Pre-Trial Facility if it is not possible to immediately transport. a juvenile must get a medical clearance./-95 Approved By. C. Juveniles are processed into McLaughlin Youth Center if actually committed into detention. Therefore. that attention shall be a t the victim's expense. to a hospital.54.

.

.................. Effective Date: (0 -1- 93 Approved By: / - ....... POLICY That perimeters be used to enhance police operations.... Commanders And/or Supervisors Upon being notified that a situation exists that may require a perimeter...... Commanders and/or Supervisors will: a ............ DEFINITIONS Perimeter.. any place or area.. an intentional obstruction of a roadway at one or more points for the purpose of monitoring the traffic andlor securing that roadway. either visually or physically. Determine if the circumstances warrant a perimeter. roadblocks shall not be placed in a manner that forces a fleeing law violator to stop or crash.... For purposes of this procedure.. Generally........ any attempt by two or more officers to monitor and/or secure........... PROCEDURE A...... IMPLEMENTING A PERIMETER 1.....55... especially in preventing the escape of prisoners and/or suspects on foot or in a vehicle.........00 Page 1 of 5 11 Iprocedure Title: Perimeters PURPOSE To advise all personnel of when perimeters should be used and how to implement them.... Roadblock....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2.......For the purposes of this procedure. When roadblocks are used as a perimeter they will be established in a manner that does not constitute an unnecessary risk or inconvenience to the public...

. determine if units will be assigned specific locations or a general area. if necessary. If the situation is still developing as officers arrive in the area. and will assist in coordinating necessary police resources. positions that block off logical escape routes.55. Mobile units should be marked police vehicles. If so.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Perimeters Procedure #: 2. Perimeter units that have been released shall return to their designated assignments unless assigned other tasks relating to the crime at hand. Effective Date: Approved By: ^- . the assigned unit or the first on the scene shall be the investigating officer. ! 4. Mobile Units After the perimeter is established. the on-scene Supervisor or investigating officer may assign units to cruise the perimeter.00 Page 2 of 5 I I ? b. additional police resources. 5. c 2. Responding Units Officers responding to a call requiring a perimeter shall notify either dispatch or any other officer on duty of their location and intended approach to the area. Assist in securing. Other officers will take up. 3. or be assigned. Perimeter Termination A Supervisor or the investigating officer shall terminate the perimeter as soon as possible. Dispatch Center Dispatch personnel will keep responding units informed of any additional information that becomes available.

Tight Perimeter Tight perimeters are established around specific locations. The time from the commission of the incident establishes the size of the perimeters. Tight perimeters are established around locations that allow not just visual observation but also allow officers to strictly control ingress and egress of all persons to that location. Availability of personnel frequently limits the use of tight perimeters. 1) b. Roadblocks set up on major highways and arterials that have restricted access. but generally only allow for visual monitoring of the area. 2. Roadblocks tend to fall into two broad categories: a . TYPES OF PERIMETERS 1.00 Page 3 of 5 11 Procedure Title: Perimeters B . such as the exits to a building or the four comers of a city block. The circle roadblock is constructed of an inner and outer perimeter.and to discourage the use of that roadway by not allowing the suspect(s) to blend into traffic and escape. Effective Date: Approved By: Y f - . line Roadblocks. Loose Perimeter Loose perimeters can be established around almost any location.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. These are employed both to locate the suspect(s). Structure. but only monitored.55. or to direct pursuits to a less dangerous and/or more contained area. 3. Roadblocks Roadblocks can be used to establish choke points on arterial streets that do not lend themselves to being strictly contained. most locations can be the subject of a loose perimeter with as few as two officers. Circle Roadblocks. with the crime scene as the center. They can also be used to completely seal off an area. Depending on the area.

unless passage of traffic is to be prohibited. if practical. The vehicles should also be positioned in such a manner as to permit oncoming traffic to stop prior to the roadblock.00 Page 4 of 5 Spacing. emergency equipment will be activated. if any. b. Police vehicles used as roadblocks should be at an angle to the flow of traffic. however. PERIMETER TECHNIQUE 1. Roadblocks. When police vehicles are used in roadblocks. emergency lights shall be activated. c. Spacing of roadblock units will always be close enough to disallow the passage of either vehicles or persons on foot without notice by police personnel. Emergency Equipment The situation dictates which. Police vehicles used in perimeters should be positioned so as to allow for the greatest field of vision possible. and shall only be used if all other methods of capture have been unsuccessful and the situation warrants application of this level of force. Effective Date: Approved By: . This practice O constitutes the use of deadly force. Placing any vehicle directly in the path of an oncoming pursuit in an effort to make the law violator slow down or stop is N T a valid roadblock technique. Perimeters. officers shall position themselves to be able to observe both oncoming traffic and potential escape routes while still affording the officer mobility.55. 2. Positioning Of Police Vehicles a . In all cases. C. Police Personnel Positioning The situation will dictate whether or not officers should remain in or outside their vehicles.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Perimeters 2) Procedure #: 2. 3.

Avoiding Accidents In all cases. stop signs. Effective Date: 6 4-93 Approved By: 6 - . roadblocks will be situated in a manner that allows traffic. Strategic Placement In some situations it may be advantageous to place the roadblocks and warning devices in such a manner that suspect vehicles will not have the opportunity to turn around without detection. 6. including high speed emergency vehicles. 5. additional warning devices such as barricades. Roadblocks of this type will still allow enough room prior to the roadblock for all vehicles to stop (See "2. The distance ahead of the roadblock should be increased proportionately with the speed and volume of the traffic flow. Positioning of Police Vehicles" above).WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Perimeters 4.00 Page 5 of 5 Additional Warning Equipment When roadblocks are desired on roadways subject to heavy and/or high speed traffic. and flares will be positioned to both slow and funnel traffic. flashers.55. Procedure #: 2. sufficient distance to react to the roadblock by slowing or stopping.

.

. Effective Date: 3 ApprovedBy.... a sustained complaint of an act or omission contrary to any regulation............. DEFINITIONS Complaint ..For purposes of this procedure......... and t h a t the Department's reaction to the findings be consistent with good management practices and fundamental fairness.. The police officer exercises great authority and is charged with the public trust. A violation can subject the employee to any disciplinary or corrective action identified in this procedure.. DISCUSSION Police agencies are particularly susceptible to citizen complaints because of the nature of their work and the circumstances under which contacts are made with the public..... It is a force that unifies action for the achievement of a purpose. the broadest term for the allegation of any violation of Department regulation.... For purposes of this procedure.. . procedure....... and impartial investigation of alleged or suspected personnel misconduct... The correction of deviations from established standards of conduct is a basic responsibility of supervision and command........... or procedure Viola tion... each officer has a n obligation to maintain the highest degree of professional discipline which is simply a willingness to accept controls and regulations...........56........ policy...00 Page 1 of 10 -1 11 PURPOSE To insure prompt.. POLICY That events involving employees of the Wasilla Police Department which could result in disciplinary action be reviewed fairly and impartially for accuracy of facts....... policy....... -i^> .....k WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct/Investigation Procedure #: 2. Therefore..... thorough.

. punitive action taken on any employee A of the Department.56.. ... With the exception of an oral reprimand..... 2....... and entered in the employee's personnel file...1 Effective Date: Approved By: .. Oral Reprimands .... The admonishment does not appear on a DAR.... The admonishment must be identified to the employee as an oral reprimand........ Written Reprimands... Disciplinary sanctions are either Oral or Written Reprimands..Termination of Employment ...A documented disciplinary action which may result in any of the following: ... a disciplinary action is documented on a Disciplinary Action Report (DAR) signed by both the Chief of Police and the Mayor.. An oral admonishment given to an employee by a Supervisor which meets both the following standards: 1..........WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct/Investigation Procedure #: 2................00 Page 2 of 10 1 ) Disciplinary Action .Demotion in Rank ..... although informal written record can bemaintained for purposes of documenting progressive disciplinary action.....Suspension from Duty (with or without pay) - 1 Suspension of Privileges Transfer (either from shift or duty assignment) ........

.. COMPLAINTS TO BE INVESTIGATED All complaints against Police Department employees and all alleged or suspected violations of law. 2...... Reported To Supervisors Violations reported to supervisors or command officers by members of the Department..56....Psychological EvaluatiodScreening. r - .. . Corrective action can include: .Any action taken by the Department on an employee which is remedial in nature. Received In Person Complaints received in person.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Personnel ConductAnvestigation Procedure #: 2... ..Medical Evaluation/Screening. or in writing from the public...Counseling... either verbally or in writing. be imposed on employees. ordinances and department rules and regulations or orders must be investigated.... PROCEDURE A. These include: 1. 3. when cause exists. Although not intended to be punitive.... by telephone. Observed Violations observed or suspected by supervisors or command officers. Effective Date: Approved By...00 Page 3 of 10 I1 Corrective Action. corrective action can...

C. Complainant To Be Interviewed The employee who ultimately receives the complaint will interview the complainant and complete a report or memorandum of the allegations.00 Page 4 of 10 1 I B .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct'Investigation Procedure #: 2. will be advised of the situation. . the Chief.56. the next business day morning. or if the complaint occurs after normal business hours. Chief Of Police To Be Advised If the initial complaint is taken by someone other than the Chief of Police. RECORDING CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Supervisor To Be Notified Any employee receiving a citizen's complaint will immediately notify the supervisor of the employee involved and/or the Chief of Police. to be informed of the disposition of the complaint. DUTIES OF SUPERVISORS AND COMMANDERS Each supervisor or commander will continuously examine all orders under their authority in an effort to discover erroneous practices at their earliest stages. If neither is readily available. The citizen will be advised that he will be contacted after an investigation is made. If the complaint is such that the employee feels it should receive immediate attention a supervisor or the Chief of Police should be contacted at home. as soon as possible. a copy of the complaint report or memo and any other relevant information will be forwarded to the Chief of Police. The Chief will cause whatever investigation he deems necessary to be accomplished. the employee will obtain all appropriate information and advise the citizen that they will be contacted during the next business day. Reports Forwarded To Chief On the date of the initial complaint.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct/Investigation Procedure #. reports.00 Page 5 of 10 1 They will not look to higher authority to initiate investigations when subjects complained of are within the scope of their own authority and responsibility. (This will be followed up in a timely manner by providing the employee with a copy of all memorandums. Probable Cause To Proceed With Investigation Once a determination is made by the Chief of Police that enough information is available to conduct an investigation. or by telephone. the Mayor will be so informed. except when the complexity or nature of the complaint requires assistance from a higher authority. If any case requires more than seven (7) days to complete. Notify the Mayor of the accusations. and statements. If the accusations are of a criminal nature the Mayor will determine whether or not an outside agency will be asked to conduct the investigation. he will. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE 1. Effective Date: Approved By: r - . D. 2. if known. Completing Final Disposition Report The Chief will be responsible for completing the final disposition report of the complaint within seven (7) days of the initial complaint. 3.56. within 24 hours: a . Responsible For All Investigations The Chief of Police will be responsible for handling all complaints and completing all investigations involving Department employees. of the allegations and the names of the complainants. Notify the accused employee in person.) b.2.

Intoximiter Test May Be Required Where there are indications that the employee complained against has been drinking alcoholic beverages. The Chief of Police will insure that the employee has been allowed a reasonable opportunity to present his side of the story. Statements To Be Taken Statements may be verbal or in writing. Effective Date: ApprovedBy: /±/ . Disposition Of Reports The Chief of Police will forward copies of all reports and other documents in a sealed envelope to the Mayor..WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT l(~egulations ProceduresManual and Procedure #: 2. Before imposing any disciplinary action (with the exception of an oral reprimand). depending on the seriousness of the complaint. Recommendations Upon completion of the investigation.nvestigation 4. the evidence. (The employee at his/her own cost may be represented by counsel. the Chief of Police will give written notice to the employee of the charge or charges against the employee along with an explanation to the employee for the basis.00 Page 6 of 10 1 Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct. the Chief of Police will conclude his report with a statement of the action recommended regarding the accused. i.56. If the employee requires time to prepare the presentation. a. a reasonable time shall be provided. supporting each charge.) b.e. he will be given an intoximeter test.

00 Page 7 of 10 1 tl !I 1 1. d Effective Date: Approved By: T - .56.The allegation is supported by sufficient evidence to justify a reasonable conclusion of guilt. CLASSIFICATION OF COMPLETED INVESTIGATIONS 1.Allegation is false or not factual. Employees Will Submit Written Report Each employee participating in a personnel investigation will prepare and submit a written report to the Chief of Police.Insufficient evidence to prove or disprove the allegation. Unfounded . Not sustained . F. when asked to do so. Exonerated . be required to give a complete and accurate account of the incident(s) surrounding the allegation. Accused Employee Required To Respond Any employee who is the subject of a citizen complaint or internal investigation will. b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and [procedure Title: Personnel ConductAnvestigation E. c. Failure to do so may result in termination. 2.Incident occurred. Reports will be accurate and complete and include all facts relating to the incident known to the employee. Final Classifications When the investigation is completed. the final report will be classified in one of the following categories: a . DUTIES OF EMPLOYEES Procedure #: 2. Sustained . but was lawful and proper.

the Chief of Police will: a . Immediately thereafter. I 3.56. Temporary Suspension From Duty When the allegation is sustained or while the investigation is continuing. b.m. The content of the rule(s) violated. c. Sustained Allegations When the Chief of Police determines that the allegation is sustained. If the allegations are found to be true. 2. b. d. Whether the charges support the contemplated disciplinary action. NOTE: A Department Head or the Mayor may suspend an employee with pay at any time for cause. temporarily suspend the employee (with pay) until the next business day and order h i d h e r to report to the office of the Chief of Police at 9:00 a. a statement of the recommended disciplinary action. the person imposing the suspension shall write a report setting forth the circumstances and the decisions involved. continue him/her on duty where he/she may be kept under close supervision until the form of disciplinary action is decided upon.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct/Investigation Procedure #-. If the accused employee is under the influence of intoxicants or when the act complained of is a violation of the law and evidence is such that a private citizen so accused would have been arrested.00 Page 8 of 10 11 1 ) 2. he will include in his final report the following: a . and Approved By: Effective Date: ^ . The person imposing the suspension shall deliver a copy of the report to the employee and a copy to the Mayor. For all other offenses. A determination of whether there are reasonable grounds to believe that the charges against the employee are true.

Employee To Receive Final Report A copy of the final report containing the above information will be provided to the employee as well as the Mayor. At no time will a copy of the investigative report be included in the personnel file. - Effective Date: Approved By: A . 4. DISPOSITION OF COMPLEmD INVESTIGATIONS 1. the Chief of Police will forward his report and recommendations to the Mayor before implementing any disciplinary action. All citizen complaints and internal investigation files will be retained by the Chief of Police. 3.00 Page 9 of 10 1 I e. Serious Violations Upon the completion of an investigation of a more serious nature that is sustained. Written notice to the employee of the employee's right to appeal to the Mayor. Statement Of Violation To Be Placed In Employee's Personnel File In the event of a sustained complaint. in a progressive manner listed in Regdations-Persomd/Discipme. 2. G.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT IIRegulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Personnel Conduct4nvestigation Procedure #: 2.56. a statement of the violation along with any disciplinary action taken will be placed in the employee's personnel file. Minor Infractions The Chief of Police shall dispose of sustained minor infractions by imposing one or more of the penalties.

EXCESSIVE FORCE COMPLAINTS Chief of Police To Be Notified The Chief of Police will be notified immediately of complaints where serious injury has been inflicted.00 Page 10 of 10 11 Procedure Title: Persome1ConductAnvestigation H.66. A signed statement should be taken from the complainant. The name of the doctor treating the complainant will be obtained. Photographs With the complainant's consent. photographs will be taken of the injured area.WASILLA POLICE DEPAFtTMI3NT ~~Remlations Procedures Manual and - Procedure #: 2. Effective Date: A -1-93 Approved By: 1 . Injured areas and their locations will be described.

If there is any doubt. Certain Records And Reports. the person shall be referred to the Chief of Police. 3. 2. it is necessary that certain exceptions be made to the above policy.00 Page 1 of 3 11 PURPOSE To inform all employees of the legal restrictions and responsibilities for police records. PROCEDURE 1. Identification Required When an exception is made. Effective Date: 3 4 Approved By: * . all other records are confidential. Arrest Register The only public record in the Police Department is the arrest register. So far as the general public is concerned. is entitled to any report or record with which he is officially concerned.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMEWI' 1 Regulationsand PmceduresManual Procedure Title: Police Records Procedure #: 2. 4. Exceptions To facilitate the successful investigation and processing of police matters and to comply with the codes and laws of the State. The District Attorney to include staff. Except Individuals' Motor Vehicle Accident Reports. May Be Viewed By The Following: a . it shall be the responsibility of the person in charge of the files to determine whether the person seeking information from the records has proper identification and whether his employment status and request places him in one of the categories listed below.57.

00 Page 2 of 3 11 The Mayor is entitled to see m y report or record on file in the Department. Marshall FBI Other duly constituted Police Agencies. Procedure #: 2. Authorized representatives of the following listed agencies may see reports involving persons or offenses with which they are officially concerned: 1) c . State Troopers 2) 3) 4) U. d .EffectiveDate: Approved By . Ex-Members of the Police Department are N T entitled to O access to any record. to include deputies and staff. to include staff. such requests should be referred to the Chief of Police. e. except in the same manner and degree that such information is available to the general public under the provisions of this order. f. is entitled to see any report or record with which he is officially concerned.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 ~mcedure i t l epolice l+xords ~ : b. If possible. i. This privilege does not extend to City employees below the status of Department Head. Probation and Parole Officers may see reports involving persons or subjects with which they are officially concerned. Heads of City Departments may generally see reports involving their particular department. h . Federal Narcotic Officers may see reports involving persons or offenses with wfich they are officially concerned. .S. is entitled to see any report or record with which he is officially concerned.67. The City Attorney. I g. Any Judge.

theft.57. a . request for above information shall be referred to the Chief of Police. robbery. d .WASILLA POLICE DEPAFtTlVENT ~~Fkgulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Police Records Procedure #: 2. They shall NOT be shown the report. except to insurance companies and to the respective drivers or their authorized representative.00 Page 3 of 3 11 5. Motor Vehicle Accident Reports Individual's accident reports shall be treated as confidential. b. shall be given the following information. and shall not be exhibited. c. Crimes For Gain Reports Representatives of insurance companies insuring victims against loss through criminal activities such as burglary. etc. 6. Whether the victim has reported the matter to the police.) If persons responsible are in custody. Whether the responsible persons are known..Effective Date: ApprovedBy - . (Except that if no arrest has been made or arrest warrant issued the name of the suspect may not be given out. Whether there has been any recovery of property.

.

and agencies...systems which are fed data recorded in the police report... Finally... or a means of protection from liability or false accusation.... A variety of public agencies depend on police reports to initiate and direct their efforts.... The Police Department depends on police reports as the sole source of data from which mandated statistical reports are prepared..... property and evidence management. Police administrators use these same statistics to allocate existing resources and lobby for additional funding.. and statistical analysis .. Once completed..........00 Page 1 of 6 11 To insure that all employees understand the need for and the importance of complete and accurate police reports. Effective Date: Approved By: ^ > .. case management.. departments. and is used by a variety of individuals..58. advancing technology has made possible computerized crime analysis... and other law enforcement agencies use them when crimes and criminals cross jurisdictional boundaries....... the report serves many functions.... and factual data relating to crimes and incidents handled by the Police Department.... the report may be a means of generating follow-up investigation andlor prosecution.. DISCUSSION The purpose of a report is to document actions.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Forms Procedure #: 2. Some see police reports as raw materials from which they must build cases. .. To the Patrol Officer..... DEFINITION Reports... particularly when preparing annual evaluations. conditions. Courts and prosecuting agencies view a police report as the foundation for a complex and delicate l e d proceeding. Supervisors utilize reports as a means of monitoring the quality and quantity of their employees' work.The official public records of the Department..

4.58. most often the patrol officer. Furnish Information Furnish necessary information to other members of the Department. Effective Date: Approved By. PROCEDURE A. on the policies governing its use. 2. Other Agencies Furnish necessary information for the effective operation of other agencies. these various forces exert their individual (and often conflicting) influences on the physical design of the report form. Reporting which is expedient for officers is not always understood by juries. 3.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Forms Procedure #: 2. report forms can not accomplish all that is required of them and yet be enjoyably simple to complete. and ultimately. Unfortunately.00 Page 2 of 6 1 Needless to say. data which is purely statistical would not provide the investigator with the necessary information to work a case. Communication Give a method and means of controlled communication throughout the Department. PURPOSE OF REPORTS 1. . on the type and amount of work demanded of its original author. a format tailored for prosecutors would be impossible for Data Entry to use. Permanent Record Provide a permanent written record of official actions of the Department.

Assignment Of Personnel Provide data to enable efficient distribution and assignment of personnel. 9. Crime Analysis Provide the necessary data base for the analysis of crime and the evaluation of law enforcement effectiveness. Evaluate Work Enable supervisors to evaluate work performance and provide direction to subordinates. Effective Date: Approved By: - /- . adequate distribution. Required Reporting Provide statistical data which is required by Federal and State government. BACKGROUND 1. 7.00 1 Page 3 of 6 5. 6. and upon which policies and decisions are made. and accurate use of information developed through the actions of members of the Department. Police Reports Assist Efficient Operation Efficient operation of the Department depends on the proper acquisition. 8.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police Report Forms Procedure #: 2. Document Official Actions Protect the Department and the officer handling an incident from unwarranted accusations regarding the handling of the incident. Reports are the vehicle used to effect those needs.58. B .

58. and that all action taken and/or information developed is documented by report. nor will they permit the public to read reports. classified.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations ProceduresManual and Procedure Title: Police Report Forms Procedure #: 2. DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS 1. Public Not Entitled To Copies Of Reports As a general rule Officers will not provide the public with copies of reports. The proper additions to the original report shall completely document all actions. 4. and maintained in file at the Wasilla Police Department. 5. i Departmental personnel shall distribute reports or the information contained in them to sections of the Department and to other agencies which have need of. B.00 Page 4 of 6 11 2. such information. All Official Action To B Documented In Police Reports e It is the professional obligation of every member of the Department that their part in the handling of each incident is properly accomplished. b. and authority for. Origin Of Reports Any sworn officer may originate a report and dispatchers /office personnel may originate certain types of reports. Effective Date: Approved By: . follow-up action will be assigned to an appropriate officer. Case Report Management a . 3. Follow-up Investigation Will B Assigned e If the Department member originating a report cannot complete the action required by the incident being reported. Reports will be accounted for.

Copies of these types of reports are not given out. the person requesting the report will be referred to the Chief of Police. If there are criminal charges pending. a form letter outlining the details of the crime are given to the insurance company or victim. etc. This letter will be prepared by the Chiefs Secretary. 5.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s [~rocedure Title: Police Report Forms Procedure #: 2.00 Page 5 of 6 11 I 1 2. Instead. Accident Reports Insurance companies representing clients or drivers involved in the accident can obtain a copy of the accident report investigated by this Department (this would also include a driver's attorney). This is usually the "Report on T c Collision Form. The exception to this would be if an accident occurred inside the City but was not investigated by an officer because it occurred on private property. ETC.58. Vandalism's. Burglaries. Reports With Criminal Charges Pending Any request for a copy of a report by a defendant or defense attorney where a crime has been committed and/or charges are pending will be referred to the District Attorney. the damage was minimal and didn't require an investigation by an officer.Dispatch cards are still forwarded to other Fire Departments and Ambulance Services as they fall under the "other agencies'' category listed below." If the accident report involves more than the above mentioned form. 3. Dispatch Cards Dispatch cards are considered copies of a report and are not given to insurance companies or victims. 4. the additional pages of the report can be given out c t h e r e are no criminal charges pending. Effective Date: Approved By: .

other police agencies. welfare fraud. as indicated on the report or as requested by the other agencies. social services. e Note: B sure to document in the report file or on the dispatch card when a copy is given to another agency.00 Page 6 of 6 11 11 / 6.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ~ ns [procedure Title: Police Report Forms Procedure #: 2. juvenile intake./.e. The press has limited access to reports as authorized by the Chief of Police.. police report once all criminal court action has been completed with the approval of the Chief of Police. The Dispatch Supervisor/Chief s Secretary may release specific types of reports to specific individuals or agencies in accordance with changing Departmental and community needs (as defined by the Chief of Police). a . A person directly involved in a case may have a copy of the b. i.Effective Date: 6 .9.3 Approved By: ..58. c. Other Agencies Police reports are forwarded to other agencies. adult probation. . etc.

Continuations In many (or most) cases the investigating employee must provide more information than the face sheet records. 2. It is recognized that no two calls are exactly the same. Supplements Any form which functions as a "continuation" may also function as a "supplement. helshe should find that less time is spent on organization./ -9 3 Approved By. if the report taker uses this information as the framework for hislher narrative. The sample outline is based on hypothetical generalizations (generally upon the more complicated scenarios one might imagine for a specific report heading).59. Face Sheet A report always has a face sheet. fewer details inadvertently omitted. COMPONENTS OF A REPORT 1. EffectiveDate: 6. and the report taker will frequently find occasions to deviate from the suggested format. when added to a report by an assisting officer (or by the original author as a follow-up act at a later date) becomes a supplement to the original face sheet.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #: 2. DISCUSSION This procedure serves as a guide to assist in assembling a police report. PROCEDURE A. It is the beginning (or cover sheet) of the report and includes box entries to be filled in by the employee initially in charge of the investigation. and greater standardization with other reports achieved. ." Such a form.00 Page 1 of 12 1 I 1 PURPOSE To insure that all employees understand how to complete a report in a manner that insures standardization and completeness. 3. Still.

00 Page 2 of 12 11 These are many other pages which are attached to a report by an employee. as well as to read and interpret the narrative. photos Hospital. For example. Classifiers would be forced to "second guess" the officer. These headings are general in nature. and Tampering with Fire Alarms. Effective Date: Approved By: . A few examples are: a . and are NOT to be confused with the names of specific crimes. and through standardization. The complete list of acceptable headings is attached. f. Headings must be specific enough to identify the incident. B. Attachments Procedure #: 2. The headings are designed to eliminate guesswork in the titling of reports by the originating employee. Report Titles To Be Taken From Report Heading List a . Vandalism.69. a list of offense code report headings has been developed from which all report titles will be taken. THE REPORT HEADING As with any major document. a heading such as "Criminal Mischief tells the reader essentially nothing since it is the name of a law which includes Auto Theft. e. the report heading alerts the reader to what will be contained in the text of the report. Such confusion would lead to inconsistency and mistakes in filing and statistical reporting. Rights and Search Waivers Receipts Photocopies of documents. To prevent such inaccurate reporting.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Writing 4. 1. Attachments must have the appropriate case number written in the upper right comer. yet general enough to keep their numbers to a minimum. reduce the number and variety of titles seen on reports. DMV forms Sketches and diagrams Computer printouts c d. b. usually at a tremendous expense of manpower. provide more accurate and realistic statistics.

The car is gone (no report . instead of using a generic code for an assault. regardless of how a call was dispatched. For example.259. the Officer must identify the specific crime committed in order to conduct a thorough investigation and develop in the text all the required elements. Based on information available over the phone.) The driver is drunk (heading is D. A warrant arrest always requires a separate case number even if the arrest stems from a previous investigation. Offense Code 5404) The driver is asleep (heading is Public Assist. If the prosecutor later reduces the charge. W. a dispatcher may send an Officer to a "M.00 Page 3 of 12 1 I b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #. use the code for Assault/Non Farnily/Strong-arm.G. Warrant Arrest. 2) Whenever possible use the code number that best describes the case. W. S.W. b. " heading.O. the reporting Officer selects the heading (including a four-digit offense code number) which most closely describes the crime being investigated. There is no I'M." (Man-Slumped-Over-the-Wheel). The Officer will arrive and find that: a . The initial Officer must determine the proper heading." as a heading.O. Effective Date: Approved By: .1-Alcohol. The offense code for a warrant arrest must be entered separately into the computer and should never be placed on a report with another offense code.O. Offense Code 9561) c .A. 3) 2. always applies regardless of the degree initially charged or later amended. "Assault. however. Officer Must Identify Crime In practice. however. Offense Codes 1) In using the system.S. the heading is not rendered inconsistent.

(See attached for all report heading titles.S.W. b." to the appropriate approved heading by the responding Officer. 3. Face Sheet To List All Persons Every person mentioned in the text of a report must also be listed in the appropriate section of a face sheet or a heading in a supplemental report. that employee will change the person's role code by using the appropriate form. 2. The author of the report will enter the correct heading in the appropriate box on the form. offense code numbers. The driver had a heart attack (heading is Medical Assist. Role C o d e s a . Role codes identify the "part" the individual "plays" in the incident reported. Every person listed in a report will be assigned a role code. If the report heading has a corresponding UCR number this number should be included in the space provided on the face sheet. based on the outcome of the call. including the four digit offense code. This block needs to be filled in whenever a person is a suspect. ROLECODES 1. Effective Date: Approved By: . but ONLY when they are a suspect.) C. Offense Code 9565) The incident will be reclassified from "M.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #: 2. Suspect In Offense.59. 3 . c.O. Change In "Role" Status When an employee takes an action which changes the "role" of a given individual already reported. and UCR numbers. UCR Numbers When an officer identifies the proper report heading title helshe will usually find a Uniform Crime Report (UCR) Number next to the heading.00 Page 4 of 12 1 I d.

Needs to be listed whenever there has been a loss. Some type of identification number is needed on every subject. f. DL number.00 Page 5 of 12 11 Nothing in the above rule relieves the employee of the responsibility of properly preparing a narrative explanation. Code Problems On Report Headings a . This block needs to be filled in on all reports. The code for Alaska Native is I. (As a reminder NA should not be entered as this stands for narcotics. Effective Date: Approved By: r - . If not applicable. Alcohol/Drug Involved. ID Number. U should be entered. c. Value. A loss amount needs to be listed as the 3) complainant has experienced a loss. If the exact amount is unknown. put an approximate value. NO should be entered. Loss Value 1) 2) Type Codes.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #: 2. etc. N for no should be entered. This will allow dispatch to locate the subject in the computer or create a new ID number for the subject if one is not already entered for that person. If none fit or are appropriate use K for miscellaneous. NSF Checks. This block needs to be filled in whenever a juvenile is a suspect or a defendant.) If unknown OT should be entered. Race Codes. This block needs to be filled in on all reports. b. If unknown. If not applicable. (Social security number. Weapons/Cause. d e. 4. Juvenile Disposition.) If the subject is unable to produce any identification obtain the date of birth and as many other descriptors as possible.59. Use the code that best fits the article.

5 Case Closure. An employee completing a report may find it necessary to use some. Synopsis of Elements 1) The elements of the crime should be described in enough detail to show that the crime has been committed. An example of a good synopsis of elements may read -. i. the suspect has a lisp. kicked him numerous times in the stomach and head. the closure boxes need to be marked indicating how it was closed.e. left in a green older model Dodge P/U. REPORT CONSTRUCTION 1. etc.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~e~ulations Procedures Manual and (procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #: 2. Additional Suspect Information Include information that does not fit into any of the categories on the face sheet. haircut or hair color out of the ordinary. If the case status is closed.'' i 2) t b. . was stopped and arrested 3 blocks away.59. D. threw Andrews to the floor. Brown jumped up.'Brown and Andrews were drinking together in the Red Dog Saloon.00 Page 6 of 12 1 11 ? g. a . or additional headings from the following list. See attached for a listing of all Role Codes and all other Report Codes. all. Report Headings The following narrative Reporting Headings are intended only as a guide. southern drawl. 1) 2) Scene Location of body Effective D t : ae Approved By: - ..

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I~ e ~ations and Procedures Manual u l
Procedure Title: Police Report Writing

Procedure #: 2.59.00 Page 7 of 12

11
-

3)
4)

Condition of body Condition of victim Location of victim and witnesses at time of offense Where property was stolen from

5)

6)

e.
f.

Interview with Complainant Interview with Victim Interview with Witness Interview with Suspect/Defendant
1)

g.

h .

Cover Miranda advisement's Include any statements establishing intent include any statements the suspect makes prior to taking a taped statement

2)
3)

i.

Observations of Suspect/Defendant
1)

Include observations of suspect's demeanor and ability to understand and respond to questions (i.e., sobriety and intellectual capability). Include interviews with all people at the scene.

2)

Effective Date:

Approved By:

-

^

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #: 2.59.00 Page 8 of 12

1

3)

When a taped statement is taken from any interview, include a synopsis of the content of the statement under the above headings. It is not acceptable to write only "See Taped Statement".

j-

Action Taken/Investi~ation
1
2)

The time death was determined and the person making the determination. The time the Pathologist was notified. Victim rape examination.

3)

k.

Crime Scene Processing to include the following:
1)

Photographs a) b) Write in sequence what photos were taken from first to last. Include photos of defendant, overall photos of locale, detailed crime scene photos, defendant photos at time of arrest, photos or evidence seized, clothing, shoe tread, etc.

2)

Fingerprints a)
b)

Location from which prints obtained. Enter what items were dusted for fingerprints and what items prints were lifted from.
If dusting for prints was NOT done, enter reason.

c)

Effective Date:

ApprovedBy
P

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police Report Writing Procedure #: 2.59.00 Page 9 of 12

-11

3)

Physical Evidence Seized. a) b) c)

-

Include chain of custody. Record location of evidence when seized and disposition. Take a complete set of fingerprints and palm prints.

1 .

Victims Injuries. Describe how the victim died. Property Stolen (general) Property Recovered (general) Property Damaged Notifications Contact with Prosecutor Searches and Seizures Neighborhood Canvass
1)

r n
n
o.
p.
q.

r. s.

This may include area search. Include what addresses were checked where no one was home.

2)

t.
u.

Officers Involved (Role) Other Cross References of Cases

Effective Date:

Approved By:

-

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I~e~ulations ProceduresManual and
I~rocedure Title: Police Report Writing

Procedure #: 2.59.00 Page 10 of 12

11
11
I

v.

Information
1) 2)
3)

Independent appraisal of property stolen/recovered Mental, person's background Name of Counselor or Probation Officer

w.

Suggested Follow-up Case Referral On some occasions an officer may want the information contained in a report to be referred to another agency; i.e., Alaska State Troopers, Division of Probation and Parole, etc. In these incidents, the referral notation will be made at the conclusion of the report under a separate heading; Case Referral; and indicate the agency by name and address, if known.

x.

y.

Case Status
1)

All original reports will be assigned a case status by the reporting employee. The heading "Case Status" will be used at the end of all original Narrative Reports, and the appropriate status assigned. a) Pending: A case will be marked pending when there is additional investigation or other action to be accomplished by the Wasilla Police Department Personnel. Suspended: A case will be marked suspended when all investigative leads have been exhausted. The case may be reopened if additional leads or information is developed at a later date.

b)

Effective Date:

ApprovedBy:
F

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
( ( ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure Title:Police Report Writing
Procedure #: 2.59.00

11

Page 11 of 12

c)

Closed: c1) Criminal Cases: N more follow up or investigation i s . o indicated or contemplated and the arrest(s) have been made. There is no need to wait for the court disposition, before closing our case. N more follow-up or investigation is o indicated or contemplated and the suspect(s) have been established with sufficient probable cause but arrest is impossible because of death, District Attorney decision, etc. c2) Non-Criminal Cases: N further action by the Wasilla Police o Department Personnel is indicated or contemplated.

2)

Any employee altering the status of an existing case will prepare a Narrative Report documenting that change (as described in "a" above). Supplements and Continuations which do not affect case status need not have such a heading.

3)
2.

Special Instructions

a .

The elements of the crime should be kept in mind during the investigation to ensure a thorough investigation. Where intent is an element, the most important question to ask is WHY? Intent must be established by either the suspect's words or actions.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

-

/

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1Regulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure T t e Police Report Writing il:

Procedure #: 2.59.00 Page 12 of 12

1

1

b.

Sexual Assaults: It is critical to include in the report how the penetration occurred and with what instrument, i.e., penetration of vagina with penis; penetration of vagina with finger, or other object, etc. Assault: Remember that in cases involving domestic violence, children are often present and are often the only witnesses. Special attention should be applied in reporting any information that can be obtained from them. Any actions the officer may take in fulfilling requirements of Department policy and State law dealing with domestic violence (such as providing victim with D.V. information, emergency shelter, etc.) should be carefully covered in the report. Also, if you do not make an arrest, be sure to articulate the reasons why that was not possible or appropriate.
t

c

d.

Sexual Exploitation of Children.
1)

Officers are not expected to do an in-depth interview with young children or emotional older children who do not want to talk, i.e., the child may state they were sexually abused by their father, but are too emotional to give an interview. Interview the suspect/defendant only if enough information was obtained from the victim to do an intelligent interview. The ages of the suspect and victim, their relationship, and the dates of occurrence are critical details to obtain in these cases.

2)

3)

Effective Date:

6 -1-93
-

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
[~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Police Report WritingIReview Procedure #: 2.60.00 Page 1 of 9

1

PURPOSE
To advise all members of the Department when to write a report and how to write and submit the report for review.

POLICY
A written report will be submitted for every call to which an officer is assigned, with the exception. of certain calls that may be "Logged Only."

PROCEDURE
A.

THE ORIGIN OF THE REPORT
Almost all police reports originate through a radio or telephone dispatch, personal observation, personal contact with the complainant, and occasionally by mail.
1.

Radio Dispatch

After receiving a con~plaint call, the Dispatcher will assign a case number and or dispatch a car to the location. The responding officer will initiate a report or request a "Log Entry," depending on the circumstances. Reports will be handwritten legibly or dictated, as procedure directs.
2.

Personal Observation, Personal Contact, Telephone And Mail

a.

Officers who observe or whose attention is called to a n incident requiring police action, will take such action. If the officer is off-duty, or assigned in a capacity t h a t restricts his/her ability to handle the incident, he/she may call for an "on-duty" uniformed officer to handle the incident. In all cases, the observing Officer must insure t h a t the on-duty officer has enough information to handle the incident, or that the incident is properly documented. Officers will advise Dispatch of the incident, and request a case number.

b.

,Effective Date:

7

/ -/-9-3

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and
Procedure Title: Police Report Writing/Review

Procedure #: 2.60.00 Page 2 of 9

1
, /

c
B.

Actions regarding the incident will be documented on the appropriate form(s) .

LOG ENTRIES
A Written Report Must Be Made When:

a. b.

Anarrestismade. There is a need for follow-up.
A crime has been committed.
.

c
d

There is physical injury to a person.

Applying The Above Four Rules, the following type calls may be "logged only:"

G.0.A.

Fire Calls - Except known or suspected arson Rescue Assist - Except when Rescue is from a crime scene False Alarms Animal Calls - Except dog calls where the animal is suspected of being dangerous or vicious. Abandoned Vehicle Civil Standby Warrant Service (except that a report will be required any time a warrant is for a criminal offense). Impounds

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1 Regulations and Procedures Manual
procedure Tide: Police Report WritingIReview

Procedure #: 2.60.00 Page 3 of 9

11

Outside Assist - When officer does not take direct action. General Disturbance - Where no police action has to be taken. Prowler Calls - Except where there is physical or eye witness evidence that prowler was present. Traffic Incident Certain Accidents
When "Log Only" Entries Are Permitted

In reference to the rules above, it is understood that in most police responses there is ground for some petty crime; however, when you are able to handle the incident without taking arrest action in petty cases and the incident is thereby concluded, it would be "logged only." An example is as follows: An officer respond to a disturbance on the street where two drunks are fighting. Obviously there are crimes committed. This case would involve two cases of breach of peace and possibly two cases of assault, but the officer is able to quiet the subjects and decides that it should be corrected by allowing both to go home. This could be a "logged only" case.
Dispatch Cards

a .
b.

A dispatch card will be made by the dispatcher on all

responses and requests for police assistance.
If the call meets one of the criteria established in 2 above, and does not fit any of the criteria in 1 the officer will advise the dispatcher that the call is "logged only."

c.

The responding officer should make an effort to obtain one full name from someone so that dispatch card can be located at a later time by name search. The dispatch cards will be checked "Logged Only" and filed in lieu of a police report.

d

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns
[procedure Title: Police Report Writing/Review

Procedure #: 2.60.00 Page 4 of 9

11

C .

REPORT WRITING
1.

Reports Will Be Written In The Field When This Is Possible. Reports Will Be Written Immediately following completion of an investigation if time and workload permits. Patrol Officers May Write Reports In The Police Station during their tour of duty. Court Complaints Court complaints will be typed as soon as practicable during the tour of duty unless it will be needed by the court for arraignment.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Hand Written Reports Reports may be written in longhand if they are legible, otherwise they will be printed. All names will be printed in block letters. -

6.

Dictated Reports Continuations to longer reports may be dictated on one of the Department authorized recorders.

7 .
8.

All blocks On Any Report Form Will Be COMPLETED. Delayed Writing Of A Report Only under approved circumstances will the writing of a report be delayed beyond the day on which it was investigated. (See Late Reports).

9.

No Reports Will Be Written And/or Taken To An Officer's Home.

Note: Officers will review the completed report for accuracy and completeness before
turning in to be processed.

- -

-

-

-

Effective Date:

Approved By:
r

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns
~ r o c e d u rTide: Police Report WritingIReview e
D.
REPORT TAKING
1.

Procedure #: 2.60.00 Page 5 of 9

1
I]

Report Forms The following report forms will be used to record specific incidents.

Accident Report (12-208) Investigative Report (12-201, 12-201A, 12-201B, 12-201 Short form) Supplementary Report ( 12-210) Statement Forms ( 12-211) Property Report (12-210) Certificate and Declaration of Arrest by a private person
(WPD)

Missing Persons Report (12-203C) Impound Report ( 12-218)
2.

Non-sworn responsibilities:

a .

Original Reports
1

Dispatchers are, if time permits, responsible for completing missing person and runaway reports reported by phone. Dispatchers may take reports for stolen vehicles which otherwise meet the same criteria as in (1)above.

2)

b.

Follow-up Reports - Dispatchers may accept additional information in reference to an existing report that is reported by phone or in person at the office. A supplementary report should be completed and a copy forwarded to the original investigating officer.

Effective Date:

Approved By:
/

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual

Procedure #: 2.60.00 Page 6 of 9

1

Procedure Title: Police Report Writingfiview
E. REPORT COMPLETION
1

.

Legibility

a .

All reports will be prepared with a black ink pen, black ribbon typewriter, or computer generated and, without exception, are to be completely legible. Reports will be handwritten or hand printed (whichever is most legible), or typed. Check to make certain that any duplicate copies are readable. Any unreadable report will be returned for correction. Illegible reports shall be corrected before the reporting officer ceases duty for the shift in which the report has been returned. All proper names will be printed in capitals on all handwritten or hand printed block-style forms. All proper names on typed block-style forms will have capitals for each letter of the last name; first and middle names will have the first letter only capitalized (for example: SMITH, John Jay). In narratives, last name only is used (unless more than one participant share the same last name. In this case, incorporate first names or initials as appropriate to ensure clarity .)
1)
2)

b.
Q

d .

e.
f.

g.

Handwritten or hand printed narratives - underline all proper names. Typed narratives - capitalize all letters in last name.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

3) 4) b. accurate. clear and concise. b. Language a . 4. Record all names accurately and whenever possible. If any box provides inadequate space. Identification a . enter the words "See Narrative." and record the data under a heading titled the same as that particular box. they will be completed with one of the following terms: 1) 2) None N/A or an elongated dash through the box for Not Applicable. Report the foul language of the offender only when it establishes a modus operand! or will lead to the successfully conclusion of the investigation. 3. Under such circumstances. verify with printed identification.60. a . Effective Date: Approved By: / - . Rf for Refused Unk for Unknown. Use language which is simple. Record exact notes when taking direct statements.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report WritingIReview 2.00 Page 7 of 9 -111 The basic rule in reporting is that all boxes be completed. Boxes Procedure #: 2. c. There are instances where boxes do not apply to the particular investigation being reported or data cannot be obtained.

B sure to include a mailing e address if different from residence. Identify military personnel by rank and social security number. Attempt to secure social security number.) Date of Birth 1) 2) Record the date of birth IN FULL. 12-01-32.. . J-Juvenile. Sex.e. using the house or building number and the name or number of the street. - Effective Date: Approved By: .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ~ r o c e d u rTitle: Police Report WritingIReview e Procedure #: 2. 3) When possible. If the date of birth is unobtainable.60. Use the following abbreviations: M-Male. Race (Refer to appendix B . i. F-Female. Age Range.00 11 Page 8 of 9 11 1) 2) Use the symbol (NMI) to indicate no middle name or initial. 3) 4) When reporting the names of companies and corporations. Use the word (refused) following an initial to indicate initials only if it is impossible to obtain full name. verify the year of birth with some printed identification. Addresses 1) Record the permanent residence of the subject.Report Codes. give an estimate stating approximate age. in this sequence unless otherwise stated on the report form. Use the following abbreviations: A-Adult. report them as commonly known.

Parkway. or room number. enter an approximate street number. apartment. may be abbreviated. b. State time in 24-hour manner. station or military installation. Dates Indicate a span of dates by placing a hyphen between the first and last dates. record it in the narrative.0700.93 Approved By: r . Include the floor. Avenue. 2140 . Numbers When possible. Time a . Boulevard. including vehicle license. and other serial numbers. 6) h. i. Effective Date: /^ . etc.e. 12114-16/69. verify from documents all numbers.00 Page 9 of 9 11 2) Words such as Street.. 2 145. When applicable record in the narrative the local address where they can be reached. 3) 4) 5) 7) When no exact street number is available. i.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Report Writing/Review Procedure #: 2.e. Include the extension number when available. 2000 . enter it immediately below the applicable date. Indicate a time span by placing a hyphen between the first and last known times when the exact time of occurrence is unknown. vehicle identification.60. Enter the city and state. Telephone numbers Record the number in the conventional manner. suite../ .e.. If the subject has a temporary residence. Identify military personnel by their unit designation and the ship.0900. i. When the time is also known.

.

PROCEDURE A. Control of the flow of the documents.(3 3 Approved By: . a case number will be assigned. Retrieval of information specific to that incident. As reports are taken.00 Page 1 of 10 PURPOSE To inform all employees of the procedures designed to control and track the flow of dispatch cards and police reports to the point of filing. Control T o ensure control of assigned case numbers ALL case numbers will be generated and assigned by the Communications Center or Wasilla Police Department. Dispatch May Take Some Reports Incoming phone requests for service that qualify are to be taken by Dispatch over the phone.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police ReportsICase Numbers - Procedure #: 2. b. Effective Date: 4 ." 2. Compiling of statistical data. Reports will be handled through normal filing procedures. Monitoring the status of the events regarding that incident. a. 4. d 3.61. ASSIGNMENT OF CASE NUMBERS 1. c. b. All Calls Require Case Numbers Every incident brought to the attention of the Department that requires written documentation shall be assigned a "case number. Case numbers Allow For: a .

"occurrence" is a criminal act. but only one occurrence (a burglary) which occurred at a given place. Although there are 3 victims. and from a customer. as well as to several individual employees.00 Page 2 of 10 1 + Only One Set Of "Numbers" Required Generally only one set of case numbers is required for each "occurrence. although over a span of time. or in a restaurant parking lot. a series of tire slashings on the street. Property is stolen belonging to various departments. Therefore. they are viewed as separate places and were victimized over a span of time. from the clerk. A burglar breaks into a State office building. or a series of criminal acts which cannot be separated in terms of "time" and "space. I c If the same burglar had broken into a shopping mall. Likewise. then into several State agency inner-offices. are separate vandalism's and need separate numbers. There are multiple victims. d . and then into various businesses. b.61.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Reports/Case Numbers 5. multiple case numbers must be drawn. One set of numbers is required." For reporting purposes. they were all held up in the same place at the same time. thus existing on (and under control of) a single place. there was only one occurrence and one set of numbers is drawn. Procedure #: 2." Examples: a . Effective Date: Approved By: / . A suspect robs a store and takes money from the till. The businesses aren't related to one another as are the State agencies. only one set of numbers would be required. If these vehicles had all been stored in a single wrecking yard or displayed on a single car lot.

7. g. f. Several vacant rooms vandalized or burglarized require only one case number. All the facts may be reported under the master numbers. will now be treated as separate places and will require separate numbers. The same master case number is entered in a "Cross-Ref Case #" block of each dependent case. Exception To The "One Occurrence . a "master case" may be assigned. the following rules apply: a. Sibling runaways from the same residence only require one set of case numbers. 6. two sets of numbers are required.fr WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. Stolen vehicles always get their own case numbers. The officer investigating an automobile accident arrests a driver for DWI and puts him in the patrol car. When a master case is used. While the officer is talking to a witness.61. the prisoner opens the door and escapes on foot. Occupied rooms. the additional numbers require face sheets only and are cross-referenced to the master case.00 Page 3 of 10 \ \ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns '1 11 1 procedure Title: Police Reports/Case Numbers e. If the siblings are from different homes (separated or divorced parents) two sets of case numbers would be required. These are two unrelated occurrences. Two case numbers are required (same place.One Case Number" Rule Is: Vehicle Thefts: A separate case number for each stolen vehicle is required even if more than one is stolen from the same victim Example: If a burglar steals goods from a warehouse and also steals a truck parked inside. however. separation in time). Effective Date: Approved By: . Multiple Case Numbers When multiple case numbers must be drawn. just above the original case # block. Crimes occurring in hotel/motel rooms are handled in a different manner. in other words there is only one occurrence at the hotel/motel.

Dispatch Will Be Responsible. If an arrest is made under the master case which also closes out the cross-referenced cases. Common information (possibly suspect. tool used. etc.) may be reported only on the master face sheet. The individual victims will not be duplicated on the master face sheet (although they may be discussed in the narrative).00 Page 4 of 10 1 b. For instance.) must be completed so as to apply to that specific victim. witness. DISPATCH CARDS 1. and attached to the master case. value damage. complainant. the Report may indicate 5 counts of Malicious Destruction. Blocks concerning the incident (address. one supplemental report may be used. and the assignment of case numbers. Each dependent face sheet must reflect its own particular victim. It will be written under and attached to the master case. Dispatch Cards. Dispatch will be responsible for generation of an 8-Hour shift Log (24 hour log).WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT l l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Reports/Case Numbers Procedure #: 2. but: 1) Any item of property listed on a master case Property report must include the appropriate identifying crossreference case number. This number will be entered in the "Other Descriptive Data" block for each item of property so listed. however. All supplements and continuations may be written under c d .61. it must also clearly identify the appropriate dependent cases being closed. dates. etc. The synopsis of the Report shall read "Also closed by arrest are cross-referencedcases -? 7 B. Effective Date: Approved By: .

the Sergeant will immediately contact the officer responsible for the report and request to have it completed. c. a . N follow-up is necessary. Date. b. b. At The Close Of Each Patrol Shift: Dispatch personnel will check Dispatch Cards against the 24 Hour Log and account for any missing or skipped case numbers at the close of each Patrol Shift. No arrest has been made. Late Report Criteria Only under the following conditions will the writing of a report be delayed beyond the day on which it was investigated.00 Page 5 of 10 11 2. c. Each morning a copy of the 24 hour log for the previous 24 hours will be forwarded to the Palmer Sergeant and Wasilla Police Department. If any report is missing. The Sergeant will furnish the Chief of Police with a list of missing reports on a weekly basis. This list will contain only those cases that have not been received after notifying the officer. o Effective Date: Approved By: / - .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns procedure Title: Police ReportsICase Numbers Procedure #: 2. The case is a misdemeanor.61. The Sergeant will be responsible for comparing completed incoming reports with the 24 hour log to determine and insure that all reports are accounted for. This list will contain the Case Number. d . and Officer's Name. LATE REPORTS 1. 24 HOUR LOG 24 Hour Log To Be Forwarded To The Wasilla Police Department a .

A report will be completed no later than the day after the initial investigation. 3. It serves both as a record of the case and a valuable tool for purposes of administrative control and review. Date of Incident. If the report is to be held over. Late Report forms contents will contain the Case Number. All Late Report forms. systematically dealt with. Late Report Forms Contents. The Officer will keep a copy of the Late Report form. . Effective Date: Approved By: . o The Department will have no need for the information before the eventual submission of the report. b. Late Report Form a . and attach it to the report when completed. and Officer's Name. N property or evidence was seized. 2. 2.61. REVIEW BY SUPERVISOR 1. Incident Location. Date Report will be completed. f. 4. e.00 Page 6 of 10 11 . E. Permanent Record A report is a permanent record of a crime or incident reported to the Police Department upon which subsequent action may be taken.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Reports/Case Numbers Procedure #-. The employee will return to work the next day. d . inspected and followed up. Type of Crime. Report Due Time. All Late Report forms will be held until the report is completed. Its use gives assurance that complaints will be properly recorded. 5. assigned. the officer will turn in a Late Report form.

All original reports will be filed as the permanent record. completeness and uniformity of reports with a minimum of confusion and delay. After being typed (or in some cases handwritten only) all reports will be forwarded to records. 2) Effective Date: Approved By: . a . including copies.61. It will be the duty of the Chief of Police or his designee to review and arrange for any corrections deemed necessary to all reports made by personnel under his supervision. Completeness And Uniformity Procedure.00 Page 7 of 10 1 2. The Chief of Police or his designee will be accountable for accuracy and completeness of reports submitted by his subordinates. 1) b. The following procedure will serve to increase accuracy. Clear and concise description of events in the Narrative Report. The review of completed reports from Officers will include the following: a) b) c) d) e) Legibility. Complete and detailed information. Records will immediately process the report and disburse the copies as needed. Complete investigation and arrest information. Correct referral of victim to assistance agencies has been completed and documented (primarily on misdemeanors).WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Reports/Case Numbers Procedure #: 2. Accuracy.

and identifying information of all persons involved in the reported incident. All reports that are to be corrected will be returned to the officer with a kickback slip attached. Original report with kickback slip attached will be returned along with the corrected report. grammar. verbiage. roles. After receiving final typed o r handwritten reports Records will accomplish the following: a . The slip will indicate what corrections or additions are to be made to the Report. F. - Effective Date: . it will be returned to the original officer. All reports will be returned to the Chief of Police. If the report needs any revision or correction.61. h) i) a. PROCESSING OF COMPLETED REPORTS 1. including reasonable value. lost/found. Records Duties. - Reports will be broken down and disbursed as discussed above.00 Page 8 of 10 11 11 Complete names. seized.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ~ r o c e d u r Title: Police ReportdCase Numbers e Procedure #: 2. or recovered property is fully described. and logical thought. All returned reports shall be corrected and re-submitted on the same day they are received by the officer. sentence structure. Approved By: . g) Stolen. . b. Criminal charge is consistent with supporting facts. c. Correct spelling.

Felony cases may be tape recorded. c. d The taping Officer is responsible for clarity of recording accuracy of punctuation. b. etc. and headings. Reporting Media Standards a .00 Page 9 of 10 I1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police ReportdCase Numbers b. 1) A face sheet appropriate to the incident will be prepared and submitted through normal routing. Appropriate copies will be made for Court. e. the tape with the completed information sheet will be turned in to the Chiefs secretary. paragraphs. using the same handling procedures as in number 2. except that taped statements will only be typed when so requested by the officer. All taped reports will be typed. grammar. 2) A "tape information sheet" and the tape will be turned in to the 3) If the report is a supplement to a previous case. c All reports will be entered into APSIN prior to filing.61. Effective Date: Approved By: fi - . 2. All in-custody felony cases and cases being brought to the District Attorney's Office for charges will be typed.1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. DWI cases may be taped.

Unless closed or suspended. (The review and assignment of follow-up investigations will be the responsibility of the patrol sergeant). Timeliness a .61. b . Effective Date: 4 -1-93 - Approved By: . Felony Any follow-up investigation will normally be the responsibility of the original investigating officer unless the case is re-assigned by the Chief of Police or his designee.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Reports/Case Numbers Procedure #: 2. all follow-up investigations will require a supplemental report at least every ten ( 10) days documenting all actions taken.00 Page 10 of 10 1 G. All cases requiring follow-up investigation will be handled and completed in a timely manner. FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS Misdemeanor Any misdemeanor crime requiring follow-up investigation will be the responsibility of the officer assigned to complete the investigation.

File any other reports as requested by the Chief of Police. dispatch that unit to the scene to investigate the accident. may direct dispatch to call in an off duty supervisor to act as the investigating officer.00 Page 1 of 3 1 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of their duties when a police vehicle is involved in a n accident. b. 3. c 2. when notified./-93 Approved By: . -- Effective Date: . b.62. 1. conduct an independent investigation of the accident. the following procedures shall be observed.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ~ r o c e d u r Title: Police Vehicle Accidents e Procedure #: 2. The Dispatcher Shall: a . POEUE R CD R A. If another unit is on duty. If it is not possible to contact the Chief an off duty supervisor should be contacted starting with the Sergeant. WHEN INVOLVED IN A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT IN A DEPARTMENT VEHICLE When any Department vehicle is involved in a n accident resulting i n property damage or injury to any person. Upon arrival at the scene. The Driver Shall: a . Complete the individual accident report. If there is not a second on-duty unit available to investigate the accident. the Chief. Notify the Chief of Police. Immediately report such fact to the Dispatch Center. if not acting as the investigating officer. The Chief Of Police shall: a .

The Investigating Officer \Shall: a.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~esrulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Police Vehicle Accidents + Procedure #: 2. 5) Insurance company of the other vehicle or property involved. If an arrest is made or a citation issued. based upon his investigation. c. 4. Prepare a written unnumbered report of the incident. this shall be included in the report and justified by the facts presented. Investigate the accident and complete all forms and reports in the manner outlined in traffic investigation procedures. of the employee involved. c. b. Effective Date: . time and location of the incident.00 Page 2 of 3 11 ? J b. In all instances. The report shall include: 1) 2) Date. Forward copies of the accident report form and his independent report to the Mayor. Take photographs whenever practical.. Arrange for immediate repairs to the damaged vehicle. He 3) 4) shall include his opinion as to the cause of the accident and whether the employee was negligent. Name. d . A narrative of what happened in his own words. opinions shall be omitted. Vehicles involved and damage incurred.62. etc.

diagrams. statements. remedial training. the Chief of Police will review all reports and information available concerning any accident involving a Department vehicle. or other appropriate progressive disciplinary action. NON-TRAFFIC DAMAGE Where damage is incurred other than in a traffic accident.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and 11 ~ r o c e d u r Title: Police Vehicle Accidents e Procedure #: 2. Investigate non-injury accidents in the same manner as if an injury had occurred.e. Citations Not To Be Issued As a matter of procedure at accident scenes under this procedure. photographs. no citations are to be issued to Department personnel. etc. the investigation shall be supported by a narrative report. NOTE: An officer involved in an accident shall not act as investigatingofficer. Procedures set forth in Section A above shall be followed. the action taken by the Chief may include attendance a t training schools.. i. Driver Subject To Disciplinary Action If the driver of a Departmental vehicle is found to have had an avoidable accident. the incident shall be reported on a Complaint report.00 Page 3 of 3 1 1 I 11 d.62. Effective Date: Approved By: . Employees involved in a motor vehicle accident while operating a Department vehicle are subject to disciplinary action if the Chiefs review indicates the employee was a t fault or contributed to the accident. DETERMINING RESPONSIBILITY Chief To Review In an effort to insure uniformity and to eliminate inequity insofar as possible in the handling of accidents involving Police Department personnel.

.

. Effective Date: /^> .... Emergency Warning.. Unmarked Police Vehicle...... leased vehicles. and specialty vehicles. any passenger vehicle legally applied to police services by a n employee of the police department....00 Page 1 of 13 11 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the proper methods of operating police vehicles......... POLICY That members of the Department use any police vehicle in the safest and most effective fashion for delivery of police services.....For purposes of this procedure.. any remaining unit operated under the control and responsibility of the police department.. Miscellaneous Police Vehicles........./-^^ Approved By: ..63.. but is not limited to. This includes..... and equipped with approved emergency warning equipment. busses....... For purposes of this procedure. emergency warning equipment includes a t least a flashing red light visible to the front of the police vehicle and an audible siren......... a "marked unit" or "marked police vehicle" refers to any passenger vehicle displaying regulation police department colors and insignia...For purposes of this procedure.. light and heavy trucks...... both meeting State of Alaska requirements......WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #: 2. vans.............For purposes of this procedure.... DEFINITIONS Marked Police Vehicle.

/' . In all other circumstances. The type and manner of response is coded as follows: Effective Date: Approved By - 6 . 0 . This exemption does not relieve the operator from parking safely. any vehicle can become one of the most dangerous instruments under an officer's direct control. employees shall abide by all parking ordinances. Compliance With Traffic Laws Vehicles shall be operated in compliance with existing traffic laws when in routine operation (non-code use). Conversely. B. Parking Compliance Vehicles shall be operated in compliance with existing parking regulations. PROCEDURE A. 2. RESPONSE CODES 1. b. State law allows authorized emergency vehicles responding to an emergency to be exempt from the parking ordinances.30 Page 2 of 13 + 1 11 1 procedure Title: Police Vehicles DISCUSSION A police vehicle has many applications in the delivery of police services. the risk of accident or injury is minimized. except when specifically exempted by ordinance. ROUTINE PATROL 1.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2 6 . while police effectiveness is greatly enhanced. Deployed and operated properly. when improperly used. Note the following: a. Types Police vehicles respond to both emergency and non-emergency calls for service.

Unless otherwise notified. Note that the previous section of this procedure (A. but in doing so.63. I Procedure Title: Police Vehicles a . The driver may reasonably suspend any traffic law. Emergency assignments where the use of the emergency warning equipment (especially the siren) may interfere with the effective performance of the police task. Full stops at controlled intersections are required. Response shall be with both emergency lights and siren in operation to allow all practical haste. Effective Date: ^ . all responses are presumed to be code two.00 Page 3 of 13 1 . Code Three.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I~egulations Procedures Manual and I Procedure #: 2. 1. b. with less than full use of the emergency warning equipment. such as visibility for traffic. but shall always abide by State Law. but to abide by all moving traffic laws. with cause. nor shall such provisions protect the driver from the consequences of his reckless disregard for the safety of others. State Law still applies . is met. 2) describes occasions where parking regulations can be suspended on non-emergency calls. A non-emergency response code that instructs the operator to proceed directly to the location in question. Emergency assignments where there is actual or threat of serious injury or death of a person.that is. As with code three. nor shall such provision(s) protect the driver from the consequences of his reckless disregard of the safety of others. which states that no provision shall relieve the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle from tfee duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons. Code Two. Use of any emergency warning equipment enroute is inappropriate. traffic laws may be suspended. Code Four. Code four allows emergency operation of police vehicles. and the next section (C. d) allows use of the emergency gear at a non-emergency scene if some authorized requirement. no provision shall relieve the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle form the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons.

Initiation Code three and code four operation can be initiated by the Dispatch Center.63.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #: 2. 3. he shall reduce code as soon as practical. or canceling the other unit(s). "T^T" / . a supervisor. USE OF EMERGENCY WARNING EQUIPMENT 1. Whenever an employee receives information concluding that fewer units are needed. C. that employee shall communicate that information to allow reducing the code. as follows: 2) CodeFour Effective Date: ApprovedBy. Use Emergency equipment shall be used in the following instances. or that the emergency has stabilized. When a unit responding code three or four receives this information. Dispatched Emergencies. A such. Termination And Reduction 'Running code" is one of the most hazardous operations in police work. or the operator of the vehicle. Non-Sworn Member Codes Non-sworn Department Employees may operate Department vehicles only in the code two mode and in a non-patrol status. 4.00 Page 4 of 13 1 2. both to the number of s vehicles and the timeddistances involved. exposure must be limited. and in the following fashion: a .

In lieu of escorting a non-emergency vehicle under emergency conditions. c Traffic stops.00 Page 5 of 13 11 1 1) Types of Escorts. and/or Making the stopped vehicles more visible. namely: a) Emergency escorts. Escorts may be provided only with units having all emergency warning devices functional. reducing the likelihood of an accident. and/or Making the scene of the stop more easily found by other units. funeral escorts. Non-emergency escorts. These include house moves and other oversized loads. For purposes of this procedure. When police escort is provided for traffic control. tradition. Emergency equipment serves the purposes of: 1) 2) 3) Alerting the operator to stop the vehicle. etc. 3) b) 4) Limitations to Emergency Escorts. Method.63. The following methods shall be used: a) Emergency escorts shall be conducted under the same provisions as discussed in "Code Three" operations. or will arrange for transport in an appropriate emergency vehicle whenever practical. should assistance be desired. diplomatic escorts. Approved By: Effective Date: < / . events. the officer will transport in his vehicle. b) 2) Equipment. Non-emergency escorts are to be conducted as instructed by a supervisor or the Chief of Police. or other non-urgent reasons. When serious injury or death might result in delaying the movement of an escorted vehicle.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns ~rocedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #-. 2. two types of escorts are recognized.

In General All operations of any specialty vehicle shall be in a manner not creating undue hazard to the public.63.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #: 2. to property. 2. 3. and/or Enhanced visibility. Exceptions Nothing in this procedure precludes the officer from exceeding the speed limit a reasonable amount without activating the emergency to "clock a speeding vehicle. 3) 2. SPECIALTY VEHICLES 1. any special equipment shall be at the authority of the Chief of Police or his designee. Motorcycle Snow machine c. b. a. and/or Alerting other(s) to stop or yield. . Application Of Special Equipment The actual use of. D. or to the operator. and not creating unwarranted disturbance to the public or environment.00 Page 6 of 13 11 - d. Types Of Specialty Vehicles. / . Effective Date: Approved By. and specified mission for. d Bicycles Light. Any other event that may require: 1) 2) The legitimate suspension of compliance with traffic laws. and heavy-duty trucks Busses e. medium.

monitoring usage. Experience has shown that fleet vehicles get less attention than assigned ones. b. promulgating regulations. 3. compiling statistics. give potentially shorter response times to emergency situations again.63. c . an off-duty officer can more quickly assess the services sought and link that person with the appropriate facilities. Better police access. randomly located. Purpose The fundamental purpose of the "home car" program is to provide the community with a substantially expanded police availability at little additional expense by: a . More efficient use of equipment. Furnishing gasoline. so the cost of operation per unit decreases. maintenance." Quicker response time. and similar duties. including: * Effective Date: Approved By: / . b. oil. Duties Of The Department The Department's duties in the program include: a. ' d. 2. Off-duty officers in marked units contribute to police "omnipresence.00 Page 7 of 13 1 Iprocedure Title: Police Vehicles E. and insurance for the vehicles. "HOME CAR" SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1. Comply with directed administrative tasks. by making vehicle assignment. at reduced costs. Administering the program.-> WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. More units. Should a citizen need non-emergency services. Duties Of The Assigned Officers Officers assigned a "home car" shall: a . Increased police presence.

00 Page 8 of 13 1) 2) Maintaining any required "home car report" form. Do not alter the vehicle. Weapons shall not be left unattended in the vehicle. Ensuring maintenance schedules are met. or on official duty in another jurisdiction. Operate the vehicle in compliance with all laws and Department regulations. Conform to the following general regulations: 1) 2) Not allow any non-employees to operate the vehicle except upon authorization of a Supervisor. both inside and out. This includes. 3) b. When parking a marked unit at the assigned officer's residence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #: 2. Remaining within a five mile radius of the City boundaries unless granted special permission by the Chief of Police. 6) Effective Date: Approved By: . c. advertising. but is not limited to: 1) 2) Proper use of seat belts and child restraints. Overnight" is considered unattended. except as authorized by the Department. 3) 4) 5) Vehicles shall be locked during all unattended periods. Participating in any assigned program or equipment evaluations. Ensure the vehicle is clean. position that vehicle for maximum visibility by the public. Specific prohibitions include: Logos. or political messages or statements applied to either the interior or exterior of the vehicle.63.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #: 2.63.00 Page 9 of 13

I1

Vehicles shall be stored at a location designated by the Department when the assigned officer is to be off of work for extended periods of time. Fleet vehicles shall not be substituted for a disabled home car by the officer. Vehicles shall never be operated in such a fashion, nor taken to such a location, as to bring embarrassment or discredit to the Department. Although non-police personnel may accompany officers as passengers when the vehicle is operated off duty, that officer is responsible for the appearance and conduct of those passengers. Vehicles shall not be operated: a) b) c) With the odor of alcohol on the operator's breath; or While impaired, however slightly, by any substance; or With any physical or mental/emotional condition that manifestly impairs the operator's reaction or judgment

d
e.

Monitor the police radio at all times. Respond for police services when appropriate. responding:
1) 2)

When

Discharge all non-police personnel prior to responding to any potentially dangerous situations. Take appropriate action on any police service situation. This can range from calling an on-duty unit, to full police action by the off-duty officer. A full discussion of this can be found on the procedure "Arrests - General."
Approved By: - "7?^
/r

Effective Date:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

[[~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns
Procedure Title: Police Vehicles

Procedure #: 2.63.00 Page 10 of 13

1

a)

Action requiring more than 30 minutes shall entitle the officer to the appropriate overtime rate. Any paperwork thus generated shall be turned in to the Department as soon as possible. N off-duty officer shall be dispatched to o anything other than an emergency situation.

b) c)
f.
F.

Actively enforce observed traffic violations.

RELATED TOPICS

1.

Use of Privately Owned Vehicles The use of privately owned vehicles for police application shall only be conducted with prior approval of the Chief of Police.

2.

Off-Roadway Use Of Police Vehicles N police vehicle shall be operated off the normally traveled o portion of a roadway unless one of the following conditions is met:

a .
b.

The vehicle is specifically designed for off-roadway application; or There is an emergency so urgent as to justify the possible damage and injury this type of operation may cause, and the officer can articulate that urgency.

3.
G.

Accidents Involving Patrol Vehicles

PURSUITS (See Separate Procedure) RAMMING (See Separate Procedure)
ROADBLOCK (See Separate Procedure)

H.
L

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1~e~ulations ProceduresManual and
Procedure Title: Police Vehicles
UNAUTHORIZED PASSENGERS

Procedure #: 2.63.00 Page 11 of 13

11

No unauthorized person shall be permitted to ride in any police vehicle. Any exception to this will require the approval of the Chief of Police or his designee.
USE OF SEAT BELTS AND HEADRESTS

1.

All Occupants Seat belts will be utilized by all occupants of the vehicle while the vehicle is in motion.

2.

Headrests Headrests will be kept in the raised position at all times.

UNATTENDED POLICE VEHICLES

Police vehicles shall be properly parked, if practical under the circumstances. Vehicles shall not be parked in or blocking private drives when responding to calls. This shall not preclude the officer from parking a vehicle in such a manner as to aid in accomplishing the needs in emergency assignments. Shift lever shall be placed in the parking position. Keys Keys will not be left in the ignition unless the officer is close by, such as in a traffic stop. Unattended Vehicles
If the vehicle is to be left unattended for extended periods of time, the keys will be removed and all doors shall be locked.

Effective Date:

ApprovedBy: -""^tÑ /

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1~egulations Procedures Manual and
Procedure Title: Police Vehicles

Procedure #: 2.63.00 Page 12 of 13

11
S

M.

VEHICLE INSPECTION

It is the responsibility of each officer to insure that the vehicle assigned to them is clean, in safe condition, and contains the necessary equipment.
1.

Equipment Before going on patrol, officers will determine that their assigned vehicle contains the necessary equipment. a.
b.

First Aid Kit. Fire extinguisher. Flares. Blanket. Jack. Spare. Such other equipment as may be assigned.

c.
d.

e. f.
g.
2.

Missing Equipment Information regarding any missing or unserviceable equipment shall be brought to the attention of the Chief of Police.

N.

DAMAGE

Vehicles will be inspected for damage. All damage, old and new, will be noted. All new damage will be called to the attention of the Chief of Police before the vehicle is moved .

Effective Date:

Approved By:

fi
/

~~~,

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Police Vehicles Procedure #: 2.63.00 Page 13 of 13

1

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

All vehicle lighting, signals, brakes, and emergency equipment will be inspected before each tour of duty. Immediate arrangements should be made to correct any malfunctions.
CLEANLINESS

Vehicles shall be inspected daily for cleanliness inside and out. If the vehicle needs washing, it will be washed as soon as is practical using the prescribed methods.
UNSERVICEABLE VEHICLE

Any vehicle found to be in an unserviceable condition or having faulty equipment to the extent its operation would be in violation of the law will be withdrawn from service and arrangements made for immediate repair.

Effective Date:

6 - /-9 3

Approved By:

*-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Procedure #: 2.64.00 Page 1 of 9

1 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s

11

1procedure Title: Press Relations
PURPOSE

1

To provide employees with a guide for releasing information concerning Police Department activities to the news media. POLICY It is through the news media that the community obtains information and stays abreast of Police activities. Department personnel will be responsive to requests for information from the press and will insure that information is provided in a timely and accurate manner.
DISCUSSION

The presence of a photographer or a reporter at an accident, crime, or disaster scene, and the taking of pictures or the asking of questions relative to the incident, do not constitute interference, and should not be restricted by members of the Department. Officers should realize that the news media has the responsibility to collect as much information about an incident of public interest as quickly as possible. This requires meeting deadlines for distribution of the news, and sometimes requires the collection of information that may seem irrelevant, unimportant, or even improper to the officer. A s long as the news media representative does not violate the law or directly interfere with an investigation, the officer should not impede this type of activity.
PROCEDURE
A.

ALL INFORMATION RELEASED THROUGH THE CHIEF OF POLICE

The releasing of information by the Wasilla Police Department to al l of the news media will be disseminated through the Chief of Police during those times that is on duty.

Effective Date:

/< -

-/ -9 3

Approved By:

^

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

[I~egulations Procedures Manual and
Procedure Title: Press Relations

Procedure #- 2.64.00 Page 2 of 9

11

1

J

1.

General Information All facts pertaining to criminal activities, traffic and other information of general nature will be released under the name of the Wasilla Police Department.

2.

Policy Information
All policy matter releases and information pertaining to the Department, except general routine matters, will be released under the name of the Chief of Police.

3.

In The Absence O Chief Of Police f During those hours or days when the Chief of Police is not on duty, the responsibility for releasing news will be with the highest ranking officer on duty.

4.

Telephone Requests Refer all telephone requests to the Chief of Police or duty officer.

B.

GENERAL POLICY 1.

Crime Reports The News media should be informed, upon inquiry, of crimes that are of public concern.

2.

Media Relationship The Relationship between the news media and the Police shall be

maintained in a courteous, professional manner.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and
7- -

Procedure #: 2.64.00 Page 3 of 9

1

Procedure Title: Press Relations

3.

Appropriate Information To Be Provided The Chief of Police or his designee will give a member of the press any information available, except that which may hamper the investigation. Entrance to any area where evidence could be destroyed or compromised will be denied temporarily to the press, but entry will be expedited after the evidence is protected or has been collected.

4.

Factual Information Only Only factual information will be released; if the facts are unknown, personnel will so state.

5.

Controversial Inquiries If an officer is confronted with questions or probes of a controversial nature, he will refer the matter to the Chief of Police.

6.

Withholding Information If information which could jeopardize an investigation is requested, the news media will be informed of the reason why the information is being withheld temporarily, but also that it will be released as soon as the reasons no longer apply.

7.

Impartiality The police shall treat all members of the press impartially, showing favoritism to none.

C.

OFFICERS' RESPONSIBILITIES AT AN ACCIDENT, CRIME, OR DISASTER SCENE There are many times when an officer will be contacted at the scene of an accident or crime by a reporter and/or photographer. The primary responsibility of the officer is the control of the scene and the successful handling of the "call."

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
[Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Press Relations Procedure #: 2.64.00 Page 4 of 9

1

1

I

The officer should keep in mind, however, that with this responsibility goes the obligation to deal professionally and fairly with any member of the press who might also respond to the scene. Respond To Press Inquiries As time permits officers' should respond to inquiries from the press while at the scene. The officer should provide the basic information as to what has or is occurring. There is no need at this point to go into great detail. Allowing Access To The Scene

a .

Officers' should keep in mind that the news media has the responsibility and the right to photograph and to report events which transpire on public property and, by custom, those that occur on private property. Members of the news media should not, as a general rule, be denied access to any scene on the basis of public safety. In those circumstances where the general public has been denied access to an area on this basis, photographers or reporters should be granted access after first being cautioned of the risks, and after the officer has received acknowledgment that the person understands the risk. The decision to assume the risk of danger remains with the news media representative. In this situation the officer granting access may find it necessary to direct the media representative to a specific location. Denial of access to crime scenes is sometimes necessary to an investigation because of crime scene processing or the collection of evidence. The reasons for such a denial should be explained to the news media representative and access granted as soon as is practical under the circumstances.

b.

c

Effective D t : ae

Approved By:

.-'-

WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Press Relations Procedure #: 2.64.00 Page 5 of 9

1

I

d

An officer should not restrict a member of the news media

from taking pictures or asking questions, even though the officer may disagree with the nature of the pictures or questions.
D.
RELEASE OF INFORMATION IN DEATH CASES (HOMICIDES, SUICIDES, ACCIDENTAL, NATURAL)

The following will apply to the release of the circumstances surrounding a death case.
1. 2.

The deceased's name may be released only after it is clearly established that the next of kin has been notified. Violent Deaths In cases where death was violent (bullet wound, knife wound, etc.) and the preliminary cause of death is obvious, release of the cause may be made. Preliminary cause of death is intended to show only the indicated cause at the time of investigation. The autopsy examination will determine the exact cause of death. For example, stating that the victim died of an apparent "overdose" should not be released as this is an assumption and can only be verified by a medical examination.

3.

Suicide The circumstances surrounding a suicide should be worded with care and tact to avoid undue embarrassment and grief to the next of kin. Additionally, it should be kept in mind that we can only release the obvious cause of death. A Coroner's Inquest must determine the manner of death and the pathologist the exact cause. ( "John Doe died as a result of a bullet wound to the chest. The preliminary investigation indicates that the wound was selfinflicted.")

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

1Regulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure Title: Press Relations

Procedure #- 2.64.00

I
1

Page 6 of 9

RELEASE OF INFORMATION PRIOR TO ARREST
All facts pertaining to a crime may be released. The victim may be identified and information may be divulged that might aid in a suspect identification or that will warn the public of possible danger. Officers may request assistance from the news media in gathering information concerning a crime. RELEASE OF INFORMATION AFTER AN ARREST

Arrest Information-Defendant Officers may release the following: Suspect's name, address, age, employment and marital status or similar background. Offense Information The offense -- robbery or burglary etc. -- and the circumstances of the charge. A General statement of property loss, can be given unless the victim indicates that this be withheld. Victim Information Names of victims, except in the following types of cases:
I

a .
b.

Child molesting. Sexual Assault DONSwhere next of kin has not been notified. Names of juveniles

c.
d

Police Pursuits Details of a pursuit, the circumstances under which the arrest was made, possession of firearms by the suspect and any resistance offered.

Effective Date:

ApprovedBy:

-

"T^ ^

1

addresses. if known. motive for crime. 3. "two young masked men. and the offense.64. i. 4. "Victor Victim was stabbed by Sally Suspect after what appeared to be a family argument. Citations issued. information as to the purpose of a search warrant. The estimated damage in general terms.e.00 Page 7 of 9 11 Weapons General description of weapons used. to whom.'' Evidence Description of evidence seized at the time of arrest. the length of the investigation and whether or not there were witnesses may be released. method of entry. and testimony of witnesses will not be released. NOTE: names.VEHICULAR OR PEDESTRIAN 1. G. Investigating Officers Names of investigating and arresting officers. ACCIDENTS .e.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Press Relations Procedure #: 2. Names of drivers and injured.. Suspect Statements Not To B Released e An indication as to whether or not the suspect has made a statement." and suspect description. so long as the contents of the statement are not disclosed and the words "confession" or "admission" which imply guilt are not used. i. 2. Effective Date: Approved By: / ' .. Locations and time of occurrence.

00 Page 8 of 9 11 1 5. I. The Hospital where injured transported and treated. Department Released Photographs The release of a photograph of a wanted subject for public assistance in making an apprehension is permissible. 2. 6. While A t The Department Or Jail Photographs shall not be taken of suspects or subjects while in the police station or jail. Names Names of juveniles will not be released under any circumstances. but the suspect will not be posed by an officer. The News Media may take pictures of the accident if they do not enter the location where they might destroy evidence or interfere with the investigation.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 1 ~egulations Procedures Manual and [[procedure Title: Press Relations Procedure #: 2. H. PHOTOGRAPHS Photographs may be taken of a suspect exposed in transit. 3. 7. Arrest Information Removed Arrest numbers and other identifying information on a mug photo will be removed prior to release to the news media. Effective D t : ae Approved By: . Names of deceased will not be given unless the officer has personal knowledge that next of kin has been notified.64. 4. JUVENILES 1.

P. or holidays. b. case the on duty officer will provide that assistance and information.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Press Relations Procedure #: 2. Types of offenses. AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS 1. Additional Information Requested a If the press needs additional information concerning a Wasilla . J. Fire Service. Ages and sex may be released. and circumstances surrounding the apprehension may be released. Effective Date: Approved By: / I . b.64. Search and Rescue. Ambulance Service. 3. an on duty officer will be dispatched to the station to provide assistance. Other Relevant Information a .D. 2. weekends. Etc. 24 Hour Log If members of the press wish to review the 24 hour log during the evening. If the request for information concerns a case from another jurisdiction or agency (AST.) the reporter will be referred to that agency for anything other than what will be provided in Section 1 above.00 Page 9 of 9 11 2. After normal business hours members of the media have been advised that they can call Dispatch anytime for information as to the type and status of current or previous calls.

.

it is the Department's policy to employ procedures that reduce opportunity for escape." Since the in-custody transports are not voluntary. officer. for instance. Whenever a person is brought into custody for any reason. Consequently. . injury. known as a "public assist transport. DISCUSSION There are two occasions when an officer would transport people in a police vehicle . known as an "in-custody transport.65. RESTRAINTS 1 . Recall that a person can be "in custody" for reasons other than arrest . pose identical hazards as an arrest. This procedure describes such techniques. a sequence of events is set into motion. or accusations of misconduct. the following: a . and public in general. Authorized Restraints Department approved restraints include.Z?? . PROCEDURE A. searches." and when a person is brought into police custody.1 95 - ApprovedBy: . Standardhandcuffs. the techniques should not be any more relaxed for a mentally ill commitment.there are many forms of protective custody and. and method of actual transport. than an arrest for a crime. since these are often against the will of the subject.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. Effective Date: /o . but are not limited to. The officer faces decisions on use of restraints. while minimizing allegations of officer misconduct. POLICY Recognizing that the time of arrest and transport is an extraordinarily dangerous phase of police operation (both physically and civilly).as a favor to a citizen. This procedure is organized in that sequence.00 Page 1 of 8 11 I [~rocedure Prisoner Transport Title: PURPOSE To describe procedures which ensure the security of prisoners and the physical protection of all parties. certain techniques are necessary to safeguard the subject.

cuff the right hand of one subject to the left hand of the other ( "cross-cuff' ).65. but the officer has discretion in how much restraint to use providing: a . Soft restraints (Will be available at Mat-Su Pre-Trial facility). When Restraints Are To Be Used All subjects placed in any form of custody shall be searched prior to transport. c. palms facing outward. e.00 Page 2 of 8 1 / b. sex.and Any person taken into custody under circumstances suggesting violence or escape risk will always be restrained with handcuffs." provided tool(s) for removal are carried by the officer. or physical condition alone are not the deciding factors in whether or not to handcuff any subject(s). Belly chains Hobbles. All handcuffing shall be with the hands behind the back. b. b. 3) Effective Date: r . Proper Use Of Restraints a . 3. When handcuffing two people together.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport Procedure #: 2. 1) 2) Handcuffs are the primary restraining device. f. d. Patrol car with prisoner screen and locking rear doors. 'Flex-Cuffs. Handcuffs. Any restraint must be applied humanely. and with the handcuffs double locked. 2. Age.

a. Handcuffing to police vehicles shall not be done. Purpose Protective searches are conducted to find any dangerous item(s) prior to transporting. Soft restraints (padded cuffs and straight jackets). PROTECTIVE SEARCHES 1. the officer shall inspect and ensure that the cuffs are not causing injury.65. 5) 1) 2) Flex-cuffs are regarded as secondary restraining devices. Providing the standards for required restraint are met (see A. 2. e. The officer's safety. Effective Date: Approved By: . b. d. of this procedure on page 2). screen up and doors locked. Police vehicles with prisoner screen and locking rear doors. and The safety of the transported subject (from self-inflicted harm and injuries from struggles to disarm). the officer may elect to place the searched subject. B. in the right rear seat of the vehicle. This is to ensure: a .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and ProceduresManual Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport Procedure #: 2. Should a subject complain of any pain associated with the application of handcuffs. The use of Department approved flex-cuffs is authorized providing tools for removal are readily available to the using officer. not handcuffed. This would normally include a cuffing rail at the jail or a field cuffing line for riots.00 Page 3 of 8 1 I 4) The only immovable object that a subject may be handcuffed to is an apparatus specifically designated as a restraint device.

and that person is adequately restrained (with or without the use of physical restraints. 3. Description Of "In-Custody" It is reiterated that this procedure addresses any person brought into custody for any reason. This is best accomplished by: a . and Proper searching.65. Description Of Protective Searches A protective search has to be distinguished from a search for evidence of a crime. If evidence happens to be found. 4. the person being transported does not want to be in custody. The intent of a protective search is to find weapons. that person will be searched.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport Procedure #: 2. 5. but a protective search cannot be used as a ruse in a quest for evidence. The following represents the standards set by the Department in implementing those skills: a . In nearly all instances. so the scope is limited.00 Page 4 of 8 1 c 2. Importance It is apparent that many people depend on the officer to ensure their safety. The safety of the public (from escape and escalation of events). Proper restraint. as discussed earlier in this procedure). Searching Standards The actual techniques of searching are presumed to be an officer skill developed in training. "In-custody" includes runaway juveniles being transported home. Once any person is taken into custody for any reason. it may still be admissible. and does not limit itself to arrested individuals only. Effective Date: Approved By: - / . and the officer would be well advised to eliminate opportunities for damage or injury. and other forms of protective custody. and that search will be conducted prior to being placed in a police vehicle. b.

2. including dangerous shoes and jewelry. a male can search a female. taping conversations. purses. The extent of that search will be governed by the circumstances of the custody and the sex of the offender. response is appropriate. discrete. backpacks. and limited. should be separated from the individual during transport. In those events. The topic of their custody should be avoided. Issues regarding questioning in the vehicle. C. and similar articles will be separated from the individual during transport. c d Bags. but not by the age of the offender." Recall. Responding To Other Calls D o not respond to other calls with an in-custody subject in the vehicle. Vehicles used for transport shall be searched both before and after an in-custody transport.00 : Page 5 of 8 11 b. and other investigative matters should be researched in the procedure "Investigations Interviews.65. that certain conversations initiated by the person in custody can be used as evidence. e. a. even without prior Miranda warnings. others soothed.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport Procedure # 2. Specifically: 1) 2) Juveniles shall always be searched. Conversation General conversation should be careful. however. Females should be searched by a female officer. If that is impractical. the officer will view some incident requiring police attention. Dangerous objects and apparel. In no event will an officer participate in a "code run" with an in-custody in the vehicle. TRANSPORTING .GENERAL POLICIES 1. Some people are antagonized by light talk. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . but should be minimized. Occasionally. Such searches facilitate safety and help establish connections between found contraband/evidence and the transported subject.

and/or Maintain an open microphone to allow a taped monitoring of the conversation. seatbelts shall be used on in-custody subjects being transported. This is to prevent the transported subject from hearing sensitive radio traffic.65. Advise the Dispatch Center of your location. . 5. Use Of Seatbelts Whenever possible. Defeating Allegations Of Misconduct T o avoid allegations of misconduct during transport. and call a supervisor or second officer to the location immediately. and/or Stop the transport in a public place. or unfounded complaints). Avoid verbal confrontations. c d . 3. Drive well-traveled.00 Page 6 of 8 1 b. the following guidelines should be observed: a . threats of law suits.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT t 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport Procedure #: 2. take the radio off of the "scan" mode and monitor the main channel. b. 4. the officer should consider the following: 1) 2) 3) Record the conversation. Should the subject express suggestive information (bribes. starting/ending mileage. well-illuminated routes. Effective Date: Approved By: . Communications Security If appropriate when transporting in-custody subjects. and destination. Any such "on-view" police action should not expose the incustody subject to danger.

Neither the age. b. The degree of restraint and positioning of the subject(s) in the vehicle allow wide discretion. sex. or May be transported in the rear seat. b. Procedure #: 2. Any person taken into custody under circumstances suggesting violence or escape risk shall always be restrained with at least handcuffs.00 Page 7 of 8 1 TRANSPORTING 1. but only if the protective screen is up. General As discussed earlier. nor physical condition of the subject shall be used alone in determining whether or not that person is to be handcuffed. 2. Guidelines On Positioning In-Custody Subjects In The Vehicle The following guidelines shall be considered when positioning in-custody subjects in a police vehicle for transporting: a . Effective Date: Approved By: . In any event. and after the vehicle is searched.) 1) 2) May be transported in the right front seat with the seatbelt secured. c. of this procedure): a . 2.r WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport D. If two officers are used in one car and there is no protective screen. An uncuffed prisoner: (Although it is always appropriate to handcuff any prisoner it is recognized that there are mitigating circumstances that require the exercise of good judgment. the officer shall use sufficient restraint to maintain control of any person in custody.65. one officer will sit in the rear seat. all transports are to be done after the subject(s) is searched. Guidelines On Use Of Restraints Reiterating the earlier section on "When Restraints are to be Used" (A. 3.

Juveniles. b. place the prisoner on the non-gun side of the officer whenever possible. As emphasized with juveniles. do not transport three or more subjects in one patrol car. While in the field and with only one officer present. This is not intended to suggest a less than adequate search. use a second officer. b. If one is used.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IRegulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Prisoner Transport Procedure #: 2. Soft restraints can be used if necessary. including searches. c d 2. limit searches to the minimum necessary. Do not delay enroute. Do not transport juveniles with adults not related to that minor. Searches and restraints are appropriate. a . Furnish the Dispatch Center with the beginning and ending time and mileage. Without a screen or second officer. TRANSPORTING . When practical. 3.00 Page 8 of 8 11 c d E.SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES 1. however. Effective Date: /^ / _- Approved By: - - r . Otherwise. Prisoners Of The Opposite Sex a . no standards are to be relaxed with the transporting of mentally ill subjects. b. never leave one officer alone with the subject.65. When sitting next to a prisoner. Mentally 1 1 1 a. the transporting of juveniles is indistinguishable from the transporting of an adult.

..... DEFINITIONS Evidence.....66...... only physical evidence is addressed in this procedure... Although two types of evidence exists (physical and testimonial).. To meet these expectations. For purposes of this procedure. and/or which might implicate or exonerate a person of that crime or infraction. Found Property.......... That all action taken on property be timely.... Effective Date: /o -/ -9 3 Approved By: - ... POLICY That all items seized by members of the Department be processed in a fashion that ensures both the integrity and retrievability of those items... "found property" seizures assume: The property has some intrinsic value and The property is reasonably considered either lost or abandoned by the owner....... The property is seized and secured with the intent to discover the owner and return the property to that person........ Anything which may operate to establish or disprove the commission of a crime or infraction.00 Page 1 of 15 11 -Procedure Title: Property and Evidence PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the approved methods for submitting items into Property and Evidence within the Wasilla Police Department... while protecting the safety of the peoplehandling that property.. This loss or abandonment can be either temporary or permanent and..................Non-evidentiary property which reasonably appears to have been lost or abandoned.... ..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2.................. this procedure is established...

00 Page 2 of 15 11 1 ( PROCEDURE A. The ownership and chain of custody should be protected. an officer should be attentive to the goals listed below. Alert others to the possible hazardts) by a bold. b. hypodermic needles used by diseased people. several objectives are sought simultaneously. and labeling property. c 2. and Effective Date: Approved By: r A . weapons. a written warning or other logical method. to name a few. packaging. General Objectives Whenever property is submitted into Property and Evidence. The property should be protected from damage. there are two important considerations. a .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Property and Evidence Procedure #: 2. METHOD OF SUBMITTING ALL PROPERTY 1. Labeling.66. In preparing. namely: a . The next paragraph addresses basic safety considerations. and combustibles of all types. The safety of those handling the property shall be closely considered. Submitting Property Safely In the normal course of their daily duties officers handle a variety of dangerous items .broken glass. To do so. The officer has an obligation to submit such potentially dangerous property in a reasonably safe fashion.

Establish Property Status Whenever property is found by or turned in to an officer. FOUND PROPERTY 1. Exposed knife blades should be wrapped.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11Regulationsand Procedures Manual 11 ~ r o c e d u r Title: Property and Evidence e Procedure #: 2. 1) Complete a Property Report form (see the Report Writing procedure for proper completion). 2.66. having him contact the Property and Evidence officer at a time that is convenient to both. It is your obligation to package it for that person. using original case numbers.00 Page 3 of 15 11 11 11 b. Remember. be placed in the red bio/hazard bags. Reports And Case Numbers a . broken glass put in non-puncturing containers. and gasoline stored in a safe. 2) Effective Date: Approved By: r - . labeled container. that officer shall check for an existing report of loss by the owner. If it is necessary to retain a quantity of the liquid contact the property officer for storage instructions. Notify the owner. Packaging. after packaging. hypodermic needles placed in plastic tubes (provided by the Property and Evidence officer). B. All items of property and evidence that contain blood 2) and/or other body fluids should.the next person to handle the property will have no idea of the contents. guns unloaded and the action braced open. 1) Gasoline and other flammable liquids will not be stored in the property and evidence room. If a lost or stolen report exists.

Complete a Property Report form. If unable: Initiate new case numbers. or If too large for a locker." 2) 3) 3. To submit to the Property and Evidence storage room: a . Place the property and report in either: 1) 2) b. if appropriate. and in all cases tagged. If no report of lost property exists: 1) Make every reasonable effort to locate the owner to immediately return the property. with the case classification of "Found Property. in the Sergeant's office.00 Page 4 of 15 b. The custody of the Property and Evidence officer. Attach the original copy of the completed property report to the property to be submitted.2. This report becomes the case report. 3) Effective Date: Approved By: . Packaging And Submitting Property The property should be packaged.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual [~rocedure Tide: Property and Evidence 1 1 Procedure #.66. or An evidence locker located in the interview room. Ensure the finder's name and address is included in a supplement report that is to be attached to the Property report.

Note: Lost/found bicycles are not automatically returned to the finder if unclaimed. or A person is being processed into a facility. C. or The owner or person in lawful possession of an article requests the police take the item for safekeeping. the property is not contraband or evidence. A property tag shall be completed and inserted in a clear plastic bag. b.66. and that facility c AND refuses to accept an item(s)from the subject. Case Conclusion Reproduced copies of the Property Report form are submitted as any other field report would be. SAFEKEEPING 1. There is a reasonable and imminent threat of violence.00 Page 5 of 15 IJ 1procedure Title: Property and Evidence c Found bicycles shall be submitted as follows: 1) 2) 3) The bicycle(s) shall be locked in the bicycle storage area provided. d Effective Date: In any event. then securely affixed to the bicycle. The original of the property report shall be submitted to the Property and Evidence officer and not attached to the bicycle. 4. Approved By: / - AA . and the item seized would be the instrument of that violence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns Procedure #: 2. Standards An officer should not take an item into safekeeping unless the following conditions are met: a .

when practical. and will have a Property Report form completed. Note the following: a ." Effective Date: Approved By: I . the officer taking the property for safekeeping should attempt to have the owner retrieve property within 15 days. place the appropriate owner's name and address in the block marked "Distinguishing Marks Or Other Means Of Identification. The name(s)and mailing address(s) of the owner(s) shall be entered on the form as follows: 1) If different owners for separately listed property on the form. Receipts The officer shall.00 Page 6 of 15 1 1 1 Deceased Subjects Property of deceased subjects is the responsibility of the coroner. Normally. Duration Property taken into safekeeping (including weapons) can be returned to the owner anytime.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Property and Evidence Procedure #: 2. Report Any property retained for safekeeping is assumed to have been taken from a person.66. furnish the owner with a receipt for the property taken.

00 Page 7 of 15 1 1 procedure Title: Property and Evidence 2) If all the property listed on a page belongs to one owner. 7." c/o the Post Office. If an owner has no mailing address. In all cases. and officer's signature. b. This summary information will accompany the property report in the form of a supplemental or continuation report. then new case numbers shall be assigned. tag the property and include the date. case number.66. or If there is no related. b. c 6. If the owner is deceased. the address need only be entered once.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2. Case Number Assignment The completed property Report form shall: a . if appropriate. Effective Date: Approved By: - ^- . clearly mark so on the tag and the property report. The Property Report form shall include a complete summary of events and reason for seizing the property for safekeeping. Package the property. in the 'Distinguishing Marks Or Other Means Of Identification" section of the form. Utilize the same case number as the incident it is related to. advise him that the Department will use "General Delivery. primary incident. b. for later correspondence. Packaging And Submitting When seizing property for safekeeping: a.

357 caliber." using "yellow metal" and "clear stone" instead. As an example: "Smith and Wesson revolver.c of this procedure. EVIDENCE 1. with a bobbed hammer. Examples are: Avoid labeling jewelry "gold" or "diamond.00 Page 8 of 15 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Property and Evidence I 1 1 i c Affix the original copy of the Property Report to the property or its container. model name and/or number. Property Descriptions a . 4" barrel. This not only describes the items more vividly. r . it is essential to use 'generic" terms. or Placing in the secured storage room. . serial #A12345. Bicycles seized for safekeeping shall be submitted as described in 3. black rubber grips. if any." When listing items descriptively. b.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. or Depositing in an evidence locker. and form by either: 1) 2) d Contacting the Property and Evidence officer. tag.66. but eliminates claims of gold plated jewelry being substituted for solid gold items. Effective Date: Approved By. Further descriptors are valuable. Model 19 Combat Magnum. Submit the property. Any commercially manufactured item should include at least the brand name. 3) e. D. and serial number. or similar allegations.

Property Packaging a . Property Marking a . When considering the type of packaging to use. Preventing contamination (introduction of material into the evidence). Preserving the identity of the evidence.1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. or some other consideration). B especially careful not to devalue any item by defacing it e with permanent markings or labels. be alert to the following: 1) 2) Protection of personnel handling the property. Large items may be tagged only.00 I Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Property and Evidence Page 9 of 15 2. c 3. Good substitutes for scratching/etching on identification are: b. Each item should be packaged and tagged separately if possible and practical. c. as it is removed from its original position at a crime scene. Mark or label each piece of evidence or its container with personal initials. Protecting the condition of the property. Effective Date: Approved By: & / . Preventing leakage/escape of material. the date and case number. should packaging not be required (to protect from contamination. When able. mark a primary part of the item instead of a moving or removable part.66. 3) 4) 5) b.

a "chain'' of custody occurs. 4. Chain O Custody/Transfer O Custody f f Chain of custody begins on discovery of the evidence. and any subsequent transfer. shall be accurately recorded. To maintain the chain of custody. b. the item(s)shall be placed in a suitable container and identified with a numbered property tag. and ends when the court renders final disposition of the case. In these cases. adhere to the following: a . c. or the evidence loses its value in court. date and name of person shall be recorded in the report. surface. As evidence is transferred from place to place and person to person.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Property and Evidence Procedure ft: 2. Evidence shall be secured and/or attended at all times. d Effective Date: Approved By: ^- - .66. etc.00 Page 10 of 15 11 1) 2) Tamper-proof evidence tape. That chain of custody must be accurately documented and controlled. Evidence removed from the Property and Evidence Section. If an item of evidence is handled by someone other than the discovering officer and this handling is prior to submission to the Property and Evidence storage area. limit the number of people handling the evidence to those who must handle it.). or Application of "white out" correction fluid. the time. d Some items have some physical feature which does not allow marking (size. and writing on that.

or unsealable containers will be emptied and dried. requires special processing.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ [ ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and - Procedure #: 2. Retain a sufficient amount for testing. 2) 3) Effective Date: Approved By: - ^ . broken. If entire amount must be saved. b.66. when needed. can be placed in sterile. the evidence shall be placed in a scalable container large enough for all the contents. Properly dispose of the remaining quantity. Special Evidence Some evidence. by nature or procedure. a . 1) Leaking. a) b) Samples. 1) Wet property shall be sorted and locked in the Department's designated drying area. The property shall be tagged in the usual manner. Wet Evidence. sealable vials. Liquids. The completed Property Report form shall state the location of the property. 2) For chemical sampling: a) b) c) Measure the entire amount.00 Page 11 of 15 11 Procedure Title: Property and Evidence 5.

it will remain on the recorder until its normal change out time. To place a master dispatch tape into evidence.00 Page 12 of 15 11 1 ) The original copy of the report shall either be: a) b) Submitted to the Property and Evidence officer or Placed in an evidence locker. Then: a) If the tape requested is still being recorded as the master tape. Effective D t : ae Approved By: . and The investigating officer must prepare and provide to the Dispatch Center supervisor both an evidence tag and Property report (white copy) for the tape.66. Dispatch Tapes. c. At change out. The Dispatch Center supervisor will not prepare these forms. the officer seizing the evidence shall package the article(s) and place that property into evidence. and cannot place a tape into evidence without them. After drying.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Property and Evidence Procedure #: 2. 2) the Dispatcher Center supervisor will place the tape in its protective box. Special care shall be taken to ensure the wet property does not contact other property. and tape the evidence tag to the box. the following applies: 1) I The investigating officer must inform Dispatch Center of the intention to place a tape in evidence.

and will either submit the items as described in (a) above. RECOVERED STOLEN PROPERTY Similar to Evidence. When bicycles are seized as evidence.66. The box labeled "Evidence" would also be checked if appropriate (as evidence in an investigation). Items reported lost or stolen are listed on a Property Report form.I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. with the sole difference being that the box entitled "Recovered" shall be checked. If the tape is still available. b) If the tape being requested was from an earlier date.00 Page 13 of 15 1 I 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1procedure Title: Property and Evidence The box and original copy of the Property report form will then be either submitted directly to the Property and Evidence officer. The officer will attach the evidence tag. they are processed exactly as any other item of evidence. Processing recovered stolen property is nearly identical to that of processing evidence (described in the preceding section). since no property is submitted into Property and Evidence. Effective Date: Approved By: - - ^ . the Dispatch Center supervisor will provide the tape in its protective box to the officer. the requesting officer shall inform the Dispatch Center supervisor of the date requested. E. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Reports Of Theft Or Lost Items. or deposited in an evidence locker. (L Bicycles. there is no involvement with that Section. but. F.

must be segregated into separate envelopes. only for these items. accurate listing is especially important. or. b. or different types of drugs or jewelry. PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE FORMS 1. + Effective Date: Approved By. If of numismatic value. Property taken from different persons. d. Segregation of Property. This envelope shall be used in lieu of property tags for currency. and jewelry. Property And Evidence Envelope a . c. Large Quantities. Denominations may be mixed if listed properly in the space provided. If the quantities involved are too great for one envelope. drugs. shall have: a . Use of the envelopes is. however. regardless of the reason for seizure. Currency. A properly completed Property Report form (original copy) associated with it.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and procedure Title: Property and Evidence Procedure #: 2. placed in a numbered property and evidence envelope. 2. A property tag affixed to it. it is allowable to put smaller quantities into multiple envelopes. AND b. if the standards described below are met. All Property Submitted To The Property And Evidence Storage Area All property.00 Page 14 of 15 1 1 G.66. When to use. F - .

4. Identical items only may be grouped into one envelope.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Property and Evidence Procedure #: 2. Property Tags Property tags are used on any items submitted to the Property and Evidence storage area which are not in the envelopes discussed above. These envelopes shall be sealed with evidence tape. Item numbers on the property report must correspond with the numbers affixed to property. If the item is to be stored exposed to weather. g.66. then dated and initialed. The following. Dru~s. b.Quantities should be listed in dosage units or weight. Note the following: a . the tag shall be placed within a clear plastic bag for protection. however. f. b. Effective Date: 6 . The tag shall be affixed securely to the item or the item container/package.00 Page 15 of 15 1 e. Property inventory and chain of custody requires each item tagged be referenced on the Property Report form and that the referenced item be described on the Property Report form. Jeweb./-9 3 Approved By: . Sealing envelope. The Property Report Form See the Report Writing procedure for details. Paraphernalia should not be placed in envelopes. if they belong to the same owner. is stressed: a . In the event of multiple property reports. item numbers must not be duplicated from page to page. 3.

.

...WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT l l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Protective Custody Procedure #-..00 Page 1 of 2 11 PURPOSE To instruct and inform all personnel of the laws.... 2.. Even though this type of custody is not an arrest... DEFINITIONS Custody .... TYPES OF PROTECTIVE CUSTODY 1.. Curfew City ordinance requires an officer to contact and interview minors seen outside after curfew..... the individual is compelled to submit to the officer's custody........ Exact procedures can be found in "Juveniles .......... and take steps to ensure their return if a curfew violation has occurred...A restraint of liberty......" Effective Date: /a --/-93 Approved By: . policies. The taking of a person into custody in order that t h e person may be held to answer for the commission of a crime..... and each type of stop is a different type of custody. An officer may stop a person for a variety of reasons... a stopping of movement..........67..........Curfew. and procedures governing protective custody effected by members of the Wasilla Police Department.Restraining the liberty of another for reasons other than for suspicion or allegation of illegal conduct........ See the procedure entitled "Protective Custody ............ and is subject to restraint and search just as in a n arrest..... PROCEDURE A..................... Runaway Juveniles AS 47 requires a peace officer to take found runaways into custody for further processing....... Protective Custody ...Runaway" for details.................... 2....... Arrest.....

00 Page 2 of 2 11 Abusedlneglected Children AS 47 has specific provisions for removal of abused or neglected children from the source of that abuse or neglect. Non-Criminal Commitments Title 47 provides a system for peace officers to take dangerously intoxicated persons into custody for their own protection. Effective Date: & 4-95 1 Approved By: / . neither a charging document nor an arrest supplement is required. and communications should meet the same standards as an arrest. 2. transport. 2. including peace officers t o take mentally ill people into custody if specific standards are met. For details. That procedure appears in this chapter as "Protective Custody . This applies to both adults and juveniles. 5." 4. EFFECTING PROTECTIVE CUSTODY 1. Consult Specific Procedure Since there are many types of protective custodies. search. the taking of custody. Refer to "Protective Custody - Mentally ill n for details. Procedure #-. " B.Non-Criminal Commitment.67. T o accomplish this. consult "Juveniles . In-Custody Transports Protective Custody .Non-Criminal Commitments b.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ( ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Protective Custody 3. 3. restraint. Refer to the following procedures for discussions of those topics: a.Mentally 1 1 1 Protective Custody . c.AbuseINeglect. Officer Safety Any type of custody requires protection of both the subject and the officer. Protective Custody Is Not An Arrest Since the various protective custodies are not arrests. and is expressly "non-criminal"in its implementation. the specific procedure should be consulted for exact method(s) of invoking these provisions. Mentally I11 AS 47 empowers several professions.

. Deciding to discontinue a pursuit favoring public safety over capturing a fleeing violator requires substantial clarity of thought and dedication to the highest degree of professionalism... Any unit that directly assists the primary unit in a pursuit.....For purposes of this procedure. an active attempt by one or more police officers to apprehend a known or suspected law violator who is attempting to avoid capture by evasively operating a motor vehicle... the pursuit must be discontinued........... The guiding principal is this: if the pursuit becomes a greater threat to life or property than any threat reasonably posed by the violator.............. 0 Page 1 of 8 PURPOSE To advise all sworn personnel of the guidelines for vehicular pursuits... 3 257 DEFINITIONS Pursuit ...80 Procedure #: 2 6 .... but not including a supervisor....... . Primary Pursuing Unit.......WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Pursuits ........ REFERENCES 1 AAC 0 ...... - Effective Date: 6 . Secondary PursuingUnit ..../-9 3 Approved By: - . Authorized and other emergency vehicles........ The police unit that initiates a pursuit or any unit that assumes control of the pursuit..... If a pursuit is required........ POLICY Because of their inherent dangers. 1 .... Pursuits exclude "code runs" and catching up to violators prior to initiating a stop..... vehicular pursuits are limited to extreme conditions which demand the immediate capture of a law violator.... it shall be conducted as allowed by State law and consistent with this Procedure..

and that the pursuit is conducted in accordance with law and procedure. there are occasions where the very act of capturing a criminal creates a greater threat to the welfare of the public than what the violator would pose if left undisturbed.put simply. At first glance.those violators who would normally stop for the police continue to stop. Currently. An officer must constantly consider why he or she is pursuing first.68. First. But officers are reminded of the underlying philosophy of the Department expressed in the policy statement earlier that the officer must reasonably know at the start that the immediate capture of the violator warrants the risks of the pursuit. this notion seems foreign to a dedicated officer . I t is only human to become emotionally involved. apparently.they just do not expect the violator to give up because the pursuit becomes too dangerous. though. and the results are interesting . but it is at the expense of sound judgment. it becomes hard to defend vehicular pursuits in light of these lessons. there is a clouding of judgment . Although this normally implies capturing law violators. then how. If the officer recognizes the violator or can contact the violator later.painful experience .00 Page 2 of 8 11 / DISCUSSION The fundamental objective and most basic responsibility of the Wasilla Police Department is the protection of life and property. civil juries have looked to the police to do the "thinking" in a pursuit . and for how long. there is high speed driving and all the hazards associated with that. and the Department realizes certain limited occasions exist when pursuit is appropriate. the officer is not even at liberty to concentrate on driving skills or traffic . plus the irritation that someone would have the nerve to run from the police. there is simply no justification for taking the risks of a pursuit. Considering that most pursuits begin when an officer attempts to stop a vehicle for a minor trafficinfraction. If the police mission is to enhance public safety.has shown repeatedly that vehicular pursuits can create more damage and injury than what the violator committed or would commit if not pushed. Effective Date: Approved B y '/£ ^ . Wasilla maintains pursuit authorization. Beyond the physical hazards of a pursuit.how can letting a criminal escape be in the community's best interest? Experience . This procedure establishes guidelines on when to pursue and how. Recognizing this. act as a deterrent. What makes pursuits so dangerous is a conspiracy of several factors.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Pursuits Procedure #: 2. many jurisdictions have totally abandoned pursuits.most of the officer's attention is directed at the violator. But in pursuits. the officer faces very real civil liability as well. Traditionally. Where is he or she going? What is the license number? Is anything being thrown out of the car? Second. one begins to appreciate how untenable justification of a pursuit can be. and those who would run continue to run. there is the thrill and determination of the chase. Having pursuit authorization does not.

I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. nor does it protect the driver from all consequences of the reckless disregard for the safety of others. 2.517 of the Alaska State Code specifies that when responding to a n emergency call. B. drivers of authorized emergency vehicles are exempt from certain rules of the road. PROCEDURE A. Effective Date: Approved By: - /-' 1 . DRIVER AUTHORITY Section 13AAC02. a Supervisor shall be notified by Dispatch whenever a pursuit is initiated. Use Of Emergency Equipment When vehicular pursuits are initiated. SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY 1. that person shall immediately order the pursuit discontinued.00 Page 3 of 8 i l Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Pursuits If a t any time the risks overshadow the benefits of capture. General When on duty. regardless of the reason. C . and shall assume absolute responsibility for the pursuit. Duty To discontinue Anytime a sworn officer concludes that there is a clear and unreasonable danger to pursuing officers or the public. provided that the visual and audible signals on such vehicles are i n operation (See exception i n paragraph C of this Section). the emergency lights and siren will be employed for the entire duration of the pursuit. the officer is expected to exercise the admittedly substantial personal discipline to discontinue the pursuit.68. DRIVER RESPONSIBILITY 1. Responsibility Of Operation State code listed in paragraph "A" (above) includes language that specifies that operation of emergency vehicles in compliance with the rest of the section does not relieve the driver of the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons. 2. That Supervisor will immediately gather as much information about the pursuit a s practical. or when in pursuit of an actual or suspected violator of the law.

2.68. I n order to diminish the likelihood of a pursuit. Supervisor As Primary Unit Supervisors may occasionally initiate pursuits. d e. Duration of pursuit. a t least the following will be continually assessed: a. officers intending to stop vehicles shall be within close proximity to the vehicle being stopped before activating emergency lights and attempting the stop (See Use of Police Vehicles). or when suspected law violators refuse to stop. they do require the same degree of responsible vehicle operation as specified in this procedure. They shall conduct their pursuits in accordance with this procedure. While similar instances are not pursuits.00 Page 4 of 8 1 II 1 3. D. or find themselves becoming the primary unit in longer pursuits. Effective Date: Approved By: . c. b. Volume and speed of other traffic. weather. INITIATION/CONTINUATION A VEHICULAR PURSUIT OF 1. Seriousness of the offense committed. b. Pursuits should be initiated only when law violators clearly exhibit an intention of avoiding apprehension by using a vehicle to flee. provided the violator has not exhibited an intention to flee and that the violator has been apprehended within a short distance from where the violation occurred.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual II [[~rocedure Tide: Pursuits Procedure #: 2. Factors To Consider In deciding the advisability of initiating or continuing a vehicular pursuit. The necessary operation of a police vehicle a t high speeds in order to apprehend a traffic violator may not constitute a vehicular pursuit per se. and light conditions. Actions O The Suspect f a. Road. Condition of the police vehicle.

and only after the primary driver has been notified of the intended pass via the radio.). If the unit initiating the pursuit cannot continue as the primary unit. b. The officer of the primary unit may request additional units to join the pursuit if it appears reasonably certain that the officers in the primary and secondary units will not be sufficient to safely effect the arrest of the suspect. E. summons. non-uniform officers in vehicles not equipped with emergency lights and siren may find it necessary to pursue a suspect. a. This will be accomplished by following the suspect "Code 2 " while using the radio to summon assistance. another marked unit may then join the pursuit as the secondary unit. When units equipped with proper emergency equipment join the pursuit the unmarked unit will discontinue pursuit. d I~ffective Date: Approved By: f^i - . and who can be apprehended later by less dangerous methods (warrants.68. The operator of the secondary unit should attempt to maintain a distance behind the primary unit that will allow the driver to maintain visual contact with the pursuit without endangering any of the involved participants. CONTROL O THE PURSUIT F 1. This is the only instance where passing during a pursuit is permitted. c. stake-outs. In this instance. Known Suspects Persons whose identities are known. Officers in all other units shall remain alert to the pursuit progress and direction. and should be in a position to assist as the situation demands. Police Vehicles Without Emergency Gear Police vehicles without emergency lights and siren will not join in a vehicular pursuit. Number Of Units Participating. etc. Under emergency conditions involving serious crimes or life endangeringsituations. will not be the subjects of a vehicular pursuit. the secondary unit shall assume primary unit duties.- WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~eerulations Procedures Manual and I Procedure #: 2. who have not been involved in a life threatening felony.00 Page 5 of 8 11 Procedure Title: Pursuits 3. 4. The primary pursuing unit and the secondary unit shall be the only units to chase the suspect vehicle "Code 3".

Ramming will be considered deadly force and as such will be utilized only where such force is justified by AS 11. No additional units shall become involved in the pursuit unless specifically requested by the primary unit. The secondary unit will advise the primary unit of its presence and will take over radio communications. Effective Date: ApprovedBy: - f -i ^r . (For further guidelines in the use of roadblocks Refer to the -"Perimeters/Roadblocks" Procedure). Primary U i Responsibilities nt The first responsibility of the officer in the primary unit is the apprehension of the suspect without unnecessarily endangering himself or other persons.68. nt a. Unless relieved by an on-scene supervisor.81 and Wasilla Police Department Regulations (See Use of Force).WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ~ ns ll~rocedure Tide: Pursuits Procedure #: 2. Pursuit-related vehicles shall not pass other pursuit-related vehicles. upon joining the pursuit. b. Secondary U i Responsibilities. Units in the area of a pursuit shall not join or interfere with the pursuit unless requested to do so. the primary unit officer shall be responsible for controlling the pursuit tactics. Units shall not parallel a pursuit Code 3. Roadblocks Placing any vehicle in the path of an oncoming pursuit in an effort to make the law violator slow down or stop is NOT a valid technique. 3. nor shall they bunch up or form caravans. This practice constitutes the use of deadly force. The secondary unit. The primary unit may then devote full attention to driving. This officer's responsibilities also include making the decision to discontinue the pursuit. 6. and shall only be used if all other methods of capture have been unsuccessful and the situation warrants application of this level of force. shall immediately notify Dispatch Center that there are two units involved in the pursuit.00 Page 6 of 8 1 11 2.

or where pedestrian or vehicular traffic necessitate unsafe maneuvering of the vehicle. A clear danger exists when speeds dangerously exceed the normal flow of traffic. Additional offenses committed by the violator during the course of the pursuit may escalate the seriousness of the law violation. In either case. all of the procedures and restrictions established in this procedure shall apply. DISCONTINUING THE PURSUIT 1. Officers will not be subject to any disciplinary action for validly discontinuing a pursuit. Aclear danger would include maneuvering required to continue the pursuit that is beyond what is reasonable and prudent for existing road conditions and/or the officer's ability to effectively control the patrol vehicle. but this does not lessen the responsibility of the officer to break off the pursuit in the interest of public safety. Threat To Life And Property A pursuit will be discontinued when the pursuit itself becomes more dangerous than letting the violator get away. the initiating unit and agency shall be responsible for the progress of the pursuit. 2. Clear Danger A pursuit will be discontinued when there is a clear danger to the public or to the pursuing officer. Effective Date: Approved By: 6 /^ .00 Page 7 of 8 1 PURSUITS INITIATED BY OUTSIDE AGENCIES When a pursuit is initiated by another law enforcement agency. Officers Accountable For Actions Officers involved in a pursuit must continually question the wisdom and legality of continuing a pursuit. but will be held fully accountable for remaining in a pursuit that should reasonably have been discontinued.68. 3 . a lifethreatening felony suspect might easily constitute such a danger to others that a sustained pursuit could be justified. Pursuing an infraction or misdemeanor violator for an extended length of time creates an unwarranted threat to the lives and property of others.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Pursuits Procedure #: 2. However. Units of the Wasilla Police Department shall not join in a pursuit unless specifically requested to do so by the pursuing agency or unless it is clearly demonstrated that a lone unit from an outside agency is unable to request our assistance and the tactical situation demonstrates the need for our assistance. officers will be responsible for showing that the risk incurred by not apprehending the violator was greater than the risk incurred by continuing a pursuit. If a member of the Wasilla Police Department joins in or assumes responsibility for an outside agency's pursuit.

(If a Supervisor is not on duty at the time of the pursuit the critique will be prepared by the Sergeant during the next business day. RESPONSIBILITIES AT THE TERMINATION OF THE PURSUIT Vehicular pursuits evoke emotional and physical responses that do not immediatelydissipate upon the pursuit's termination. The intensity of the pursuit and determination to apprehend are still with officers when they contact the violator.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT l ~ ~ e ~ u l a t iand s o n Procedures Manual 11 [procedure Title: Pursuits Procedure ff: 2. and use only that force necessary to effect an arrest or maintain custody. Supervisors shall prepare and forward a written critique to the Chief of Police regarding any pursuits that result in a police report being taken.00 Page 8 of 8 1 11 1 H. to respond to the termination point. the pursuing officer or Dispatch Center will request a Supervisor. The primary unit is to maintain control and direct activities at the termination point. all other officers shall remain clear of the pursuit termination point. c. b. any adjunct or follow-up reports that arise from incidents generated during the pursuit.) b.68. nonetheless required to maintain self-control and strict personal discipline at the termination of a pursuit. The secondary unit shall be responsible for assisting the primary unit Non-pursuing Officers Unless otherwise directed to the scene. Officers are. Pursuing Officers. as appropriate. Supervisors shall initiate or assign. unless relieved by a Supervisor. EffectiveDate: /- -/ -9 -3 Approved By: 6 /' I . a. The Supervisor is responsible for controlling police action at the scene and ensuring adherence to Departmental policies. Supervisors a. If a Supervisor has not responded to a pursuit. if available. A short pursuit that is resolved with the issuance of a traffic citation only does not need a critique.

and a network of transmitters and receivers. No other invention has contributed more to the efficient delivery of emergency services and to emergency service personnel safety than the radio and radio dispatching system. and safety for the personnel in the field. . but along with its conveniences and importance. DISCUSSION The Emergency Dispatch Center (EDC) is responsible for dispatching personnel for nineteen separate emergency service providers. handling emergencies or dispatching personnel for other emergency service providers.69. a system has to be established. certain "rules" have to be agreed upon in advance . To optimize the potential of this sophisticated network. As its primary communications link. It has eleven (11) radio channels available for use. represent a threat to life and/or property. POLICY That all employees of the Department contribute to efficiency and safety by exercising professional radio and telephone discipline as presented in this procedure. I t is comprised of a base station. The purpose of this procedure. and of the Radio Communications chapter in general. is to describe that system.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure #: 2. portable radios.the Palmer Police Department operates a federally licensed two-way radio facility. by their nature. two essential goals are met: enhancement of efficiency of emergency services. mobile car radios. The variety and complexity of this responsibility requires that all requests for service be screened and handled as expeditiously as possible. Effective Date: Approved By: . Knowing and understanding the complex application of emergency service notification and communication throughout the Matanuska-Susitna Borough. and to inform all personnel of departmental duties and responsibilities when answering phones. will insure an immediate response to emergencies which.00 Page 1 of 10 1 PURPOSE To instruct all employees in the general use of the radio. If the system is followed by all on the network. and the Emergency Dispatch Center audio records all transmissions.that is. comes a certain amount of complexity.

which allows more messages to be conveyed. Always monitor the radio. This reduces interruptions and keeps the user current on activities in the field.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [IReg-ulationsand Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure #-. 2. the following suggestions are offered: a . Overall Goals If a radio operator can keep the two fundamental ingredients of proper radio technique in mind. the Department subscribes to both a national (NCIC) and a State of Alaska (APSIN) computer information network. etc. Form the intended communication before you say it. vehicle and aircraft registrations." These two are brevity and clarity. can be obtained. GENERAL PROCEDURES 1. Both are essential. and gives more opportunity for the interjection of emergency information. Towards that end.. so accuracy and efficiency are enhanced. and at the foundation of proper radio technique. Brevity conserves on air time. Clarity ensures that what information is transmitted is understood. - . Know what is to be communicated before beginning to talk. all other elements of effective radio communications "fall in place. hazardous materials information. b.69. Timely information ranging from routine local information.00 Page 2 of 10 1 To support the emergency service personnel. out of state operator's license information. INTERPOL international warrant information. Effective Date: Approved By: . in terms and language which should be clearly understood by the other party. PROCEDURE A.

radio codes will be used when their use conveys the desired information more clearly than plain language. The phonetic alphabet will be used to clarify spellings and alpha-numeric information. Being too stiff or formal is un-desirable. none must interfere with the primary mission and/or FCC licensing standards. B polite. but excessive casualness breeds contempt and errors and wastes important air time. . Radio transmissions shall be brief and to the point. addresses or license plate numbers. Repeat information which must be written down. such as directions. c d. 2. insert a break to allow other radio users an opportunity to transmit priority communications. and ask questions if anything is unclear. e. They are intended and licensed for broadcasting information to and from emergency service providers.) b. For police transmissions. to ensure accuracy. The EDC radios are for official use only. f. Although some internal messages are conveyed on the radio.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT. g. (This information is contained in appendix "E" at the end of this procedure. Control Of The Radio a . Initiate transmissions with proper identification between yourself and the intended recipient of the information. Balance formality and informality.69. Be prepared to answer questions or to repeat the message. Effective Date: Approved By: . Acknowledge transmissions received. reduces stress and can enhance e accuracy. If a long transmission is unavoidable. d. It costs nothing.00 Page 3 of 10 1 c. [~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure #: 2.

the 10-code or clear/text. the following operational protocol will be followed: 1. transmitting and receiving information and requests through the on-scene Incident Commander only. Limiting the amount of radio transmissions by requesting units with non-emergency traffic maintain radio silence.1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. whichever best conveys the message or information. For any police dispatch or transmission. . Radio Transmissions a . f. Profanity or vulgarity of any kind is prohibited. E. Maintaining control of all communications within the dispatch center. Specific Goals Regardless of the type of incident or the identity of the unit transmitting information. will be used by the dispatcher when communicating with mobile units in the field. c d . During fire and ambulance incidents.69. the EDC personnel will always be responsible for the following: a . b. 3. Emergency communications have priority over all other traffic. Assigning tactical working frequencies to units operating at the scene of emergencies. DISPATCHER RESPONSIBILITIES Once the EDC has dispatched emergency service personnel to an incident.00 Page 4 of 10 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Radio Communications e.

For police calls that require a report.69. copy the front and back of the card and place in the report folder. If any complaint is received from field or other agency personnel concerning the operation of the EDC. that complaint will be forwarded to the Chief of Police.00 Page 5 of 10 [I~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Radio Communications I b.r WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. FCC requires the FCC call signs be broadcast once every 30 minutes during incidents on fire and EMS tactical channels except those channels that have automated station identifiers. 3. Effective Date: Approved By: / . Dispatch Cards a . Note: If any dispatcher receives a complaint directly from the field. (A complete listing of the call signs can be found in appendix " A at the end of this procedure. the person complaining should be politely requested to contact their respective supervisor administrator and have the complaint brought to the attention of the Chief of Police. Complaints a .) 2.

.

.. Enroute is not a substitute for responding.. All other users will refrain from using that frequency until cleared for use by EDC.e..." DISREGARD L S MESSAGE AT DOA EMERGENCY TRAFFIC ONLY EMERGENCY TRAFFIC Effective Date: Approved By: - /-' .00 Page 7 of 10 1 CODE YELLOW Respond without red lights and siren at normal driving speed.... unit designator must also be used. To make sure transmission understood correctly.....e.. i..p ublic service.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure #: 2. Self-Explanatory Dead on arrival Radio user(s) will confine all radio transmissions to an emergency in progress or a new incident.. C V R STATION OE Proceed Code Yellow to another station for service in their area until they are available from an incident. Disregard response. "Wasilla Ambulance 1 copies." CODE GREEN CONFIRM CORRECTION An error has been made. Normally used by administrative and staff personnel to designate nonemergency destination. Used to acknowledge message is received and understood.... i... "Engine 211 enroute to...69.. the correct versionis. Term used to gain control of a radio frequency to report an emergency..

"Engine 211." Self-Explanatory FIRE U D R CONTROL N E HAVE. Indicates a unit is mechanically out of service. i. not in an emergency response mode to a dispatch. VT out-of-service for repairs. All radio communications to and from the EDC should be directed to or received from the Incident Commander.00 Page 8 of 10 1 ESTABLISH COMMAND Indicates that the Incident Command System is being implemented to coordinate and command the incident. . "VT." OUT-OF-SERVICE Effective Date: Approved By. i....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure #: 2. in service for fire prevention inspections at Butte Elementary School.e.CALL BY PHONE IN QUARTERS IN SERVICE L U AND CLEAR O D NEGATIVE ON LOCATION/AT SCENE Used when units arrive at scene of incident. the following phrase should be used.. Self-Explanatory Indicates apparatus and/or personnel are in the station. ... This means that a unit is operating." NOTE: When repairs have been completed. Indicates the forward progress of the fire has been stopped.. back in service and available.e.69.

69... i. SIZE-UP I i i l condition or situation report given nta by first unit or personnel on scene of an incident... In most cases.. i.'' STAND BY STOP TRANSMITIING UNCOVERED UNREADABLE Effective Date: Approved By: / . t y to add the specific r trouble.or Engine 21 responding to.e.- Procedure k 2. Used when signal received is not clear... "hgine 211.. or personnel status after an assignment. mmND/mmmmG mum NORMAL RADIO TRAFFIC RETURNING T Q A T R O U RES Indicates apparatus..e. equipment.. 1 Self-Explanatory Normally used by dispatch to direct units that are available to a station or another location.. static background noise.. Self-Explanatory Self-Explanatory Indicates that a unit is not in service. respond to. because there are no personnel to operate it... "Unreadable.WASILLA POLICE DEPAlXTMJZN'I' 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s .00 Page 9 of 10 11 Procedure Title: Radio Communications REPEAT REPORT ON CONDITIONS Self-Explanatory Self-Explanatory Used during dispatch-proceed to or proceeding to an incident or emergency..

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure k 2-69-00 11 Page 10 of 10 VEHICLE REGISTRATION CHECK WEATHER WHAT IS YOUR LOCATION? Self-Explanatory Self-Explanatory Self-Explanatory Effective Date: A -/ -93 Approved By: - - /- .

EMERGENCY Fire Alarm o r Fire at ----Advise Nature of Fire Advise Progress of Fire Smoke Report Negative En Route Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) Notify Coroner Prisoner(s) in Custody. But Not Emergency EMERGENCY Request Permission to Leave Patrol Animal Carcass in Road Assist Motorist Emergency Road Repairs Needed Traffic Light Out Accident (D-Damage. Use Lights and Siren Silent Run.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT -- regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Radio Communications Procedure #: 2-69-00 Appendix A Unable to Copy Signal Loud & Clear Change Frequency Acknowledged Meet with ---Busy.iury. Advise ETA Will Be Late Provide Transportation Bar. F-Fatality) Wrecker Needed Ambulance Needed Road Blocked Livestock on Highway Intoxicated Driver Intoxicated Pedestrian Hit and Run Direct Traffic Convoy or Escort Welfare Check Personnel in Area Open Door or Window Message Cancellation Clear to Read Next Message Officer Needs Routine Assistance Officer Needs HELP. Reported DANGEROUS . I-In. Give Number Eating o r Coffee (Give Location) Reserve Lodging No Contact If Meeting. N O Lights or Siren Urgent. Security Check Advise Present Phone Number Of --Wrecker En Route Bank Alarm o r Alarm Ringing Unnecessary Use of Radio Clear to Receive Confidential Info Blocking Drag Racing Check for Local Offense Record Mental Subject Records Show No WantsIWarrants Emergency at State Jail Records Show WantedIWarrant Wanted. Stand By Unless Emergency Out of Service In Service Repeat Fight in Progress Stand By o r Wait Road and Weather Report Report of Prowler Civil Disturbance Domestic Trouble Meet Complainant Complete Assignment Location Telephone ------Disregard Arrived at Scene Assignment Completed Report in Person to ----Detaining Subject. Expedite Driver's License Information Vehicle Registration Information Check Records for W a n w a r r a n t s Emergency at Station Crime in Progress Man with Gun Emergency Traffic Only Riot Major Crime Alert Routine Traffic Stop Investigate Suspicious Vehicle Stopping Suspicious Vehicle Urgent.

.

Effective Date: L +-/-93 ApprovedBy . These codes are to be used when completing case reports and data entry in APSIN.00 Page 1 of 6 The following 5 pages are the standard abbreviations used nationally by police agencies for uniform crime reporting. - .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTIVENT l~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Report Codes Procedure #: 2.70.

ALL ABBREVIATIONSTO BE USED ARE IN LARGE. etc.) ALL COLORS SILver GReeN YELlow LAVender Dark BLue PurpLE BROwn HAZle CopPeR BALd Light GReen TuRQuoise Dark GReen BLUe PiNK BRonZe WHIte ChrOMe SanDY GOLD BeiGE GRaY BLacK OraNGe Light BLue RED MARoon BLoNd CReaM m o w n . BOLD LETTERS OR NUMBERS STATES ALabama AlasKa Arizona ARkansas CAlifornia Colorado ConnecticuT DElaware District of Columbia FLorida GeorgiA Haw ai1 maho ILlinois INdiana IOWA Kansas Kentucky LouisianA CANADIAN PROVINCES MainE MarylanD MAssachusetts Michigan MiNnesota Mississippi Missouri MonTana NBbraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota OHio OKlahoma ORegon PennsylvaniA Rhode Island South Carolina South Dakota TenNessee Texas UTah VermonT VirginiA WAshington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming AlBerta British Columbia LaBrador NF ManitoBa New Brunswick NK New Foundland Nova Scotia ONtario Prince Edward Island Quebec-PQ SasKatchewan SN Yukon Territory (See DMV manual for other countries.

Mexican RJ-Referred To Juv Court A=Alcohol RP-Released To Parents D=Drugs RW-Referred To Other Agency B=Both RO-Referred To ORolice Agency RC-Referred To Adult Court B=Black A=Asian IsIndian (Includes Alaskan Natives) U=Unknown RELATIONSHIP OF VICTIM TO OFFENDER ROLE CODES Husband C=Complainant Wife D=Defendant Commonlaw Husband W=Witness Mother I=Interview FAther S=Suspect Son N=Next Of Kin DAughter P=Parent BRother G=Guardian Sister V=Victim In Law Step Father Step Son Step Daughter Other Family NeiGhbor AcQuaintance BoyFriend GniFriend ExHusband EmployeE EmployeR Homosexual OTher-known to victim STranger UNknown .JUVENILE DISPOSITION ALCOHOIJIRUGS RACE W=White.

cut. offender AMphibian FLoat . Blunt Object Personal Weapon Poison Pushed.hang. Firearm. Unk type OTher-unknown Asphyxiation SITUATION CODE GEAR TYPE Other Gun KNife. Thrown Explosives Fire LANDING A=Single victim/single offender B=Single victim/&.HandGun NArcotics Rifle DRowning SHotgun STrangle. instr. offender Wheel-Float CsSingle VIctim/multiple offender Wheel-Ski D=Multiple victim/singleoffender SKi E=Multiple victimfmultiple offender Wheel F=Multiple victiWunk.

Gas TOW UTility VaN Bus DumP Flat Bed House LowBoy TanK TEnt Travel UTility (see DMV manual for others) BOAT . Diesel Tradtrk. PonToon Round Bottom Semi-V Tli-Hun OTher Out Board .MATERIAL HULL PROPULSION HULL SHAPE AIRboa t Metal COMmercial PLastic CRUiser WOOD HouSEboat OTher Hovercraft HYDrofoi RUNabout SAiLboat UTiLity YAchT others-YYY INboard manual-MP Sail-Inboard aux.ALL ABBREVIATIONS TO BE USED ARE THE LARGE BOLD LETTERS OR NUMBERS BODY STYLE OTHER TRUCKS TRAILER ConVertible Motorcycle coups snowmachine-O P 2 door hardTop atv-OP 4 door hardTop HatchBack MotorHome 2 door Sedan 4 door Sedan RoaDster Van Camper carryaLL Auto Carrier DumP Auto Carrier BoaT Box FlatBed GarbaGe PaNd PicKup STake Tradtrk. Sail-Outboard CataMaran Deep-V Flat Bottom am.

etc. Notes. Stereos. Furs D=Locally Stolen Motor Vehicles E=Office Equipment F=Televisions.UCR PROPERTY CODES A=Currency. Precious Metals CkClothing. KsB1an. Etc. Radios. NCIC FIREARM TYPE CODE: B=Submachine gun1Machine Pistol C=Rifle/Shotgun Combination F=Ammunition H=Bomb M=Machine Gun RsRifle S=Shotgun V=Silencer AsAutomatic Action B=Bolt Action D=Derringer E=Double Barrel (side by side) F=Flare H=Flintlock I=Semiautomatic Action Autoload. G=Firearms H=Household Goods I=Consumable Goods J=Livestock K=Misc. Bdewelry.k L=Lever Action 0=0ver and Under =Pump Action R-Revolver S=Single Shot U=Percussion NCIC ARTICLE TYPE CODES A =Automotive Accessories B=Bicycles C=Camera E=Equipment H=HouseholdAppliances M=Musical Instruments &Office Equipment P =Personal Accessories S=SportsEquipment R=Camera Equipment V =Viewing Equipment Y =Other . THE FOLLOWING CODES ARE FOR USE ON THE 12-210 (PROPERTY REPORT) ONLY.

Offense Name. and UCR number.00 - 11 I Procedure Title: Report HeadingaTJCR Codes e o i 7 1 Refer to attached 10 pages for Offense Code. check the report writing manual or the offense code table (OF-Viol) in APSIN. For a complete listing of all offense codes used in APSIN.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. These codes and titles are to be used when completing case reports and for data entry into APSIN.70. Effective Date: Approved By: .

Offense Code No. & Offense Code UCR - 9575 9544 9605 9606 9831 4903 9515 9516 9517 9986 9991 9617 5201 5301 9610 9597 2099 2009 2005 2003 2001 9721 9722 9723 2008 2006 2004 2002 1399 1301 1302 1303 1313 1304 1305 1306 1310 1311 1312 1307 1308 1309 9543 9581 9626 9895 Abandoned Vehicle Accident-Firearm-Other Agency Assist-Inside Alaska Agency Assist-Outside Alaska Aid Prisoner Escape-Pub Sewice Aiding Prisoner To Escape Aircraft Accident-Fatal hw j Property Damage Aircraft -Impound Aircraft Incident Aircr&OperamcHess Alter Identification On Weapon Anarchism Animal Related OffensedComplaints Arrest Warrant Served Arson .Arson-PublicBuilding Arson-Business Arson-Business-DefkaudInsurance Arson-Bushess-Endqer Life Arson-MotorVehicle Arson-Other Mobile Property Arson-Other Property Arson-PubEcBuilhg-EndwerLife Arson-Residence hon-Residence-De&aud Insurance hon-ResidenceEndwer Life Assault Assault-Family-Gun Assault-Family-OtherWeapon Assadt-Fmily-Sbongm Assault-Non Aggravated Assault-Nonfamily-Gun Assault-Nodamily-OtherWeapon Assault-Nodmily-Strongm Assadt-Police Officer-Gun Assault-Police Officer-Other Weapon Assault-Police Officer-Strongarm Assault-PublicOfficer-Gun Assault-Public Officer-Other Weapon Assault-Public Officer-Strongarm Attempted Suicide ATV Complaint Autopsy BIA -10or More 9546 Background Investigation For Other Agency .

Bestiality Bigamy Bribery Burglary Burglary-Bank Type Institution Burglary-Forced Entry-Residence Burglary-Forced-&sidence-Atbmpt Burglary-Forced-Non Res-Attempt Burglary-Forced-Non Residence Burglary-No Force-Non Residence Burglary-No Force-Residence Burglary-Safe-Vault Canine P a h l Carrying Concealed Weapon Carrying Prohibited Weapon ChildLFondIing Civil Problem Coercion Compound Crime Concealing Stolen Property Conflict of Interest Contrib Delinquency of Minor Counterfeiting Comterfeitix-Wscellanwus Court Appearance Crime Stopper Program Criminal Non-Support Criminal Use of Computer Criminally Negligent Burning Cruelty To Animals Custodial Interference Damage Property Damage Property-Business Damage Property-Private Damage Property-Public Death Investigation-Natural Cause Non Criminal.other Death Notification Defiaud Creditors Detention Order Served Di~tary-Security-Escod Disorderly Conduct Disturbanceother Domestic Violence Process Served Drinking In Public Driving Without License Drive While License Susp/Can/Rev Driver's License Violation Drowning Drugs-Amphetamine .

-Sell Drugs-Synthetic Narcotic Drugs-Synthetic Narcotic-Possess Drugs-Synthetic Narcotic-Smuggle Drugs-Synthetic Narcotic-Sell Dm-Alcohol DWI-hgs D W .Dws-hphet~ne-Mmdadwe hgs-hphe-ine-Possess Drugs-Amphetamine-Sell Drugs-Barbiturate Dws-Bmbiturate-Mmdacwe hgs-Bmbiwate-Possess Drugs-Barbiturate-Sell Drugs-Cocaine Drugs-Cocaine-Possess Drugs-Cocaine-Sell Drugs-Cocaine-Smuggle Drugs-Dangerous Drugs pt Drugs-Expense h r Drugs-Hallucinogen Drugs-Hduchogen-Dis~bute Drugs-Hdlucinogen-Mmdacke Drugs-Hdluhogen-Possess Drugs-Hallucinogen-Sell Drugs-Heroin Drugs-Heroin-Possess Drugs-Heroin-Sell Drugs-Heroin-Smuggle Drugs-Information Drugs-Marijuana Drugs-Wjuana-Possess Drugs-Marijuana-Produce Drugs-Marijuana-Sell N s -Wjuma-Smuggle Drugs-Narcotic Equip.-Smuggle Drugs-OpiumOr Deriv.-Possess Drugs-Opium Or Derivative Drugs-Opium Or Deriv.-Possess Drugs-OpiumOr Deriv.D W L R Advisement Eavesdropping nu* Embezzlement Embezzlement-Bank Q p e Institution Embezzlement-Business Property Embezzlement-Postal Embezzlement-Public Property Emergency Message Endanger Welfare of Minor Escape .

Rep. Extortion-Threat-In.S e K I d i d d ..Evidence Tampering ExploitationOf Minor Explosives-Possess Explosives-Using Explosives Ordinance Disposal Extortion Extortion-Threat Accuse Crime Extortion-Threat Inform Vio. Extortion-Threat To Damage Property Extortion-Threat To Injure Fail To Permit Visit With Minor Fail To ReporilControl Dangerous E r e Fail To Give Accident Information Fail To Remove Snow Fail To Report Accident Fall-Fatal False Alarm False Statement Family Offense-Non Criminal Family Offenses Field Interview Fire Fatality-Non Arson Fire Services Fire-Non Arson-Injury Fire-Non Arson-Property Damage Firearm F a t d t y . ForgeryICounterfeit-PossTools Fraud Fraud By Wire Fraud-Confidence Game Fraud-Deceptive Business Records Fraud-Falsi@ Business Records hud-Md Fraud-Obtain Signature By Deception Fraud-Swindle Furnish Liquor To A Minor GaJnbling Gambling Device Gambling Device-Possess Gambling Device-Transport Gambling Goods .N o t Suicide Firearm-Self Inflicted-Not Attempted Suicide F'iring Weapon Flight To Avoid FlightlEscape Forgery Forgery Of Checks Forge~y-Miscellaneous Forgery-Passing Forged-Misc.

C h e c k Interdepartmental Investigation Intedere With Official Proceeding .-Gm Homicide-Wilhl-Public Off.-Other Wea Hour Of Closure Violation Illegal Use Of Credit Cards Impersonate PubIic Servant Impound Vehicle Incendiary Device-Possess Incendiary Device-Teaching Use Incendiary Device-Using Incest With A d d t Incest With Minor Indecent Exposure Industrial Accident-Fatal Insuficient h d s .Gambling Goods-Possess Gambling-Bookmaking Gambling-Card Game Gambling-Dice Game Gambling-Established Gamb Place Gambling-Lottery Gambling-Operate Card Game Gambling-Operate Dice Game Gambling-Operate Lottery Gambb-R-Lom~ Gambling-Sports Tampering Gambling-Transmit Wager Information Gratuity Gratuity-Giving Gratuity-Wering Gratuity-Receiving Harassment Harboring Escape/Fugitive Harming Police Dog Hazerdous Materials Incident HealtWSafety Hazard Hijack Aircraft Hinder Prosecution Homicide Homicide-Justifiable Homicide-Manslawhter-OfierNeg HomicideNeglkenbVeKde HomiudeNegfigenbWeapn Homicide-WiM-Fmgy-Ofier Weapon Homicidewillful-Fdy-Gm Homicide-Willfbl-Non Family-Other Wea Homicide-Willfd-NonFamily Gun Homicide-Willful-PoliceOff-Other Wea Homicide-Willful-PoliceOff-Gun Ho~cideWW-PublicW.

Dispo. Machine/Device Larceny-From Interstate Shipment Larceny-hm Mail Larceny-From Shipment Larceny-From Watercraft Larceny-From Yards Larceny-Pick Pocket Larceny-Purse Snatch-No Force Larceny-Shoplifting Larceny-Theft By Deception Larceny-Theft Of Services Larceny-Vehicle Parts Leaving Scene Of Accident Litter-Public Or Private Place Loitering LostLFound Property Making A False Report Manifest Check Medical Assist Medical Transport Minor In Need Of Supervision Minor In POSSESSIONlCons~ing Minor On Premises Misapplication Of Property Misconduct By A Juror .Interstate Transport Stolen Pmperty Interstate Transport Stolen Vehicle Intoxicated Pedestrian-Public Highway Invasion of Privacy Itinerant Merchant Violation Jury Tampering Kickback Kickback-Giving Kickback-Offering Kickback-Receiving Kidnapping Kidnap-Adult Kidnap-Adult For Ransom Kidnap-Adult To Sex Assault Kidnap-Hostage For Escape Kidnap-Minor Kidnap-Minor For Ransom Kidnap-Minor For Sex Assault Larceny Larceny-Conceal Merchandise Larceny-Fail To Make Req. Larceny-From Aircraft Larceny-From Auto Larceny-From Bank Institution Larceny-hm A Building Larceny-From Coin Op.

Damage-Wildlife Involved Motorist Assist NegligentDriving 26 Obstruction On Public Highways 26 Official Misconduct 26 Open Container 26 Opening Sealed Communication Overdue Aircraft Overdue Motorist Overdue Snowmachine Patrol &quest p e d ~ 26 Perjury-Subordination 26 Polygraph Exam For Other Agency 26 Possess Marijuana While Operate Motor Vehicle Possess Stolen Property 13 26 Possess Burglary Tools Possession Of Weapon 15 Promoting Contraband 26 Prostitution 16 Prostitution-Maintain House Of 16 Prostitution-Procure For 16 Protective Custody Provide Transportation Public Appearance Public Assist Rape-With Gun Rape-Attempt With Gun Rape-Attempt With Other Weapon Rape-Attempt-Strongarm Rape-Other Weapon Rape-Strongarm Receiving Stolen Property Reckless Driving Reckless Endangerment Rehse Intoximiter .Misconduct Involving A Corpse Misrepresent U e Propelled Vehicle s Missing Person-Adult Missing Pemn-Juvenile Misuse Of Confidential I d o Motor Vehicle Accident-Fatal Motor Vehicle Accident-Injury Motor Vehicle Accident-Property Damage Only Motor Vehicle AccidenbDept. Vehicle-Non Fatal Motor Vehicle AccidenbFatal-WildlXeInvolved Motor Vehicle Accident-Fatality-Non Trffic Motor Vehicle Accident-Injury-Non Trffic Motor Vehicle AccidenbWildlife Involved Motor Vehicle Accident-Property Damage-Non Traffic Motor Vehicle AccidenbProp.

Rehse To Aid Oficer Removal Of Identification Mark Resisting Arrest Riot Ftiot-Engage In Riot-Inciting Riot-Interfere With firemen Riot-Interfere With Police Road Conditions Robbery-Bank m e Institution Robbery-Business-Gun Robbery-Business-Other Weapon Robbery-Business-Shongarm Robbery-Force-Purse Snatch Robbery-Residence-Gun Robbery-Gsidence-aher Weapon Robbery-Residence-Strongm Robbery-Street-Gun Robbery-Street-Other Weapon %bbev-Skeet-Skongam Runaway Juvenile Sale Of Stolen Property Sale To A Drunk Search And Rescue Search Warrant Served Security Check Seduction of Adult Selling Weapon Sexual Assault-Carnal Abuse Sex With Mentally Incapacitated Person Sexual Assault-N on Female-Rape Shoplifting Simulation Of Legal Process Snowmachine Complaint Sodomy-Boy-Gun Sodomy-Boy-Strongarm Sodomy-Boy-Weapon Sodomy-Girl-Gun Sodomy-Girl-Strongarm Sodomy-Girl-Weapon Sodomy-Man-Gun Sodomy-Man-Strongarm Sodomy-Man-Weapon Sodomy-Woman-Gun Sodomy-Woman-Strongxm Sodomy-Woman-Weapon Statutory Rape-No Force Stolen Property Stolen Vehicle LCLBecovered LCL Stolen Vehicle-%covered Local .

Subject Removal SubpoendSummons Served Suicide Suspicious Circumstances Suspicious Vehicle Tampering With Public Records Terroristic Threatening Theft Of Aircraft Threat To Bomb Tobacco-GivdSellTo Minor Tr&c Control Provided Traffic Hazard Traffic Offense TrafEc Signal-Street Light Problem Transport Corpse Transport Dangerous Material Transport Mental Subject Transport Paperwork Transport Prisoner Tres p ass Unauthorized Use Of Vehicle Unlawfdly Possess Altered Property Unsworn Falsification Vehicle Theft-Possess Stolen Vehicle Vehicle Theft-kceive Stolen Vehicle Vehicle ThefbStrip Stolen Vehicle Vehicle Theft-Use In Other Crime Vehicle Theft Vehicle ThefbBy Bailee Vehicle The&-Theftand Sale Of Vehicle Theft-Theft And Strip Vehicle In Ditch Vehicle Inspection Violation Of Civil Rights Voided Dispatch Water Safety Watercraft Accident-Fatal Watercraft Accident-Injury Watercraft Accident-Property Damage Only Watercr&OperatioaecHess Weapon Offenses Welfare Check-Person Wiretap-Fail To Report Witness Tampering - 26 15 26 26 .

........... and t~ advise a l personnel of their responsibilities when dispatched or otherwise handle a call for service.71.........Sequential numbers assigned to any how a call was handled... "Requests for Service").......A ........ a hll case report......... ......Any activity which delivers police service to the public for which statistical tracking........ .. POLICY That all personnel coordinated by the Dispatch Center communicate changes in their duty status in an accurate and timely manner and that they respond to all requests for Police assistance as soon as possible.......... Calls for Service ("Calls"..... DEFINITIONS Status..* unit's activity...I1' WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT Pmcedm # 2. assignment...... . .......... Incident Numbers ("Case Numbers").......00 .............. or followup activities is t be initiated..... notification of Dispatch Center by the officer of A EffectiveDate: d/-/-9 3 Approved B y ...".. ............ Disposition.............. "CFS's".. "Calls" create an o incident number ("case number")......*. call for service. ......... even though o the unit may not be required t complete any documents... or working condition which determines its ability to be dispatched by the Dispatch Center. Page 1 of 10 Regulations and Pmcedures M n a aul Procedure Title: Requests for Service 11 PURPOSE To instruct in the proper method of keeping one's duty status current with the Dispatch l Center..............

... Certain events require a fieldreport to be written by the officer.. Effective Date: Approved By: ... ..... Studying the definitions cited above will enhance an officer's grasp of the systern/procedure which follows.. Abiding by these procedures is central to officer safety and the efficient delivery of police services to the public. In such cases.. OFFICERS' RESPONSIBILITIES 1........ and events cannot be predicted...... Given the importance of knowing valid unit status. Yet this crucial information can also be the most elusive ..units do not hold still. DISCUSSION Of all the information that a police dispatcher needs..... certain procedures have been established which best provide the necessary information... and the Dispatch Center will provide the incident number for the officer to include on the field report (this application is the familiar "getting case numberst'). specific assignments while on duty will not relieve any member of the Department of the responsibility to respond to any type of call... unit "status" (who is where..WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure & 2....71. or the officer may elect to write a report on a particular event. ... the dispatcher cannot visibly watch what is going on..... the officer declares the incident will receive a report. and what is their availability ) ranks top on the list. These procedures accommodate the dispatcher's and officer's needs.. PROCEDURE A...........00 Page 2 of 10 1 ' I Report.. Officers To Respond Unless otherwise directed by a Supervisor.

the officer shall notify the dispatcher and give his location.71. an officer dispatched to a call will respond without delay. Effective Date: Approved By: . any member of the Department assigned to regular patrol duties is subject to respond to any call for service or assistance. an officer is required to leave the City limits. 3. 2. With the exception of an emergency or other mitigating circumstances. Officer To Notify Upon receipt of a request for service or assistance which is not received through the dispatcher. the officer shall immediately notify the dispatcher. 4. Other members of the Department not specifically directed to a given call shall refrain from proceeding to the scene unless directed by the dispatcher to do so. NOTE: If the response is to be delayed the Dispatch Center will be advised of the delay and the reasons for the delay. The Dispatch Center Is Responsible And Has The Authority To Determine Who Is To B Dispatched e Depending on location and seriousness of a call. Officers Limited To City Boundaries a .00 Page 3 of 10 11 1 Upon direction of the Dispatch Center. b. the dispatcher shall determine which vehicle or vehicles shall be dispatched. . When in the course of an investigation or pursuit.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~emlations Procedures Manual and ll~rocedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure #: 2. Members of the Department assigned to patrol shall only patrol and respond to calls within the City boundaries unless directed by the dispatcher to respond to calls in another area. informing him of the type of incident and the location.

Constant Contact Will B Maintained With The Dispatcher e a.71. responding officers shall return to service as soon as practical. 2. the officer shall provide the dispatcher with a location and reason for leaving the vehicle and will notify the dispatcher upon returning to service. B. such as a bar. The officer shall also notify dispatcher upon return to the vehicle. The Dispatcher will record each such instance. or check any business establishment. Effective Date: Approved By: / . At no time shall an officer leave his vehicle without first informing the dispatcher of his location and reason for leaving the vehicle. Assisting officers in second vehicles shall return to service as soon as it is determined their services are not needed and the call can be handled satisfactorily by the original officer. b. license number of vehicle and nature of the stop. 3. When leaving a police vehicle to inspect closed business places. notifying the dispatcher of location. Checking Businesses a .00 Page 4 of 10 1 5. b. On completion of an investigation or other police action. CONTACT WITH DISPATCHER 1.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure #: 2. notifying the dispatcher that they are back in service. Notification When Back In Service a . showing time and location. Traffic Stops Prior to leaving a police vehicle after stopping another vehicle for any reasons. the officer shall contact dispatch.

and are processed as follows: 1) A dispatcher in the Communications Center records information provided by the citizen or other caller. or as an officer initiated activity. The unit is made aware of requests for service generally from two sources . Procedure #: 2. 4. and are considered to be unavailable for all but emergency dispatches. A s soon as it is received. in standardized language. Under no circumstances will an inspection be made of the inside of such a building until the dispatcher has been notified. Summary It becomes apparent that. officers must tell the Dispatch Center. C.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Requests for Service b. Effective Date: Approved By: . to keep the dispatcher properly informed. the officer shall immediately notify the dispatcher and either request assistance to make a complete inspection or inform the dispatcher of his intent to check further. which usually start as telephone calls to the Dispatch Center. These are described next: a . of any and all changes in their duty status. In this situation an officer will initiate a 10-60 and advise dispatch.either as a dispatched call for service.00 Page 5 of 10 1 In the event an open or unlocked door or window of any business place or vacant house is found. Dispatched requests for service. The standardized language is particularly important since a dispatcher does not always have the time or information to interpret what the officer means. incident numbers are assigned.71. INITIATING CALLS FOR SERVICE 1. General Units handling a request for service are referred to as being "on a call".

any employee may conduct police business on their own initiative by advising the Dispatch Center of the activity. b) The primary unit also has the responsibility to advise Dispatch of any material corrections (corrections to addresses or call classification). a) If the officer's investigation/case resolution 3) requires leaving the scene. and other such occurrences). different activities and responsibilities require officers to routinely become involved in events requiring contact and coordination with Dispatch (traffic stops. incident numbers are assigned. A s soon as it is received. 2) The dispatcher assigns the call to available and appropriate unit@). b. the Dispatch Center shall be advised the unit is "leaving the scene. criminal activity in progress. Unit(s) arriving at a dispatched call will advise the Dispatch Center by radioing. Additionally.00 Page 6 of 10 E 1) A dispatcher in the Communications Center records information provided by the citizen or other caller. Units not dispatched to calls will not respond without first advising the Dispatch Center. (unit designator)".WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure #: 2. 1) A major part of an officer's duty obligation is that they actively look for situations requiring police service. Effective Date: Approved By: . "10-23. The second source of calls is Officer initiated activities.71." and the destination. 2) Regardless of duty status.

00 Page 7 of 10 11 D. General Regardless of how a unit discovers and handles a call. Proper radio communication of case disposition does two things for the Dispatch Center: a . Call Disposition Procedure When an officer concludes a call. b. Note the following process: a . Follow-up at hospitals. and other similar actions are part of the case and should be done prior to going back into service.71. transports to the Magistrate and jail. the last essential step in maintaining accurate unit status is case disposition." above. Alerts the dispatcher to the unit's status. Provides critical data for APSIN input. a simple but very specific procedure is triggered which satisfies the needs described in "1. A call should not be considered as finished by the officer until all anticipated activity is done.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s Procedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure #: 2. When calling back into service. DISPOSITION OF CALLS 1. the officer is required to inform the Dispatch Center of two essential items: Effective Date: Approved By: . b. and allows the dispatcher to enter this information on the radio log and on the dispatch card. 2.

or. which applies to a call for service to deliver an emergency message and the message was not delivered by the officer.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [Regulationsand Procedures Manual ~rocedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure #: 2. The Report Writing procedure should be consulted to ascertain what types of events require a report.71. or Unfounded . the officer should identify the true call tide. or Gone on Arrival .00 Page 8 of 10 1 I[ I 1) ANY CORRECTIONS. or Message Not Delivered. or Message Delivered. lastly b) c) d) e) - Effective Date: Approved By: . If the officer determines the event to be something other than what was originally dispatched. delivered. most commonly and important being: a) Reclassification of the event from what was originally dispatched. in fact. YE dispositions are: The only types of a) Report. when the call was for delivery of an emergency message and the message was. b) 2) THE T P OF DISPOSITION. and Location corrections. and which ones may be "cleared without paper".

therefore. I'm 10-8". This disposition code is used almost entirely by Dispatch Center.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Requests for Service Procedure #: 2. More properly. If. an officer states only "Reclassify to a civil dispute. An officer electing to dispose of such a call advises the Dispatch Center of the logged only status or disposition. logged only. 10-8". even though the parties can be located and the case is founded. a report would be expected. Call Canceled.71. When going 10-8 an officer is to advise dispatch of the offense code for that call.00 Page 9 of 10 1 Logged Only. the officer would state "Reclassify to a civil dispute. The attached "Calls for Service Code List and Report Requirements" identifies any non-criminal event. Dispatch Center can dispose of the call without further action by the officer. most allegations of infractions. If the complainant recalls Dispatch Center to cancel the request for police services. Effective Date: Approved By: / - . HOWEVER THE OFFICER MUST NOTE THE FOLLOWING: hi) Failing to give any disposition defaults to a report. and some minor criminal calls which may be concluded without the writing of a report.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.00 Page 10 of 10 [[~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Requests for Service 1 h2) Some events require a report. Effective Date: ^ .. and those that can be concluded without paper.71. and this requirement cannot be ignored by merely 'logging" the call. The Report Writing procedure lists all the events which require a report. S /Â ./ 9A roved B .

are subject to the same standards. or when authorized for any other unforeseen condition requiring additional staffing.. DISCUSSION The Wasilla Police Department Reserve was created with several goals in mind. like t h a t of the Police Department. while volunteers. POLICY Reserve officers are a vital and important aspect in the overall operational efficiency of the Department.72. It is intended that the reserves.00 Page 1 of 17 l l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns [Procedure Tide: Reserve Unit 1 1 PURPOSE To advise all full time and volunteer Department personnel of the regulations and procedures that apply to reserve officers. The mission of the Reserve Unit. will become familiar with the Department's needs and overall mission. Their acquired knowledge in these areas will be a source of information for others throughout the community. who are private citizens. The members will also have the personal satisfaction of public service in a field that is not generally understood by the average citizen.t WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. and procedures as any other sworn officer. Reserve officers will be used to assist the Wasilla Police Department in the event of a major disaster. reserve officers will be utilized a t special events and other special assignments within the Wasilla Police Department's area ofjurisdiction. 5 . is public service and the protection of life and property. civil defense condition. The reserves. Additionally. regulations. . Effective Date: ApprovedBy.

Any misdemeanor conviction will be subject to review.D.00 Page 2 of 17 PROCEDURE A.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #: 2. 2. Effective Date: Approved By: .E. 6. equivalent. Criminal Record No Felony convictions. Citizenship United States Citizen 3. Age Twenty-one ( 21) years of age. Health An applicant is required to be in a state of health allowing for a physical condition capable of handling the strenuous physical contacts often required by law enforcement. 4. Character An applicant's character is subject to assessment through a thorough background investigation including a polygraph exam. QUALIFICATIONS FOR MEMBERSHIP 1. Education High school graduate or G. An applicant must also be capable of successfully completing a physical agility test on an annual (and entry) basis as established by the Department.72. 5.

Selection For Membership Applicants meeting the stated qualifications will be given a written test and will be interviewed by the Wasilla Police Department Liaison Officer and by members of the Reserve Unit. ORGANIZATION 1.00 I1 Page 3 of 17 7. tests. and all other phases of initial investigations. Appointed by the Chief of Police upon recommendation by the Liaison Officer.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT IRegulations and ProceduresManual Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #: 2. > Effective Date: Approved By: . This number may be adjusted by the Chief of Police for good cause. Ranks And Positions a . oral interviews. All appointments will be subject to the final approval of the Chief of Police. Sergeants (2). Occupation or Profession An occupation or profession that may constitute a conflict of interest with police work will disqualify an applicant from membership. Authorized Strength The maximum number of members in the Reserve shall be Ten (10). B.72. 9. Duties and Responsibilities: 1) 2) Maintains all Reserve personnel records and files Schedules new applicant polygraphs. 8. 2. Drivers License An applicant must possess a valid Alaska drivers license.

receives staffing requests. Coordinates all activity and training for the Reserve with the Police Department. Prepares special projects as assigned. Records minutes of all Reserve meetings. Maintains hourly work log of Reserve participation. Liaison Officer 1) 2) Appointed from the Wasilla Police Department by the Chief of Police.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [(Regulationsand Procedures Manual ~ r o c e d u r Title: Reserve Unit e Procedure #-.72. Receives and screens all applicants for membership. Performs all other duties connected with the Reserve as directed by the Chief of Police. Maintains liaison with the Wasilla Police Department. including members work and home telephone numbers. 2. 3) 4) Effective Date: Approved By: . 5) 6) 7) 8) b. and schedules special detail participation.00 Page 4 of 17 1 3) 4) Responsible for financial records and Reserve treasury. Maintains current Reserve roster.

and procedures for personnel action and discipline that relate to Reserve members will be established by the Chief of Police. Termination. Any member of the Reserve may be terminated from membership by the Chief of Police for any violation of Department Regulations or Procedures or for violations of the Regulations of the Reserve Unit. 1 I Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure ^. Recommendation for termination may be made to the Chief of Police by the Liaison officer or by the Reserve Review Board. PERSONNEL AND DISCIPLINE 1. An investigation of any suspected violation of Department regulations or procedures will be made by the Reserve Review Board.72. b.00 Page 5 of 17 C. Effective Date: f . Reserve Review Board A reserve review board will be appointed by the Chief of Police. Reserve members will not be governed by the personnel regulations of the City of Wasilla. Authority Authority. Disciplinary Actions a. 2. regulation. 2. This board will consist of the Liaison officer and two members from the Reserve Unit.1 I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT . The Reserve Review Board will forward all findings and recommendations to the Chief of Police for final approval. c 3.

upon recommendation of the Liaison Officer. A reserve member may be temporarily suspended for 2) cause by a supervisor of the Department or the Reserve Unit.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 11~eerulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #: 2. Reduction In Rank. d. Any member may be suspended from duty or participation in Reserve activities for disciplinary reasons or for a pending personnel investigation. Any member of the Reserve Unit holding a supervisor rank may be reduced from that rank. 3) Any time a Reserve member is suspended for cause by a supervisor a written report of the facts and circumstances surrounding the suspension will be forwarded to the Chief of Police by the Next business day. Appeal From Termination. This suspension shall not exceed seven ( 7 ) days unless a formal investigation has been initiated.72. for any violation of Department or Reserve regulations or procedures. Such suspension shall be at the direction of the Chief of Police upon recommendation of the liaison officer. by order of the Chief of Police. Any member terminated from membership in the Reserve may ask for and shall be granted a private hearing before the Chief of Police to appeal the termination. b.00 Page 6 of 17 11 . + Effective D t : ae Approved By: 'I - . Suspension 1) c .

Periods of inactive status over ninety (90) days may be taken only with the approval of the Chief of Police upon recommendation of the Liaison Officer. Issuance Of Uniforms And Equipment Uniforms will be provided Reserve members and will be purchased using funds from the Reserve Treasury. Members on probation may be terminated without cause.00 Page 7 of 17 11 4. and insignias of Reserve uniforms shall be the same as that of the Regular officers of the Wasilla Police Department except that a badge denoting "Reserve" shall be worn in place of the regular sworn officer badge. that member may be placed on inactive status upon presenting a request in writing to the Reserve Review Board. Leather gear and other equipment (with the exception of a firearm) necessary for duty will be issued by the Liaison Officer of the Department. UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT 1. This request must provide adequate justification for this action. The color.72. design. b. Probationary Period New Reserve members will be considered in a probationary status for a period of one (1)calendar year. Uniform And Badge Design a . 2. 5. Emblems or collar insignia denoting rank may be worn at the option of the Reserve Officer. Effective Date: Approved By: . on all uniforms. Inactive Status If any Reserve member finds that he will be unable to meet the minimum number of required duty hours or meetings.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #: 2. D.

Department issued police equipment will not be installed in private vehicles.00 Page 8 of 17 I 3. c Attendance at the regular meeting Going or coming from any event listed above d . equipment. .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #: 2. Use Of Uniforms And Equipment Reserve members shall not wear the uniform or any part thereof or use or display any police equipment except in the following circumstances: a . On an authorized assignment On training duty . Return Of Uniforms And Equipment a . and materials issued by the Wasilla Police Department to Reserve members will be turned in to the Liaison Officer of the Department within seven (7) days of termination. 4. All uniforms. Reserve officers shall use only that equipment authorized by Wasilla Police Department Regulations and procedures. Members on inactive status for periods of longer than thirty (30) days shall turn in all issued items except uniform pants and shirts. b. 5. c. The use of privately owned vehicles for police activities is prohibited without written permission of the Chief of Police. Unauthorized Equipment a .72. b. b.

Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #: 2.00 Page 9 of 17 1. Any failure to report known violations or misconduct may result in disciplinary action being taken against the Reserve Officer failing to so report. Reporting Infractions a Any violation of regulations. or procedures by a Reserve officer or by a Regular officer but observed by a Reserve Officer shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Chief of Police through the normal chain of command. Effective Date: Approved B y . b. 2. Work Requirements a . All Wasilla Police Department regulations requiring the use of "official channels" or the "chain of commandr' that are applicable to Reserve Officers will include the ranking officers in the Reserve and members reporting through these methods will report to their Reserve superior officer. orders. The minimum hours shall be twelve (12) hours per month for all Reserve Officers.72. Al members of the Reserve will work at least the minimum l number of hours set by the Police Department unless modified by the Chief of Police. Method of report in^. c . 3. Effect Of Wasilla Police Department Regulations All members of the Reserve will be bound by the regulations and procedures of the Wasilla Police Department except those that by their nature are not applicable to Reserve Officers.

00 Page 10 of 17 11 b. c. Reserve Officers shall not carry or use a firearm on duty until they have successfully completed the same training prescribed by the Wasilla Police Department for Regular Officers. Reserve Officers shall not carry a concealed firearm unless specifically authorized by an officer of the Wasilla Police Department for a specific assignment and then only when actively engaged in that assignment.72.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Reserve Unit * Procedure R 2. or as otherwise directed by the Chief of Police. 4. Effective Date: Approved By: / . d 5. Second Weapons. Time engaged in Wasilla-Reserve training or administrative duties may count as one half of the hourly requirement as averaged over a 1 2 month period for staff members. Use Of Firearms a . Reserve officers shall not carry a second weapon unless authorized to do so by the Chief of Police. Concealed Weapons. Off Duly. OnDuty. Arrests And Other Police Action Reserve Officers have full power and authority to make arrests and take other police actions as may be necessary while on duty. The minimum hour requirements shall be exclusive of time engaged in Wasilla-Reserve training or administrative duties. Reserve Officers may not carry a weapon concealed "off duty" for any reason. b.

Supervision While On Duty Reserve Officers will come under the supervision of the on duty Sergeant or. 8. 7. business. Change Of AddressIPhone Reserve Officers will. 9. Reserve Officers may only operate police vehicles while in the presence of a Regular Officer.WASILLA POLICE DEPmTMENT ~~Ftegulations Pmcedures Manual and Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure A 2-72-00 k Page 11 of17 1 1 6. All Reserve Officers will be required to complete the Department's vehicle driving course before they will be allowed to operate a Police vehicle. the regular officer on duty. in his absence. or the ranking Reserve Supervisor to which heishe is assigned. and assignments. The only exceptions will be the following: 1) b. as soon as possible. meetings. Excessive unauthorized absences will be cause for dismissal. not@ the Liaison Officer of the Department of any home. The only exception to this requirement will be in those instances where the operation of a police vehicle is for administrative purposes only and is at the request of a Regular Officer. Reserve Officers shall attend all mandatory training classes. Use Of Police Vehicles a . or phone change. special assignments such as a parade?surveillance7 7 Effective Date: Approved By: . b. Assignments a . except when the absence has been authorized by a Reserve Supervisor or the Liaison Officer. When directed otherwise by a Regular Officer for etc.

.

I 1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2.00 Page 13 of 17 ~ e d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s 1 1 1procedure Title: Reserve Unit 2. Reserve Officers will be given assignments in accordance with the Levels of Proficiency Ratings as established within this procedure and awarded by the Department. preceding the regular meeting. Duty Assignments a . Reserve Officers shall be prepared to assist on such special functions and patrol as may be required. b. The Reserve Staff will hold a staff meeting monthly.72. d . Meetings It is mandatory that the Reserves hold at least one regular meeting a month. a . Reserve Officers will not be eligible for duty with regular officers until they have completed a minimum amount of training as prescribed by the Chief of Police. Meetings will be held on the first Friday of every month at 1930 hours. for the purpose of planning upcoming Reserve functions. c 3. c. b. In an emergency. a special meeting can be called by the ranking Reserve Supervisor or by the Department Liaison Officer. Duty assignments will be made by the ranking on duty Regular Officer.

Effective Date: Approved By: . b. Appropriate proficiency levels will be assigned to individual officers based on the training attained and experience demonstrated by the officer. LEVELS OF PROFICIENCY 1. Proficiency levels so awarded shall remain in effect until such time as the individual officer's qualifications dictate change to a different level. at the very least. Each Reserve Officer shall become familiar with the level of responsibilities and duty assignment limitations associated with the level of proficiency they have earned. 2. as determined by the Reserve Review Board and approved by the Chief of Police.72. semiannually review the qualifications of and the proficiency level assigned to individual officers and recommend changes as necessary. Levels of Proficiency for individual officers will be recommended by the Reserve Review Board and approved in writing by the Chief of Police or his designee. General Levels of Proficiency will be used as an indication of the type and level of assignments and responsibilities that may be expected of an individual Reserve Officer.00 Page 14 of 17 1 11 II ~ r o c e d u r Title: Reserve Unit e 11 G.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure #: 2. c 3. The Reserve Review Board shall. Assignment Of Proficiency Levels a. Responsibility Of Individual Reserve Officers a .

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns
Procedure Title: Reserve Unit

Procedure #: 2.72.00 Page 15 of 17

11

b.

A Reserve Officer requested to perform duties beyond

those duty limitations assigned to hidher level of proficiency shall immediately so notify the officer in charge of the assignment.
4.

Proficiency Levels a. Proficiency Level 1-Trainee
1)

Requirements. Satisfactory background investigation, oral board, polygraph, medical examination, and final acceptance by the Reserve and Department. Duty Assignment Limitations. Is qualified to be assigned special low profile details, specifically authorized by the Reserve Staff or the Liaison Officer.

2)

b.

Proficiency Level 2-Rookie Reserve Officer
1)

Requirements a) Satisfactory completion of Proficiency Level 1 requirements. Satisfactory completion of any required training including weapons qualification and driver training. Satisfactory completion of FTO training with evaluation by the Reserve staff and the Liaison Officer

b)

c)

Effective Date:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Reserve Unit Procedure #-. 2.72.00 Page 16 of 17

11

2) Duty Assignment limitations

a) b) c)

Is qualified to perform those duties as stated for proficiency level 1. Is qualified to serve as a second officer in a vehicle with a regular W D officer. P Is qualified to be the issuing officer on equipment and moving traffic citations, when directed by a regular officer or as specifically directed for training purposes.

c.

Proficiency Level 3-Reserve Officer Requirements a) b) Satisfactory completion of proficiency level 2. Minimum of twelve (12) months experience and completion of at least 144 hours of service (exclusive of intra-reserve training o r administration duties) as a WPD Reserve Officer.

Duty Assignment Limitations a) b) May perform those duties as stated for lower proficiency levels. May serve as a second officer in a vehicle with a Reserve Officer for training purposes or when given a special assignment. May perform stake-outs and other selective assignments.

c)

Effective Date:

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

11~eerulations Procedures Manual and
-

Procedure #: 2.72.00 Page 17 of 17

11

-

Procedure Title: Reserve Unit

d

Proficiency Level 4-Senior Reserve Officer
1)

Requirements a)
b)

Satisfactory completion of proficiency levels 1 through 3. Initially, a minimum of 18 months and completion of at least 1 2 hours a month (average, exclusive of intra-reserve training or administration duties) for the past 12 months. Completion of less than 144 hours of service as b) specified in G.4.c.( 1 in the previous 1 2 months may be adequate cause for reduction of a Reserve Officer to a lower proficiency level.

c)

2)

Duty Assignment Limitations Is qualified to perform all levels of police duties that are normally assigned to and expected of a regular PPD officer of the rank of patrol officer.

Effective Date:

/g

-I-=

^

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
[ ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: School Protocol Procedure # 2.73.00 : Page 1 of 4

11

PURPOSE
To advise all personnel of those additional procedures required when responding to calls on school property, or involving people at events under school control.

POLICY
That members of the Department adhere to established protocol when intervening in events otherwise under the authority of school officials.

DEFINITIONS
School System. .................................... For purposes of this procedure, any institution established, maintained, or certified by the State as an educational facility wherein minors might attend.
Loco Parentis. .....................................In law, and for purposes of this procedure, the concept of "local parents." School officials assume various responsibilities to, and authority over, minors entrusted to their (temporary) care and supervision similar to that of a parent's. Due to this relationship, any contact with a minor under the purview of a school requires coordination equivalent to that a parent would be entitled to under similar circumstances. Note that this principle applies when the school assumes responsibility for the child. Should a child, for instance, be taken into custody for trespassing on school grounds after hours, no coordination would be required with school officials. Conversely, a minor taken into custody for an alcohol violation while participating in a school activity, even though off school grounds and after hours would require full coordination.

Effective Date:

4

193

Approved By:

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

I ~eg-ulations Procedures Manual and
Procedure Title: School Protocol

Procedure #: 2.73.00 Page 2 of 4

11

1-

)

Agent of the Police. ........................... In law, and for purposes of this procedure, the concept of a citizen acting on behalf of the police. With such direct interplay, that unsworn person loses his status as private citizen, and constructively becomes a "police officer," and must abide by all Constitutional, statutory, and case law provisions required of "police."

DISCUSSION
If an officer were to enter a business establishment in an official capacity, courtesy would dictate that certain traditions be recognized. The receptionist would be notified of the person(s) sought, those people would be given a reasonable time to respond and, if an employee were required to leave, that person's supervisor would be notified of the impending change in office s a f When an officer enters a school, or intervenes in a tf. school function, this "protocoln becomes more structured and important, as the school officials have a legal duty to act as "local parentsn - They are the immediate guardians of minors attending their school. This procedure identifies methods of simultaneously satisfying this obligation, while effectively performing police duties. When dealing with school officials, the officer would be well advised to remain alert to the concept of "agent of the police." School officials, having an eye towards protecting their charge, will often volunteer to conduct searches and interview suspects as "parents," having pre-decided to report their findings in full to the officer. Legally, this is easily argued as being tantamount to "deputizing" a citizen for purposes of that one case.

PROCEDURE
A.

NON-EMERGENCY EVENTS

1.

Entering School Property

Any time an officer enters school property in an official capacity the school administrators will be notified as soon as possible.

Effective Date:

Approved By.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: School Protocol Procedure #: 2.73.00 Page 3 of 4

1 -

I

Contact With Students
If any non-emergency call requires an officer to contact a minor while under school control and supervision, the following applies:

a .
b.

Contact the Principal or his designeefirst. Anticipate a school representative attending the interview, as specified in the Matanuska Susitna Borough School District's Administrative Manual. Insure that all reasonable attempts have been made to contact the student's parents prior to any interview and that the parents have given their consent to the interview.

c

3.

Arrests Arrest/custodj 1 of a minor ma.y be taken on school grounds. However, the officer should be aware of the School District's Administrative Manual's provision that instructs school officials to maximize safety and minimize disruption to the school and embarrassment to the student. a. Generally, an arrest of a student during school hours and on school property is discouraged. Unless the officer can articulate some compelling reason for immediate detention any arrest of a student should be delayed until after school hours. Although the responsibility to notify the parents of a juvenile's arrest is shared with the Principal, the officer shall confirm that notification by either making the contact himself, or documenting the statement by the Principal or his designee that such notification was made.

b.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

I

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
Procedure #: 2.73.00
Page 4 of 4

Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title:School Protocol
4.

1
. 1

Non-arrest Removals From School Authority In non-emergency situations where the officer desires to interview or remove the minor from school purview, permission has to be received from the Principal or hidher designee. NOTE: As in number 2 above, any removal of a student from school grounds must be after notification and with the permission of the parent or guardian of the minor.

5.

Evidence The officer is reminded that, in the investigation of a crime, evidence is seized, submitted into Property and Evidence and, if appropriate, lab-tested exactly as any other investigation would be conducted. The school does not retain or control any property identified as evidence.

R

EMERGENCY EVENTS

1.

General In general, no distinction is made between an emergency occurring on school grounds or during a school event and one occurring under other circumstances. Once the emergency has concluded, however, coordination with school officials is appropriate.

2.

Bomb Threats Note that school policy is to solicit the advice of the police department in determining if evacuation is appropriate. The school, however, must make the final decision to evacuate or not. All other aspects of the bomb threat call would be conventional, including notification of any on duty supervisor and the Chief of

Police.
Effective D t : ae

/a -( 9 3

Approved By:

^

-

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns
-

Procedure #: 2.74.00 Page 1 of 5

1

Procedure Title: Search Warrants

PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to provide officers of the Wasilla Police Department with guidelines for the execution of a search warrant.

POLICY
It is the policy of the Wasilla Police Department to (1)provide techniques to accomplish
a thorough and legal search; (2) observe the constitutional rights of the person(s) the warrant is being served upon; (3) minimize the level of intrusion experienced by those who are having their premises searched; (4) provide for the highest degree of safety for all persons concerned; and (5) establish a record of the entire execution process.

DEFINITIONS
Search Site. ...............................................The premises or person to be searched, a s explicitly stated in the search warrant. Search Personnel....................................Law enforcement officers and supporting personnel taking part in the execution of a search warrant. Evidence Collector.................................Member of the search team responsible for the possession, packaging, sealing, and marking of all items seized. Supervising Officer................................ Search team member most knowledgeable about the case andlor responsible for the investigation.

Effective Date:

& -1-'?3

Approved By.

fi -

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT

IRegulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure Title: Search Warrants

Procedure #: 2.74.00 Page 2 of 5

11

1

PROCEDURE
A.

UNIFORM AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

1.

Search Team Personnel The search team shall at all times include at least one uniformed officer. All non-uniformed officers shall be clearly identified as police officers by wearing a distinctive armband, jacket or some other indicator of office.

2.

Body Armor
All members of the search team should be equipped with body armor.

B.

TIME LIMITATIONS ON SEARCH WARRANT EXECUTION
1.

Warrants To Be Executed Promptly
A search warrant shall be executed as soon as practicable within

the conditions stated in state law. Circumstances that may necessitate a delay in executing a search warrant include, but are not limited to:

a .

The need to have many searches occur at the same time, which requires coordination and mobilization of police resources. The fact that seizable items have not arrived at the search site. The probability that substantial resistance will be encountered.

b. c.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

/

-

f

W A S I POLICE DEPARTMENT ~
Procedure #: 2.74.00 Page 3 of 5

[Regulations and Procedures Manual
Procedure Tide: Search Warrants

I1

d

The absence of a particular person(s) from the search site, when the supervisory officer feels that the search would best be conducted if that person were present. The need to protect an informant's identity.

e.
2.

Daylight Hours Absent court approval, necessity or authorization by law, a search should be conducted during daylight hours.

C.

PREPARATION FOR EXECUTION OF WARRANT

1.

Pre-entry Briefing Prior to entering the premises, the supervisory officer shall conduct a pre-entry briefing of the execution process with all search team personnel. The briefing shall include a review of the actual order of operations and procedures the search personnel will follow, a simulation of the conditions of the search site (using maps, charts and diagrams, when appropriate) and tactics and equipment to be used in the event of a forced entry.

2.

Unusual Circumstances The supervisory officer shall attempt to determine if any circumstances have changed that make executing the search warrant at that time undesirable.

3.

Search Warrant Process To B Documented e The supervisory officer shall ensure that the entire search warrant execution process is documented, from beginning to end, and continued until the search team leaves the premises. A written record shall be supported by photographs and, if practical, a videotaping of the entire search site from start to finish.

Effective Date:

Approved By.

,

1

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT
ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Search Warrants Procedure #: 2.74.00
Page 4 of 5

I]

[

D.

ENTRY PROCEDURES

1.

Approach To Scene The approach to the scene shall be executed without sirens. If a pre-execution surveillance team is on the scene, radio contact shall be made to ensure that it is an appropriate time to serve the search warrant.

2.

Supervisor Responsibilities

a .

The supervisory officer shall be responsible for ensuring that the search warrant is valid and that the property about to be searched is the property listed on the warrant. The supervisory officer shall ensure that the entry is tape recorded.

b.
3.

The Search Personnel Shall Position Themselves In The Following Manner:

a .
b.

Exits from the premises shall be covered. Uniformed officers shall be the most visible members of the search team, and shall conduct the entry. Non-uniformed officers shall be the last members to enter the search site.

c
4.

Notification
a .

The supervisory officer, or a uniformed officer, shall notify persons inside the search site, in a voice loud enough to be heard inside the premises, that he is a police officer and has a warrant to search the premises, and that he demands entry to the premises at once.

Effective Date:

Approved By:

No-knock entries shall be made in accordance with State law and only with the concurrence and approval of the Chief of Police. 3. E . If damage occurs. 4. a special report shall be prepared on the b. Search Strategy After the search site has been secured. search personnel shall develop a prioritized strategy that details the likely whereabouts of the items to be seized and an order of operation for conducting the search. arrangements shall be made to guard the premises until it can be secured. Security Sweep The supervisory officer shall ensure that a member of the search team conducts a security sweep of the search site.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulationsand Procedures Manual \ Procedure #: 2. Evidence Responsibility One person shall be designated as responsible for collecting.74. ON-PREMISES ACTIVITIES 1. If damage occurs during an entry to a premises that will be left vacant. and the damage may leave the premises vulnerable to security problems. actions that caused the damage and a detailed description of the nature and extent of damage. Damage During Entry a . preserving and documenting all items seized until possession is transferred to the evidence custodian.00 Page 5 of 5 1 Procedure Title: Search Warrants b. 2. Effective Date: Approved By: .

.

...The defendant's knowingly touching. directly or through clothing.....Genital intercourse.900 (b)(53) Effective Date: ApprovedBy: ^^y / . but does not include acts performed to administer a recognized and lawful form of treatment reasonably adapted t o promote the physical health of the person being treated... or an intrusion of an object or any part of a person's body into the genital or anal opening of another. direct1y or Sexual Contact........ fellatio. POLICY That all reports of sexual assaults be investigated immediately to ensure the preservation of evidence... interactions with a child.WASILUPOLICE Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Sexual Assault DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2........ or female breast.. Sexualpenetration.. or affection for a child.75..81. anus.. anal intercourse..... through clothing.. or knowingly causing the victim to touch. DEFINITIONS ........... AS 11.....00 Page 1 of 9 PURPOSE To instruct all sworn officers of the Wasilla Police Department on the procedures regarding the investigation of sexual assaults.. AS 11... cunnilingus... or female breasts but does not include acts that may reasonably be construed to be normal caretaker responsibilities for a child... and in a manner as to maintain the dignity of the victim.........81..900 (bI(52).... or acts performed for the purpose of administering a recognized and lawful form of treatment that is reasonably adapted to promote the physical or mental health of a person being treated... anus. the victim's genitals.. the defendant's or victim's genitals..

... ..... or by the express or implied threat of death. Physical injury caused by an act performed under circumstances that create a substantial risk of death......... - ................. kidnapping.... protracted loss or impairment of the function of a body member or organ... AS 11... [AS 1 -31......... With intent to commit a crime.. Sexual Assault In The First Degree....I1 Effective Date: 1 .....55 .. or that unlawfully terminates a pregnancy.. or imminent physical injury to anyone. Sexual Assault In The First Degree is an unclassified felony and is punishable as provided in AS 12.. the defendant engages in sexual penetration with another person without consent of that person..100(a)] 1 REFERENCES "AS 11.... being any age..........41. being any age.. When a person....81...........00 Page 2 of 9 Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Sexual Assault 1 "I Serious Physical Injury. protracted impairment of health. engages in conduct which constitutes a substantial step towards commission of that crime........ A person commits the crime of sexual assault in the first degree if..I WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2..75. AS 11........go0 (b)(50) Without Consent.....41. or physical injury that causes serious and protracted disfigurement. the defendant attempts to engage in sexual penetration with another person without consent of that person and causes serious physical injury to that person....... is coerced by the use of force against a person or property..470 (3) Attempt... Approved By: . with or without resisting.410 (a).. or is incapacitated as a result of an act by the defendant...

Documented false rape reports are statistically rare." DISCUSSION Because of the extremely sensitive and personal nature of sexual assaults and the widely ranging sets of emotions exhibited by the victims of sexual assault. In reviewing the statutes.00 Page 3 of 9 1 I 1 L ''AS 11.or is incapacitated. great care should be taken on the part of the investigating officer to avoid judging the validity of an assault report based on the victim's demeanor. Any sexual assault occurring within the Police Service Area. especially sexual assault. A thorough understanding of the terms used and their definitions is essential in properly identifyingand classifyingany crime.41. Sexual Assault In The Second Degree is a class B felony. Delays in reporting an assault should not be deemed indicative of a false claim. JURISDICTION 1. PROCEDURE A. Wasilla Police Department's Responsibility The Wasilla Police Department is responsible for: a . Sexual Assault In The Second Degree.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Sexual Assault Procedure #: 2.75. or Approved By: Effective Date: . one finds four distinct categories of sexual assault. A lack of emotion and delay in reporting a sexual assault are both symptoms of Rape Trauma Syndrome which are commonly mistaken as indicators of insincerity or false accusations. An offender commits sexual assault in the second degree if the offender engages in sexual contact with another person without consent of that person. Each has particular elements which must be present to constitute that form of sexual assault. or sexual penetration with a person who the offender knows is suffering from a mental disorder or defect which renders the person incapable of appraising the nature of the conduct under circumstances in which a person who is capable of appraising the nature of the conduct would not engage in sexual penetration.420 (a).

00 Page 4 of 9 11 I b. R OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITIES INITIAL - 1. Determine what occurred to compare the actual events to the elements necessary in establishing sexual assault as the crime. the Department does not have primary responsibility for investigating sexual assaults that occur there. If medical attention is required or sought. 2. These locations include: a . Although these locations are within the Wasilla Police Service Area. Preliminary Interview The preliminary interview by the officer is to establish the following: a . the officer's initial concern is the physical welfare of the victim. and b. Any sexual assault occurring outside the Police Service Area that was precipitated by events occurring within the Police Service Area which caused the victim to be taken from the Service Area by means of deception or coercion for the purposes of sexually assaulting the victim. Exceptions To Jurisdiction Because of overlapping areas of responsibilities. the officer shall ensure the victim is expeditiously transported to the medical facility of their choice. there are exceptions to the jurisdictions cited above. 2. and When it occurred. Effective Date: Approved By: ^" . Medical Attention As with any assault case. State Correctional Facilities.75.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Sexual Assault 1 Procedure #: 2.

e. 3. OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITIES INVESTIGATION - 1. If no supervisor is on duty an off duty supervisor will be called. C. d. Departmental Notifications The general interview may reveal facts necessitating immediate notification(s)within the Department. 4.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ I ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Sexual Assault Procedure #: 2. f. the investigating officer will call an off duty supervisor for assistance. b. or at least a physical and/or vehicle description. If there is no supervisor on duty and the crime scene processing is extensive. notification is required as described: a . Taped Interview Of Victim The officer should obtain a taped interview with the victim as soon as practical. If a crime scene is identified the investigating officer will notify the on duty supervisor for assistance. and The identity and/or location of any witnesses.00 Page 5 of 9 11 I c.75. If a suspect has been identified and located the on duty supervisor will be notified for assistance.and Any possible location of the assailant. Where it occurred. Broadcast Of Information If warranted. ^ - . the officer should broadcast a locate for the assailant based on the information provided in the preliminary interview. Effective Date: Approved By: -. and Who the assailant was. Should any of the following conditions exist.

Effective Date: Approved By: f- - . by either: cl) c2) Consent search from the appropriate party. A victim is not compelled to undergo this processing.75. complying with law and Departmental procedure. or Contacting the duty District Attorney to apply for a Search Warrant. then attempt to secure evidence as follows: a) Clothing.either the victim agrees or refuses to be medically examined. however. The officer shall attempt to collect the clothing worn at the time of the assault and. the officer shall: a) b) Seize the vehicle. c. Evidence section. transport the vehicle to a secured storage area (See 'Towing . so the officer will be confronted with two possibilities .Impounds". Much of the physical evidence to be seized from the victim is in the form of medical observations and collections. if a recent assault. any clothing worn subsequently. c) Seek authority to search the vehicle.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~egulations Procedures Manual and l~mcedure Title: Sexual Assault Procedure #: 2.00 Page 6 of 9 11 1 2) If the crime scene is a vehicle. If processing in the field is impractical. The following is to guide the officer in either event: 1) If the victim refuses to go to the hospital despite the officer's encouragement to do so. for details). Evidence from the victim.

With the exception of the vaginal. Actual medical treatment is the victim's responsibility. rectal. along with all other evidence collected during the examination. The victim shall be transported to the Valley Hospital.75. and its count and motility. The examining physician will prepare and examine wet and dry mounts to determine the presence of sperm. c) d) Surrender of evidence to the officer. and known blood samples. the officer shall attempt to collect all evidence specified on the Sexual Assault Evidence CollectionKit. Effective Date: Approved By: - - / . Adhere to Sexual Assault Evidence Collection Kit. The hospital staff will give the officer: d l ) The mounts and slides. then: a) b) Transport to hospital. 2) If the victim agrees to go to the hospital for examination and processing for medical evidence. Both the hospital staff and the victim should be notified that the City is financially responsible only for the cost of securing evidence.1 I1 - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. oral swabs/smears. cl) c2) The hospital staff will comply with the requirements and instruction of the kit.00 Page 7 of 9 Redations and Procedures Manual 1 I Procedure Title: Sexual Assault b) Sexual Assault Evidence Collection Kit.

. e) d The officer is responsible for photographing the victims injuries. It is the officer's responsibility to collect all physical evidence from the suspect. the officer shall open the large container and tag/submit each smaller container as distinct items. However. I d2) A copy of the record of examination. d3) A copy of the victim's "Authorization for Collection and Consent to Release Medical Information" form. is done by medical staff on the authority of consent or court order. Instead. NOTE the following: The taking of blood. Every item specified in the "Sexual Assault Evidence Collection Kit. 4. 1) The officer may find that the Hospital or an assisting officer has placed all individually bagged items of evidence into a larger. d4) Any other evidence requested by the officer in unusual cases." whether used or not. The "Sexual Assault Evidence Collection Kit . Evidence from suspect. Preparation Of Physical Evidence a . Effective Date: Approved By. plus all other items seized as evidence. if appropriate.75. single container.Suspect" contains the instructions and materials to facilitate this.00 Page 8 of 9 11 . This larger container cannot be tagged and submitted as one item.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~eerulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Sexual Assault Procedure #: 2. shall be individually bagged and tagged.

Victims' Rights Act a . This form must be completed and signed by the officer preparing the report and court complaint. b. The Victims' Rights Act which was passed into law in 1991. they are part of the officer's original report.75. states that in cases of sexual assault or kidnapping which involves sexual assault." c. .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. and not to Property and Evidence as evidence. .- -- - Effective Date: Approved By . and are to be submitted with the original report. as further disruption can discredit the evidence further. Blood infused material shall be submitted into Evidence in accordance with the provisions outlined in the "hazardous property" portion of the procedure "Property and Evidence. c Any time . (On all affidavits a victims name cannot be written so that the person can be identified nor can the victims address be used. the District Attorney will provide the "certification" to the Court.) A certification form must accompany all affidavits and court b.00 Page 9 of 9 11 [Iprocedure Title: Sexual Assault 2) 1 Never break the integrity of a sealed container whose immediate contents are evidence. d 5. N wet evidence shall be stored in plastichon-porous o containers. other than weekends and holidays. Paper bags are provided instead. complaints going to court on weekends and holidays. This rule applies even to evidence incorrectly bagged together. the victim's name and address must be omitted from the police report and court documents. The reports and papers generated by the hospital staff are not physical evidence. Instead.

.

write the report and process it as follows: 1) Immediately enter the information into APSIN/NCIC. The dispatcher receiving the call may. The dispatcher taking the report should complete the stolen vehicle information sheet and attach to the case report. c. the following applies: a .00 Page 1 of 3 1 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the approved methods of both accepting reports of stolen vehicles and processing recovered stolen vehicles. B certain to include the complainant's or registered e owner's operator's license number. or was the subject of a civil repossession. Effective Date: Approved By: / - .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Stolen Vehicles Procedure #: 2. 2. the same procedure as a dispatched report prevails. In-Person Reports When a person appears at the Police Station to report a vehicle as stolen. METHODS OF ACCEPTING REPORTS OF STOLEN VEHICLES 1. 2) b. Telephone Reports Most commonly. In these cases. as it is required for computer entry. PROCEDURE A.76. Forward a copy of the report to the Chief of Police for follow-up assignment. The dispatcher taking that report should also check to determine if the vehicle was impounded by either the police or by a private person. if time permits. reports of stolen vehicles are telephoned to Dispatch.

3. c. RECOVERY OF STOLEN VEHICLES 1. Complete the appropriate field report. Screen the complaint for veracity/foundation. Methods Of Recovery Wasilla Police typically become involved in recovery of stolen vehicles through two sources . DISPATCH CENTER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 1 . If there is a likelihood of recoverable evidence. Broadcast appropriate locates. Enter the stolen report into the stolen status in APSIN and NCIC. or through an owner recovery. the following applies: a . Notify dispatch with the APSIN/NCIC information for entry of stolen status. and/or the vehicle identification number.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title:Stolen Vehicles + Procedure #: 2. In either event. 4. 2. B. Dispatched Reports When an officer takes a report of a stolen vehicle in the field. C. license number. Effective Date: /Â¥ . Assign case numbers as required to the officer. Include vehicle description.76. their activities shall include: 1) Describe all events and actions on a Supplemental Report using the original numbers if the case originated in Wasilla.investigation/field discovery. the following applies: a . When officers discover a stolen vehicle. Dispatch will send a unit to the scene. Police Recovery. b.00 Page 2 of 3 1 3.

c. b. it is NOT necessary to initiate new case numbers. 2. As with any evidence. 5) b. or if content property has been stolen.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Stolen Vehicles Procedure #: 2. see "Towing Impounds" for details). Dispatch shall: a . or if the owner cannot/will not respond. When owners retrieve their own vehicle. vandalized. impoundment may be necessary (again. Dispatch Center's Responsibilities Regardless of the method of recovery. The criminal case should be processed as normal and a supplement written to the original case (provided the case originated in Wasilla). If the vehicle has been stripped. Initiate a new case number if the stolen recovered vehicle is not a Wasilla Police Department case.Impounds" for details). or altered.76. Owner Recovery. the vehicle shall be impounded for safekeeping. (see "Towing .00 Page 3 of 3 2) Make all reasonable attempts to contact the owner. Dispatch a unit to investigate unless some compelling reason exists precluding this requirement. 3) 4) Processing for evidence will be accomplished by that officer if any such processing is warranted. if processing is impossible at the scene. Dispatch shall be advised to remove the vehicle from stolen status.77 above. an officer will conduct an investigation as described in "a. ~ocument the removal of the stolen vehicle status from APSIN and NCIC. In the event contact cannot be made. Effective Date: 6 -/-9 7 Approved By: ^ - .

.

........... In either case... and the property is not taken into police custody.............. PROCEDURE A... Public Assist Towing.. and instruct members on how to accomplish such a towing.... DEFINITIONS Impound.. as both require different processing......... Contrasting I m p o u n d m e n t And Public Assist Towing The officer must b e clear in what constitutes an impound versus what is solely a towing as a public assistance....77.... GENERAL INFORMATION 1...... and that such assistance be given in lieu of impoundment whenever practical.........00 Page 1 of 4 1 PURPOSE To identify those towing situations which are to assist a motorist (as contrasted with impounding for police purposes)..To take property into legal custody. but the following differences exist: Effective Date: ^> -/-^>*? Approved B y .. Summoning a towing facility on behalf of a citizen.. POLICY That public assistance be rendered by members of the Department to citizens in need of towing equipment.. the officer summons towing equipment..... this definition is limited to police impoundment of property requiring the use of a towing company. however.. For Departmental purposes.......WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Towing Procedure #: 2..... This is contrasted with an "impound" in that a public assist towing is not for police purposes..

and most major fleet vehicles maintain their own towing equipment. the officer will clearly advise Communications that the summoning of towing equipment is a public assist and not an impound. c. A public assist towing is for the owner/operator. the following applies: 1) b. and it can be accomplished without impoundment. Effective Date: Approved By: ^e=) F . In this event. No police intervention.77. taxis. If the parties have control of the situation. For such an assist. Communications. Guidelines If it is determined that a tow other than an impoundment is required. In this event. the officer may inform the parties of the services that can be provided as a public assistance.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title:Towing Procedure #: 2. The owner/operator may be able to arrange removal of the vehicle by contacting private parties. If removal of property must be done. Summoning Towing Eauipment. the officer will assist the owner/operator in coordinating that removal. Government and certain fleet vehicles. and interest is expressed in handling the problem alone. while an impoundment is a towing for some police purpose. and does not include any type of police custody of the vehicle. an officer may honor that request. These include: a . no laws are violated.00 Page 2 of 4 1 I a . An Impound Report is not required for a public assist towing. Some members of the public prefer no police involvement. dispatch may be used to deliver telephone messages on behalf of that citizen. b. All reasonable effort will be made to use that equipment when possible. All government vehicles.

00 Page 3 of 4 Regulations and Procedures Manual 1 II 1procedure Tide: Towing 2) 11 Accident scene. and the officer will contact that company through the Dispatch Center. the operator (if able) will be given the opportunity to select a towing company of his choice. If a citizen has a need for a public assist tow. if the officer feels a report is warranted. Civil Standbys When an officer summons towing equipment on behalf of a citizen. The Dispatch Center will maintain a rotation list of approved towing companies. and the like). as an impound.if the owner/operator is unwilling to remove the vehicle. his role may include a civil standby to resolve possible disputes between the owner/operator and the tow truck operator (for canceled services. As a reminder . or is unable to make independent arrangements for his property (due to injury. . 3. FIELD REPORT 1. thereby precluding a report. emotional state. When removal of a non-driveable vehicle is required. 4. However. Effective Date: ApprovedBy: fi . method of payment. or insists on a towing company who cannot respond in reasonable time.1 11 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Procedure #: 2. the dispatcher will simply call the next company on the rotation list. a public assist towing can be "logged". the following would apply: a . on behalf of the owner. Public Assists appear on the Report form. then the officer must tow the vehicle for safekeeping.77. etc). B . and if the person has no preference as to a company. Department Personnel To Remain Neutral At no time will a member of the Department suggest or recommend a specific towing company. Disposition Code Normally.

The concept of "police purposes" can become vague. however.77. or when the owner is incapable or unwilling to take responsibility for removal of his property. and. C. and requires an Impound Report. In those cases where the owner/operator is available.00 Page 4 of 4 1 b. if required. while an impound is a towing for police purposes. 2. An impound is only conducted with certain specified towing agencies. an Impound Report is not appropriate. No Impound Report Is required Since the towing is for the owner. 2. Definition A public-assist towing is similar to calling a cab for a stranded person or notifying a victim's spouse to come to that person's aid. is reported on an Incident Report with no Impound Report. such as impoundment for evidence or as a result of safety considerations. The field report should reflect the towing agency and destination. and both willing and able to remove and protect his property. and not for police purposes. The officer will occasionally be faced with impounding property for safekeeping even against the owner's will. Processing Differences A public assist can occur with any towing facility. in the area of safekeeping. SUMMARY 1. r Effective Date: 6 -/-9 3 Approved By: .Ã WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ProcedureTitle: Towing Procedure #: 2. the officer is able to de-escalate the situation from an impound to offering assistance in effecting the removal in the form of a public assist.

.

.

.00 Page 1 of 10 11 PURPOSE To instruct all personnel in the processing of traffic accidents involving property damage and/or slight physical injury only.... or death....... and the officer should not request such description(s) unless the subject vehicle(s) cannot be located.....A sequence of unintentional events involving one or more motor vehicles resulting in observable damage.... . PROCEDURE A...... RESPONDING TO ACCIDENTS 1....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents Procedure #: 2.... Vehicle Descriptions Not Required At Dispatch When initially dispatching a unit to a traffic accident............... ....... traffic accident which results in property A damage andlor physical injury so slight that medical attention would not reasonably be sought. where the operator (s) have an obligation to remain and/or leave information...78................... Hit and run is consummated if the operator fails to remain or leave notice even on an accident so slight as to not require a formal report.. injury........... Effective Date: /^ -14 3 -2 - Approved By: Y . furnishing vehicle description(s) is not required........The common term for the crime of "Leaving the Scene of an Accident" ("LSA").. Injury Traffic Accident. traffic accident resulting in physical injury A great enough to warrant medical attention of any degree............... Hit and Run (H & R). DEFINITIONS Traffic Accident. Non-Injury Traffic Accident ..

WMILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents Procedure #: 2.00 Page 2 of 10 11 7 2. Protect the scene. and Effective Date: Approved By: . Response Code Non-injury accidents are dispatched Code 2. Alert the officer to certain dangers. flares. 3) 4) Provide information for possible re-routing of traffic around the scene. non-injury accident investigation. Power lines down. and/or other units) to achieve two vital purposes: 1) Prevent secondary accidents. As with any call.78. B . . which can be more severe than the original accident. Debris on roadway. The following guidelines are offered: a . Assess the scene from a distance as you approach. b. ARRIVAL AT SCENE 1. the initial steps the officer takes are critical to the welfare of the public and the quality of the investigation. The scene must be protected (by patrol car positioning and lighting. arriving at the scene safely is a primary consideration. cones. This serves to: 1) 2) Suggest the best positioning of the patrol vehicle. most notably: a) b) c) Hazardous materials spilling from breached containers. Critical Initial Steps Even in a minor. Gives the officer an overview of the accidents and its possible causes.

Since many witnesses are reluctant to remain at the scene or volunteer information. it will be assumed the officer has confirmed all parties are uninjured.00. Effective Date: Approved By: r . e. and the officer should allow "lead time" for the towing equipment to arrive. With the scene protected. A further discussion of this is made later in this procedure in Section D. Since this procedure deals with non-injury accidents. Criteria For Completing A State "Report On Traffic Collisionll Departmental policy regarding the completion of the State Report on Traffic Collision is as follows: a. consult "Traffic Injury Traffic Accidents 'I d Identify the witnesses.78. 2) Combined damages exceed $1.I. the officer would be helping the investigation by identifying and recording witnesses.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT b~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents . In the interest of safety and convenience. the medical conditions of the victim(s) require immediate attention. For injury accidents. c Confirm there are no injuries. the traffic way should be cleared as soon as possible. even if the parties do not want to make a report.¥ Â Procedure #: 2. A report is required on any traffic accident when: 1) There is any observable damage AND anyone desires a report.00 Page 3 of 10 111 _1 2) Preserve evidence for the investigation. The officer should begin to assess when and how to remove the vehicle(s) and debris. C . INVESTIGATING THE ACCIDENT 1. Assess Vehicle Removal.000.

and No serious traffic offenses were committed. A State Report on Traffic Collision does not have to be completed by the officer if all of the following conditions are met: 1) 2) All parties agree to settle. 6) The accident was a result of any police action. and No vehicles are government or "for hire" commercial vehicle.00. and The officer clearly advises all parties that: 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Effective Date: Approved By: . and The accident was not a result of police action. b.000.00 Page 4 of 10 1 Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents OR 3) Any government vehicle or "for hire" commercial vehicle is involved. There is any physical injury.78. and The combined damage is less than $1. and No one wants to make a report. and No injuries were sustained. or. 4) 5) A serious traffic offense has occurred.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and * Procedure #: 2. even if the parties do not want to make a report. even if the parties do not want to make a report. even if the parties do not want to make a report.

e.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents I Procedure #: 2. will unknowingly have his or her license suspended as an uninsured motorist. Effective Date: Approved By: . so the officer must remember to: 1) 2) Enter the vehicle color in the damage depiction diagram box. 2. Distribute the "Certification of Insurance" forms (i. "Financial Responsibility Notices"). Compounding this is the fact that some information does not have a designated block. and annotate that distribution on the report. Note. however: a .00 Page 5 of 10 1 I11 7 a) b) No report is being made or will be made. It is sound advice to spend a moment reviewing the entire report prior to releasing the parties. the officer is interrupted and distracted repeatedly in the completing of the accident report form. More than any other report. Proper Completion Of The State Report O n Traffic Collision Instructions on the proper completion of the State Report on Traffic Collision can be found in the Report Writing Manual. but The State of Alaska has a "Report of Motor Vehicle Accident" form available at the front counter of the station should a report be required later. as the operator who does not submit this form. This is especially important.78. Are all applicable blocks filled? Are all home telephone numbers and residence locations entered? Considerable follow up time can be saved by securing the information at the scene. either through oversight or for not receiving one.

3) 4) 5) 3. For clarification. Additional Information Report. Sketch Sheet. Associated forms. and is listed on the report form accordingly.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents Procedure #: 2. snowmachine.78. Narrative Report. bicycle. or ATV. so is not be discussed in this procedure.00 Page 6 of 10 1 11 t 3) Enter "non-contact vehicle" information. given to all operators at any reportable traffic accident. note the following: a) b) A traffic unit is either a motor vehicle. the situation may require the completion of any of the following additional Departmental forms: 1) 2) Certification of Insurance form.identifiable). that traffic unit is considered to be involved in the collision. Investigation Technique The actual investigation of an accident is a skill assumed to have been gained during training. Along with the State form being discussed. pedestrian. Evidence Report. Effective Date: Approved By: f . c) b. If there is sufficient evidence to conclude a "traffic unit" contributed to a motor vehicle accident (either directly or indirectly). Non-contact vehicles include "phantom vehicles" (non. Non-contact traffic units will be listed as "N/C7' on the accident report.

. Procedure #: 2. the officer may consider pushing a disabled vehicle to a safe parking area if his patrol vehicle is capable.Impounds." 2. B e reminded: a . DISPOSITION 1. If the officer decides that towing is required for any reason. c. the officer may impound the vehicle for safekeeping. Vehicle Removal Clearing the accident scene as quickly as practical is in the best interest of safety and convenience. the officer should assess the theft and vandalism vulnerability of an accident vehicle left unattended at the scene.78. Citations may be issued to more than one operator. The following guidelines are provided: a . relieving the officer of this consideration. Even if safely parked. consult the procedure "Towing . The law requires the operator(s) of vehicle(s) involved in a traffic accident to drive their vehicles to the closest safe parking area if possible. If the owner/operator is unwilling or unable to make 2) these arrangements. Issuing Citations It is Departmental policy to issue citations for traffic violations at accidents if the evidence concludes such violation(s) occurred. the following would apply: 1) b. For details. Once the officer has gained the physical evidence necessary for the investigation. effort should be made to move the vehicles. d Assist the operator in summoning the towing company of his choice. With the owner's permission.00 Page 7 of 10 I11 Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents D.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~egulations Procedures Manual and .

with two exceptions: 1) 2) Parent(s) must appear with the minor in any court appearances the minor might have. keys. including the issuance of the various citations. the officer should be available to provide reasonable assistance to the accident victims. Citations can be issued at a later date if the investigation is not completed at the scene. and other items normally needed by an officer. Note especially operator's licenses. of course.78. and If a booking is ordered or required. Return Of Property The officer should ensure that all property has been returned to the correct owner. ensure that the parties have exchanged the information required by law. Should the officer make a traffic arrest: a . contact the McLaughlin Youth Center by phone to determine the disposition of the juvenile. 3. so arrests can occur.Juveniles" for details). Arrests Recall that some traffic violations are criminal (versus infraction or civil). Juveniles arrested under the traffic code are processed identically to their adult counterparts. This would. 4. Effective Date: Approved By: ^'/Ñ ^ . (see the procedure entitled 'Arrests . registrations. exclude property retained as evidence.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents Procedure #: 2. Also. Some arrests can be concluded with Misdemeanor Citations (see the procedure so titled for details). 5. b.00 Page 8 of 10 11 b. Public Assistance Prior to leaving the scene.

SPECIAL VEHICLES When investigating accidents involving the following vehicles. and that copies of the accident report will be available after 48 hours at the front counter of the police station. Anticipate the railroad sending its Special Agent. c. b. etc.) on an Additional Information form instead of the State Traffic Collision form. or if the road or traffic equipment is damaged. Alaska Railroad And Alaska Railroad Vehicles a . list involved railroad personnel (engineer." and a determination has to be made later as to who was actually "operating" the train. 7.00 Page 9 of 10 11 Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents 6.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 11~ eations and Procedures Manual d Procedure #: 2. In any case where substantial debris is left on the roadway. Expect the operator to refuse to answer questions until the Special Agent arrives. and it is Departmental policy to honor that procedure. Notifications Each party will be advised of the police report case number by the officer. conductor. any person removing a wrecked or damaged vehicle from a publicly maintained street shall be requested to remove any glass or other injurious substances dropped upon the highway from such vehicle. The operator is instructed not to discuss the incident until that Special Agent arrives.78. E. This request will be made to both towing equipment operators and private individuals. the officer should notify the Department of Public Works. The State has specific definitions of 'operator" and "driver. the officer must comply with the special considerationslisted: 1. Effective Date: Approved By: - - /r . Road Debris While there is no statutory requirement.

00 Page 10 of 10 11 I 2. Postal Vehicles a . b.78. Anticipate the postal authorities dispatching a Postal Inspector. Effective Date: Approved By: . Honor the operator's company policy not to discuss the incident until that Postal Inspector arrives.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Traffic Accidents Procedure #: 2.

Like any other body of law." Although TLE encompasses many areas.79. the significance of traffic law enforcement becomes quite apparent. and forced compliance. POLICY That members of the Department enforce the traffic code by actively identifying violators. imprisonment. - Effective Date: 64-93 ApprovedBy. impoundment of vehicle. and all the inconveniences of accidents and disrupted traffic flow.00 Page 1 of 15 11 PURPOSE To advise all personnel of the Department's policies and procedures for enforcing moving and parking violations. conducting the traffic stop in a manner balancing officer safety with courtesy. this procedure limits itself to enforcement of moving and parking ordinances. Even if being visible is an officer's only traffic enforcement activity. as opposed to the other category of traffic known as "Traffic Accident Investigation. which is most desirable. DISCUSSION Because an officer spends so much time on the road. adherence is gained both through voluntary compliance.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ll~rocedure Title: Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. a if*- . DEFINITIONS Traffic Law Enforcement (TLE). he would affect more people than any aggressive criminal law enforcement effort could. or other sanction. Coupling this with the potential property and life loss. A community imposes traffic and parking regulations on itself as much to ensure the convenience of smooth flowing traffic as to protect the safety of its citizenry. under threat of fine. traffic law enforcement comprises much of one's daily activity.A category within the broad topic of "traffic" relating to the enforcement of all the statutes and ordinances regulating traffic. and touches both a larger number and a wider variety of citizens than any other police endeavor. license action. emotional and physical pain. and disposing of the violation using approved guidelines to ensure consistency and fairness.

therefore. achieves the following: Enhances voluntary compliance. as traffic flows more smoothly. therefore. in turn. Parking Violations Moving Violations Commercial Vehicle Violations c. arrest or disregard).79. since accidents are reduced both in rate and severity. Indeed. Effective Date: Approved By. b. and parking frustrations are diminished.00 Page 2 of 15 1 1procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement While an officer cannot be expected to observe or to take action on all traffic violations. the best traffic law enforcement policy is one which assumes enforcement by the officer when a violation is observed. as drivers expect to be held accountable for violations. undermines the voluntary compliance so important to any law enforcement activity. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. as it is the only motivation for drivers to "do their duty" when the police are out of view. safe) driving habits from reflex. Develops lawful (and. failing to actively enforce the code breeds disrespect for the law. Clearly. Enhances public service. cite. instruct. T y p e s Of Violations Traffic Law Enforcement addresses several categories of Most common of these are: laws. respect for the traffic laws is the single most important ingredient in maintaining a safe and orderly flow of traffic.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. PROCEDURE A. and more readily comply with rules when satisfied others are being held accountable. This. a . too. An aggressive traffic law enforcement policy. Enhances public safety. but also allows the officer to consider authorized and consistent mitigations in deciding the best enforcement mode (warn. .

Title 14 Alaska Statute (AS) Title 28 13 Alaska Administrative Code (AAC). Disposition Alternatives When observing any traffic violation. Wasilla Muniapal Code. Licensing/RegisEation Violations Certain criminal violations involving vehicles. Effective Date: Approved B y . Stop the violator to instruct him on the applicable traffic Lw. to name a few). 7 c d. Driving While Intoxicated Driving on a Suspended License. Stop the violator and issue the appropriate char~ing document. Traffic Code Source The term "traffic code" refers to the laws contained in the following sources: a . found in the traffic codes instead of the criminal codes (Leaving the Scene of an Accident.WASILIA POLICE DEPMTMENT 1~egdations ProceduresManual and Procedure Title: TrafTic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. 4. . c 3. Stop the violator to warn him of the violation and possible consequences.79. e. an officer can react in one or more of the following ways: a . Range O Seriousness f The traffic codes have within them violations ranging in severity from civil sanctions through felony criminal offenses. 7 2.00 Page 3 of 15 1 I d. b. If applicable arrest the violator. b.

1 WASILLA POLICE DEPARTlMENT 1~ e g d a t i o nand Procedures Manual s . In practice? however? issues come to the officer's attention that persuade him/her not to make a particular stop or issue a specific citation. the n following guidelines are provided. he/she must base that decision on valid. This is not intrinsically wrong . Those guidelines are: Effective Date: Approved B y -. and a officer who departs from these standards must be prepared to articulate the reason(s) why: 7 a . Officers exercising a professional judgment in discharging their enforcement duties is fundamental to achieving that quality. Departmental expectations of its officers merely reflect the atizen7s expectations . discussed next7are met. Towards that end.firm but fair treatment with accuracy of facts and consistency in criteria for disposing of violations. if the officer elects to take no action on an observed violation. fair. one must rely on professional judgment coupled with Department guidelines. 5. / . and articulate reasons. Curiously. it is often 'the best choice. However.indeed. and those reasons must be reasonably consistent throu~hout the Department. The basic premise is that an observed violation warrants a stop7 and that the traffic stop is for the purpose of charging the violator. or decides to stop the violator but give only a warn in^ or instruction instead of a citation.Oualiw.- Procedure #: 2-79-00 Page 4 of 15 1 j Procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement e. Disregard the violation. the Department is dedicated to a single goal . For the individual officer to retain the discretionary powers needed for effective traffic law enforcement. providing certain standards. Criteria For Selecting Appropriate Disposition Within the arena of traffic law enforcement.

enhancing safety.W A S I L U YWLIGE Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: !l"rffic Edorcement ~ E X I ~ ~ ~ ~ V Procedure & 2-79-00 Page 5 of 15 1) Always consider the objectives of traffic law enforcement when deciding on what action to take. and instilling respect/voluntary compliance with the law are the primary purposes. and stopping that vehicle/person would imperil that investigation. The officer is engaged in more urgent police hn activity t a the observed violation. than the violation itself. The subject vehicle or violator is suspect in a more substantial case. So. There are many factors to weigh in deciding whether or not to stop and/or charge a violator and no two elements have equal significance. b) c) 2) Always consider the totalitv of the circumstances. an officer might best take no action on an observed violation E a) Reaching and/or stopping the violator might create more of a traffic hazard. which can be influenced by: al) Time of day (lighting. a2) Causing a near accident. Maintaining the smooth flow of traffic. given a particular situation. a3) Prior warnings to the operator. or be more disruptive to the smooth flow of tr c. how is that best achieved? For instance. affi Effective Date: Approved B y . Some of these factors are: a) The seriousness of the offense. traffic density).

but unresolvable issues such as an interpretation of law.00 Page 6 of 15 1 I t b) Driverexperience. or factual debates. Certain offenses have been identified as requiring priority enforcement by the Department. These violations are noteworthy. ~ ~ Date: v e Approved By . Nothing should stop the officer from assessing genuinely new information/evidence in considering the disposition of a violation.d WASILIA POLICE DEPAFtTMENT l~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Traffic Enf'orcement Procedm #: 2. should be -zed in the field. Other circumstances exist which can legitimately convince an officer that formal charging may not be in order. A driver who pulls into a no parking zone because of illness. but tend to be committed by habitual traffic offenders. The forum for debate is traffic court and not the street. b2) Non-resident drivers unfamiliar with Wasilla. in that they not only cause the most accidents. the value of a particular ordinance. or an undercover officer making a minor infraction while following a suspect vehicle are two of many examples of unique circumstances requiring a tailored response by the ofTicer.79. bl) Young or newly licensed drivers can often benefit from instruction. and adjudicated in traffic court.

Refusal to Submit to Chemical Tests. Reckless Driving. Allowing Unlicensed Driver to Drive.79. N Valid License. Un~awfullydamaging a traffic control device. False Report of Accident. unless a compelling mitigation is detected and articulated by the officer: a) All miminal traffic violations. Duty to Give Information. EXective Date: Approved B y - .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. which are: Leaving the Scene (both injury and property damage only).00 Page 7 of 15 1 To reduce accidents and aid the Department of Motor Vehicles in the identification of habitual offenders. Failure to Render Aid. Unlawful Use of Iicense (various types). Driving While Intoxicated. Eiluding an officer. o Driving with Suspended/Revoked License. f Department policy to charge all offenders of the m following ordinances.

b2) Speeding over 10 miles per ho limit. an arrest shall be made except in cases of critical or fatal injury. ier the b3) Speeding in a School Zone (by any amount within reason) b4) Failure to Yield violation.Injury and Fatal Traffic Accidents" for details. If evidence concludes a violation has occurred. a citation shall be issued except in cases of critical or fatal injury. * Effective Date: Approved By. b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. Citations at accidents. Their opinion of the officer and of the department is affected greatly by the manner in which the officer conducts himself. b6) Careless Driving. b5) Stop sign violations.00 Page 8 of 15 11 b) These infractions: b1) Red light violation. Officer's Procedure A citizen is embarrassed at being stopped by a police officer for a traffic violation. In all other cases. if evidence concludes a violation of a criminal traffic law has occurred. an arrest will be made if sufficient evidence is discovered.Injury and Fatal Traffic Accidents" for details. 6. See "Traffic . 2) c. See "Traffic . Criminal violations and arrests 1) At accident scenes. ^ - .79.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. - 7 . two licenses. Officers issuing citations outside the vehicle should be cognizant of their appearance and avoid using the hood. but you can easily leave an impression of a proficient and just police officer. but all other property must be returned. officers are encouraged to turn off the emergency lights on the patrol vehicle after the stop has been made. c. the officer shall stand with him. This will apply only on those streets where there is sufficient parking space at the edge of the roadway to legally park the vehicles and there is no danger from passing traffic. Under no circumstances will the officer remain in his vehicle while the violator stands outside. apparently unnecessarily. Method of Parking Patrol Vehicle . Subsequent To Stop After a stop is made. and similar conditions).The officer will make the necessary verbal contact with the violator and will advise him of the violation and the officer's intention. If the violator chooses to remain outside.The violator will be requested to remain in his own vehicle or invited to sit in the patrol vehicle while the citation is being written. 7.79.When safety permits. Writing the Citation . or trunk deck of the patrol vehicle for support. A citizen cannot be expected to like a citation. Ensure any property has been returned to the operator. Initial Contact . Some property must be retained for legal cause (evidence. the officer shall: a. b. suspended/revoked licenses. Avoid following the violator once back into the flow of traffic. b. roofs.00 Page 9 of 15 1 I1 This is especially true in cases where the violator is delayed. a. Effective Date: Approved By.

and various misdemeanor (criminal) offenses which meet certain criteria (see"Misdemeanor Citations". Parking Citation.79. to charge the violations found in the parking ordinances.Effective Date: Approved By: - & /^ . for details.00 Page 10 of 15 11 1 I 8. which can be used to charge both infractions found in the traffic code. .(To be charged on the Uniform Summons and Complaint Form. to charge taxicab operators with violations of those laws dealing only with the operation of "for hire" commercial vehicles. just as an adult could do. Juveniles The officer is reminded that within traffic law enforcement. with the following few exceptions: a . juveniles are processed almost identically as their adult counterparts.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns ll~rocedure Title: Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. c 9. The minor is entitled to remedy the infraction by mailing in the dollar amount entered by the officer from the Bail Schedule. Infractions 1) If a juvenile is charged with violating a traffic infraction which can be resolved by mail.) b. he is issued a citation indistinguishable from an adult citation.) Uniform Summons and Complaint. one or more of the following charging documents would be used: a . (To be charged on the Uniform Summons and Complaint Form) Taxicab Violation. Charging Documents Depending on the violation.

if an adult would be brought before a Magistrate for bail setting. Additional Material The actual method of taking custody of a violator and charging him is discussed extensively in the chapter "Arrest and Custody. If a juvenile violates a traffic law which is criminal. See the procedure "Arrests .but the court system will advise the minor of that fact when setting a court date.Juveniles" for details. Effective Date: Approved By: - . 2) If a juvenile is charged with violating a traffic infraction which requires court appearance.79. The officer retains the same responsibility for the preparation of the Court Complaint with a juvenile offender (if such would be appropriate for an adult). should detention be appropriate/ordered." especially noting the procedures on Infractions and Civil Violations.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [I~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Traffic Violations Procedure #: 2. Criminalviolations of the traffic code. he is arrested and processed exactly as an adult would be. then an equivalent scenario would allow a juvenile to be issued the same Misdemeanor Citation Conversely. so would the subject juvenile. 10. If the traffic offense and circumstances would warrant an adult receiving a Misdemeanor Citation. not the officer.00 Page 11 of 15 11 Should the minor elect to contest the citation in court. the officer will write on the citation "Mandatory Court . a parent must also be present .Parent Must Appear" b. The sole difference is that. that detention would occur at McLaughlin Youth Center.

00 Page 12 of 15 11 1 B." . Violations Alleged On A Parking Citation All parking violations should be written on the moving citation form. A Statute with no restrictor applies anywhere within the City.79. MOVING VIOLATIONS 1. Jurisdiction F A A K STATUTES AND REGULATIONS APPLY TO THE CITY O LSA WASILLA. An example is 13 AAC 02. PARKING ENFORCEMENT 1. As such. Impounding As A Result Of A Parking Violation Complete information regarding impounding can be found in the procedure "Towing . Jurisdiction Parking violations can be cited on publicly owned or private property within the City. consider the following: a . and assess its applicability under the prevailing circumstances.495 [fl which states "No person may occupy a trailer or other object while it is being towed. citations can be issued and arrests conducted on both public and private property unless limited by the language of the statute in question. be conscious of that language. The only limitation is that the parking violation must occur in the citing officer's presence. 2. Effective Date: Approved By: r - .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT I ~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title:Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2.Irnp~unds'~ C. therefore. To aid the officer in this assessment. The officer must. 3.

or by summons. 1 3 M C 02. if an ordinance forbids a certain act "on a roadway.00 I b. For instance." the language narrows the act to occurring on the traveled portion only. Most moving violations are infractions. However." narrows the scope of the law. the officer should cite that State law." State Traffic Charges If a City law or ordinance addresses the violation. Consequently. there are a number of State traffic laws which have no City equivalent so. then that provision should be cited instead of the State equivalent. such as "on a street" or "roadway. Charging Document a ." "Roadway" is the traveled part of a street. . when encountered. A statute with a restrictor.325 [b] states a maximum speed of "forty five miles per hour when towing a mobile home.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement Procedure #: 2. and served either by: 1) 2) personal service by the officer. mailed through the Traffic Court.79. Such a law would only apply to conditions specified. In this example. since: 1) "Street" is defined as "the entire width between the boundary lines of every way open to the use of the public for purposes of vehicular travel. which are normally charged on a Uniform Summons and Complaint. Some statutes will specify applicability. 2) a . Effective Date: Approved By: . the violation could not occur in a field or closed parking lot.

These are the "Inspectable offenses.00 Page 14 of 15 1 11 1 procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement b. These are called "inspectable offenses. If satisfactorily corrected. 2) 4." and give the violator the additional option of correcting the deficiency and having it inspected. 2 Excessive exhaust smoke violations which are inspectable within 5 days at the police station. or A Court Complaint.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand ProceduresManual ns II Procedure #: 2. which are inspectable within 5 days in a normal traffic court hearing. 11 Some violations are criminal. so they may appear on: 1) A Uniform Summons and Complaint as a Misdemeanor Citation. Mandatory Infractions. which is a 0 point. Certain infractions have an additional remedy beyond resolution by mail or court appearance. a warrant can be issued. the citation is voided. Inspectable Offenses a ." or "equipment violations. 3) 4) b) Effective Date: Approved By _Z^ ^ I . Note the different categories of inspectable offenses: 1) Equipment violations which are inspectable anytime within 5 days at the police station. mandatory court infraction. if no action is taken. which is a 2 o point correctable violation requiring resolution in court. Excessive exhaust noise violations which are inspectable within 5 days at the police station. Most notable are: a) N Operators License in Possession." As with any other infraction.79. Operating an Unsafe Vehicle.

However. Officers may inspect repair work in the field. 2) c. a different inspection process is used: 1) The violator must contact the day shift Sergeant during normal business hours to arrange an inspection location and time.79. because of the size and occasional specialized equipment involved. Inspections will not be conducted in the Department lot.00 Page 15 of 15 1 Procedure Title: Traffic Enforcement b. Effective Date: 6 -/-97 ApprovedBy: - . Large Trucks. Field Inspections. the officer may conduct the inspection in the field.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual \ Procedure #: 2. Semi's and other large vehicles can be issued inspectable equipment citations like any other vehicle. and bring the citation into the station for voiding and processing. If a violator successfully repairs any deficiencies which the department may inspect.

.

...... a command..... DISCUSSION The Constitution provides for a variety of "checks and balances" to ensure that no one branch of government becomes too strong.............................. and it is only in specifically and narrowly defined situations that an officer can make an arrest or conduct a search without a warrant......... For purposes of this procedure......... Warrants t h a t authorize the government (usually represented by the police) to seize person(s). a judicial authorization to do something.. Summons.. and/or a person to appear in court with documents or other material..... and the various sumrnons/subpoenasencountered in law enforcement....................... Warrants t h a t authorize the government (usually represented by the police) to search a person or place and seize certain property...... Subpoena.... This is done by applying for a "warrant"...... One such balancing process is the presumption that the police shall get authority from the courts for any search and/or arrest........ I n law enforcement.80.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i o n s Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Warrants Procedure #: 2............ the most common types of warrants are: Arrestwarrants..........and Searchwarrants.................... a command to appear in court for arraignment.................00 Page 1 of 9 11 PURPOSE To advise all employees of the processes affecting arrest and search warrants. For purposes of this procedure.................. under penalty............... nor that the government in general intrude unnecessarily into the private lives of its citizens... Effective Date: Approved By: /- ... DEFINITIONS Warrant.... for either a person to appear in court......... For purposes of this procedure.........................

e. known as "Bench Warrants.that is. The end result is that some officers come to regard petitioning for warrants as an infrequently used process that is applied only in the most complex cases. the officer operates often and routinely in the 'specific and narrowly defined situations" which allow exclusion from the warrant requirements. Misdemeanor Arrest Warrants Felony Arrest Warrants Traffic Arrest Warrants (actually a misdemeanor warrant for "failure to appear" or other deficiency) Juvenile Detention Orders Ex-Parte Orders (normally for mental commitments) I c. however. or Warrants issued by the court itself. so are almost always arrest warrants. where application is made to the courts for authority to arrest or search.00 Page 2 of 9 1 ) In practice. Sources Of Arrest Warrants Warrants originate from two broad sources: a . PROCEDURE A. Types Of Arrest Warrants a . these are: b. b. d. . Warrants which result from an investigation." These warrants are normally issued as a result of a defendant's failure to perform some required act. 1 Effective D t : ae Approved By: .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Warrants Procedure #: 2. ARREST WARRANTS AND SUMMONS 1 . warrantless searches and arrests seem to be the rule instead of the exception .80. This procedure will assist the officer in determining when and how to petition for those documents. on a day-to-day basis. Commonly.

as contrasted with this judicially issued document.WASILIA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Warrants 1) Procedure #: 2. Application procedure for misdemeanor warrants or summons through the judicial system.00 Page 3 of 9 11 Failure to Appear (FA) Contempt of Court (COC) Failure to Satisfy (FTS) Failure to Comply (FTC) Violation of conditions of release Probation/Parole Revocation 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 3 . Warrant And Summons Application . Note that paragraph "c. General Processing. The officer needs only to know a warrant exists. Once issued.Misdemeanors a. through "police information" (usually a computer information system). 1) b. ^ - . more typically. either through personal knowledge or.80." of this section identifies the Misdemeanor Citation as an officer issued summons. as mentioned. a court may issue a warrant on its own initiative. State misdemeanor warrant/sumrnons application a) Ensure the investigation is complete. When an officer applies for a misdemeanor warrant or summons. Any peace officer can apply for a warrant or. a warrant may be immediately served by a police officer ( a private person cannot serve a warrant). the following procedure shall apply. Effective Date: Approved By.

and initials the package. The reverse side of the Complaint is the application for either a Summons (which does not allow an arrest.80. After the Prosecutor reviews. B alert to the e following: Supply ample "probable cause" in the designated area of the Complaint.00 Page 4 of 9 I b) Prepare a Complaint as normal. . but serves to advise the defendant of the court date and charges) or a Warrant (which does require/allow an arrest to ensure the defendant will appear). clarity. and Effective Date: Approved By. approves. and legal sufficiency. the officer will proceed to the State Court to contact a Judge or Magistrate. d l ) The Complaint will be signed and sworn to before that Judicial Officer.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [[~ e ~ u l a t i o and Procedures Manual ns ~ r o c e d u r Title: Warrants e Procedure #: 2. c) The Prosecutor's Office will be furnished with the full police report and Complaint for review of accuracy. and d) d2) There will be a determination made of whether a summons or warrant shall issue.

bail will be set and entered on the document. but no court date will be specified as the defendant is not yet in custody. That process is fully discussed in the procedure of that same title. 4 . and is served on the defendant to ensure he or she is in receipt of both the charges and the date to appear in court. If a warrant is issued. Recall that an officer may issue a summons for certain violators to appear in court on certain misdemeanors.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. However. .the person is merely advised of the court date and is expected to appear. Felony Warrant Or Summons Application Procedure When applying for felony warrants/summons the principle remains the same and the following guidelines apply: a . Insure the case is complete. but bail is not an issue. where they will be processed.80. and is included here for reiteration. ) Officer issued summons. note that If a summons is issued.00 Page 5 of 9 1 1 I procedure Title: Warrants d3) The Judicial Officer will fill out the back of the Complaint as appropriate to a summons or warrant. A summons specifies the court date. This occurs when the officer issues a Misdemeanor Citation. a hearing date is set. 1 Effective Date: Approved By. Recall that a summons is used when there is no reason to believe the defendant should be arrested . e) The Judicial officer will deliver or cause to be delivered the finalized documents to the Clerk of Courts.

f. ensure more expedient service.80. Arrange to meet with a District Attorney to discuss the case. and completeness. That judicial officer will ascertain if a warrant or summons is appropriate. as bail is inappropriate. g. where the affidavit will be sworn to. where the documents will be certified and processed. If a summons. d . establish a court date only. The officer will then take the package to an available Judge or Magistrate.00 Page 6 of 9 11 b.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Warrants Procedure #: 2. The officer will then take the finalized package to the Clerk of Courts. the District Attorney will prepare: c. The report will be reviewed for clarity. and: 1) 2) e. but no court date. 1) 2) An affidavit setting out the probable cause. establish a bail amount. and A Surnmons/Warrant form similar to what appears on the reverse side of the Complaint in misdemeanor cases. Effective Date: Approved By: . in the rare case of a summons. If approved. The officer may deliver the appropriate documents to the Judicial Services (JS) Section of the Alaska State Troopers to allow a more expeditious entry of the warrant into the computer or. If a warrant. and the case will be reviewed for both legal sufficiency and foundation for warrant/summons issuance. accuracy. and the case considered.

no judicial review is required. such as at the conclusion of a traffic accident investigation.080. The appropriate court dates would be: a) b) "Within five working days" for most infractions. c.80. and the citation itself acts as a summons. there are situations which lead to charging an infraction at a later time. However.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure #: 2. Since the complaint is for an infraction. Effective Date: Approved By: r - . the following guidelines shall apply: a . Charging under this statute is required when the amount of litter is under 5 pounds. 2) The date to appear in court shall be in compliance with the "points and bail forfeiture schedule" furnished the officer.00 11 11 It I ~ r o c e d u rTitle: W a r r a n t s e Page 7 of 9 1 5 .). Notice there is a difference between this process and the officer initiatedlissuance of a misdemeanor summons by way of a Misdemeanor Citation (discussed earlier in this procedure under 3. or an investigation of Misconduct Involving a Controlled Substance in the seventh degree. Take the Uniform Summons and Complaint to the Traffic division of the Court system. or "Within 15 days" for charging the infraction of littering under AS 46. Note: 1) As the name implies. Should an officer need to summons a person for an infraction. Summons Application Procedure .06.Infraction An officer will normally issue a Uniform Summons and Complaint for an infraction in the field at the time of the incident. for details. See "Calls for Service Littering". A clerk will take the citation and arrange for service. that form acts as both the charging document and the formal summons to appear in court. b. Properly complete the Uniform Summons and Complaint form.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Warrants Procedure #: 2. and will be coordinated with the District Attorney's Office. there is a special requirement for seizing conversation. Most cases lack the urgency necessitating a telephonic search warrant. Effective Date: Approved By: - . Although misdemeanor search warrants are possible (most notably with Driving While Intoxicated cases).80. When applying for a search warrant. and personal application is appropriate. The officer should abide by the advice and instructions of that agency. as described in the Glass decision. Application For Search Warrants a . This is appropriate for emergency authorization to search. An officer will normally seek a search warrant by: 1) Telephone. in Alaska. Application. Method. and to seize certain property as a result of that search. SEARCH WARRANTS General Search warrants are judicial authorizations to search persons or property. Warrants for such seizures are known as "Glass Warrants". most search warrants are for felony offenses. the officer should coordinate with the appropriate prosecuting agency. and not on the initiative of the "bench" (judiciary) as commonly found in arrest warrants. Note that. Sources Of Search Warrants Search warrants are normally the result of police application only. or Appearing in person to swear to the affidavit. 2) b.00 Page 8 of 9 I 1 B .

will be kept sealed unless the court orders otherwise for good cause shown. and The State must list. those materials will be open to the public unless the court orders otherwise. c. Record the search warrant number(s)in the text of the field report. and Once charges are filed. however. and Make available the search warrant number(s) to the screening district attorney or other court personnel as required. and all documents related to those hearings. by search warrant number.00 Page 9 of 9 11 4 .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1 ~emlations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Warrants Procedure #: 2. The record of all search warrant proceedings. officers shall: 1) 2) b. Effective Date: 6-693 Approved By: .80. Confidentiality And Reporting Alaska Rule of Criminal Procedure 37 provides that: a . the search warrants that were executed during the course of the investigation. To comply with this requirement.

.

..... when worn on duty......... Secondary weapons are always concealed.. and experience in firearms training qualifies him to make recommendations on and to prepare...For purposes of this procedure... Range Officer . conduct... and certify Department firearms training programs........ but are authorized as the sole firearm while off duty... and can be used only as a second weapon while on duty................ and of their proper use and maintenance...For purposes of this procedure.....WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2..00 Page 1 of 16 1 11procedure Title: Weapons PURPOSE To advise all sworn personnel of the approved items of defensive equipment..... DEFINITIONS Firearms Instructor.../-9 3 Approved By: f ......... whose combination of training. Primary Weapon.... education............... ............. Effective Date: 6 .... the primary weapon of a Wasilla Police officer i s t h a t approved handgun which..... Secondary Weapon.... appointed by the Chief of Police..........A sworn officer........... can act as the officer's sole firearm.81......... a secondary weapon of a Wasilla Police officer is any approved handgun other than the primary weapon. Any sworn officer appointed by the Chief of Police to conduct live fire training on the Department outdoor range...... POLICY That all employees use and maintain their weapons properly and effectively....

i t discusses only those items authorized by the Department to be carried by its members as defensive equipment. to afford the officer the proper equipment under the proper circumstances: A handgun. This procedure. However.. the most common ones faced by members include: b. and that nearly any object can be construed as a weapon depending on its application and attendant circumstances. GENERAL . one finds many weapons.ALL WEAPONS 1. with its associated laws.. Any weapon used by sworn officers under color of authority shall be governed by both this procedure and the Use of Force Regulation. In reading this procedure. It would be easy to misconstrue this as a redundancy or endorsement of excessive "firepower". and shotgun all contemplate different situations.. DISCUSSION The Use of Force Regulation recognizes that force can be applied with or without a weapon. The two are companion procedures...WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [ ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. Although many possible situations exist.. PROCEDURE A. the true spirit of the Department is one of specialization .that is. This includes events or situations which would reasonably contemplate the possible invocation of police powers or duty. Effective Date: Approved By: ^- - .....81.00 Page 2 of 16 11 ) ... however. regardless of location or duty status. Knowing when and how to use and maintain each is the goal of both training and this procedure. is more specialized . Scope a . governs any use of force by employees of the Department.. Members carrying weapons might do so as private citizens depending on its reasonably contemplated use.. Weapon status.. baton... Under Color ofAuthority. Any act performed or privilege invoked as a peace officer.. That procedure...

00 Page 3 of 16 1 1I Procedure Title: Weapons 1) Home cars and police vehicles. and abide by all applicable laws. The carrying of a shotgun under color of authority is optional. and other recreational activities that involve weapons can normally be done without contemplating police action. Sworn officers shall initially and periodically. There are two levels of shotgun proficiency within the Department. 2) 2. as the Department requires. Hunting. Recreational activities. a. Whenever an employee operates a police vehicle. Qualification Standards for weapons qualification will be recommended by the firearms instructor and established by approval from the Chief of Police. and shall attend remedial Departmental training. Shotguns. Carrying of a handgun under color of authority is an employment requirement. Use of any such weapon requires that the employee act as a private citizen. Basic Qualification. the employee is required to have and be qualified with a firearm consistent with this procedure when operating a police vehicle. qualify with at least one approved handgun.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ll~egulations Procedures Manual and Procedure #: 2. As such. Officers failing to qualify shall not carry a handgun under color of authority. Those levels and their standards are described as follows: 1) b. and officers failing to qualify subsequent to remedial training shall be terminated. so those weapons do not fall under the scope of this procedure.81. ~ Effective Date: . it can be reasonably contemplated that police action might arise. target shooting. regardless of intent or duty status. Sworn members desiring to exercise this option shall initially and periodically. Handpuns.

but may attend remedial Departmental training. Failing to qualify after remedial training shall result in denying authorization to carry a shotgun under color of authority. Rifled Slug Qualification.OO Page 4 of 16 11 as the Department requires.81. Remedial training shall be offered on a one time basis. with buckshot ammunition only. Carrying rifled slug ammunition with an approved shotgun under color of authority is optional. Sworn members desiring to exercise this option shall initially and periodically. Rifles. qualify with rifled slug ammunition in an approved shotgun. c. as the Department requires. Officers failing to qualify shall not carry rifled slug ammunition under color of authority. Recruit officers who fail to qualify at the basic level with a revolver and shotgun familiarization during initial training at the Academy shall be terminated.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT l l ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. under color of authority. d Effective Date: Approved By: . Failure to qualify after remediable training shall be cause to deny an officer the use of a rifle. Sworn officers that wish to carry a rifle will initially and annually thereafter successfully complete a qualification course approved by the Chief of Police. Officers so qualifying shall be authorized to carry a shotgun. qualify with an approved shotgun. Officers failing to qualify shall not carry a shotgun under the color of authority. Officers failing to qualify shall not carry a rifle under color of authority. but may attend remedial Departmental training. Failing to qualify after remedial training shall result in denying authorization to carry rifled slug ammunition under color of authority.

Handling Of Firearms Employees shall not carelessly handle a firearm at any time. In such cases.81. among other things. Other Weapons a . and officers must qualify with these personal handguns prior to their use under color of authority. and not as a weapon. It is recognized.00 Page 5 of 16 b Procedure Title: Weapons Weapons Inspection All weapons carried under color of authority shall be inspected by the Department Armorer prior to being placed into use. might be used as a weapon. This includes both new and used weapons carried either on or off duty. the appropriate Alaska Statutes and the Department's "Use of Force" procedure would apply. b. Any modification to original factory equipment must be performed by a factory certified gunsmith with prior approval of the Chief of Police. Weapons not specifically covered by this procedure shall not be carried or used under color of authority. Personally Owned Handguns Sworn personnel are required to purchase their own handgun(s)if used as a second weapon. will include a function check and a check for required hammer drop weight. For purposes of this procedure. This check.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual t- Procedure #: 2. Alteration Of Duty Firearms N alterations or adjustments (other than sight adjustments or o grips) shall be made to any firearm to be used under color of authority. however. including a knife. that any tool. knives are regarded as a 'tool" or utility device. Effective Date: Approved By: . Personal handguns shall conform to the specifications listed in sections "B" and "C" of this procedure.

in an approved holster. Or Displaying Firearms In The Police Building Employees in the police building may clean. display. Storing Of Firearms Employees shall store firearms within the police building only in those locations approved for that purpose. Reporting The Loss Of A Firearm Sworn personnel shall file a report with the Chief of Police in the case of a lost firearm.00 Page 6 of 16 1 Procedure Title: Weapons 8. Cleaning. 12. or unload firearms only in areas approved for such use. repair. 9. Only one handgun. Range Officer's Authority All personnel will follow the orders and directives of any Range Officer. or other weapons which have been removed from arms lockers for a temporary police purpose shall be unloaded and cleared before being returned to the arms locker. load.81. shotguns. This report shall be submitted in writing and set forth all the facts surrounding the loss. This restriction shall not apply to the handguns of sworn personnel when an inspection is ordered by a superior officer. Repairing. 10. Effective Date: Approved B y / . regardless of respective rank. Number And Display Of Handguns Sworn personnel may carry a maximum of two handguns on their person while on duty. 11.+ WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT [~egulations Procedures Manual and - Procedure #: 2. Rifles. Sworn personnel off duty but under color of authority shall keep their handgun concealed. while in a firearms training environment. shall be visible to the public.

Out Of State Sworn employees traveling in other states or countries will obey all weapons laws of the state and/or country which they are visiting. regulations and procedures.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2.All Circumstances Sworn personnel shall follow Federal Aviation Administration regulations concerning carrying of firearms on commercial aircraft. it shall be reported as immediately as practical to the Firearms Instructor.Within The State Sworn employees are authorized to carry their firearms off-duty outside the City of Wasilla but within the State of Alaska. Carrying Weapons On Aircraft . If a Department issued weapon. Carrying Weapons Off-Duty . Personally owned weapons shall be repaired at the officer's expense. and will seek proper authorization if a weapon is necessary to ensure the successful completion of a police assignment.00 Page 7 of 16 11 - Any handgun covered by this procedure shall be secured to the officer's person. who will take appropriate action. in a holster approved by the firearms instructor and/or Chief of Police. procedures and regulations of that airport and will follow all instructions and commands of personnel that enforce those laws.81. and shall be re-inspected by the Firearms Instructor prior to being returned to use under color of authority. Carrying Weapons Off-Duty . Carrying Of Weapons In An Airport Sworn personnel that carry a weapon in an airport will conform to all laws. and with the retention devise engaged. Mechanical Deficiencies Any weapons with known or suspected mechanical deficiencies shall be immediately removed from service. Effective Date: Approved By: /Â¥ .

20. Revolvers shall have a barrel length of four inches when used on uniformed patrol duty. Colt. or . .357 Magnum. and shall be double action. whether in uniform or civilian attire shall carry a weapon unless prohibited by the court in question. models. concerning the carrying of firearms on their grounds. A list of authorized model numbers shall be maintained by the Firearms Instructor. and from two to six inches for non-uniformed duty. This approval can be specific to an individual or unit.81. 19. K REVOLVERS 1. Specifications a .45 ACP ammunition. or may be Department wide. Weapons In Court Officers appearing in court.00 Page 8 of 16 1 1 I 18. including hospitals and correctional facilities. Chief O Police Can Revise List Of Approved Weapons f The Chief of Police has ultimate authority in approving or rescinding approval on makes. Revolvers shall be of either Smith & Wesson. Adherence To Weapon Regulations Of Institutions Officers shall adhere to the regulations of institutions. and types of weapons allowed to by used by employees under color of authority.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~e~ulations Procedures Manual and Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. Primary weapons.38 Special. The revolver shall be chambered for the use of either . or Ruger manufacture. Effective Date: Approved By: .

providing it is consistent with and conforms to Department issue ammunition.Primary O r Secondary Weapons The following pistols. 3. General Upon completion of the Department approved training program. Specifications . 2. Storage Revolvers shall be secured when stored for any duration. or in addition to. Secondary weapons. Specifically prohibited is storage in unlocked areas of vehicles (even if the vehicle itself is locked) and unlocked desks for any period of time.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual - Procedure #: 2 8 .38 Special . or stainless steel. Revolvers used as secondary weapons shall meet all the criteria as revolvers used as primary weapons.10 Page 9 of 16 I1 Procedure Title: Weapons b.45 ACP ammunition is the only authorized revolver ammunition. officers may carry semi-automatic pistols in lieu of. 2. 0 .45 ACP. Officer's Model 9 rnm or . nickel. SEMI-AUTOMATIC PISTOLS 1. Officers may purchase their own supplemental ammunition. a revolver. Ammunition Department issue . C. Effective Date: Approved By: - / . and .357 Magnum. are currently authorized: a . Colt Government. Commander. in any factory finish of blue. except they may have a barrel length of two to six inches.

Beretta Models 92 SB.- - WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and ProceduresManual A ---- - Procedure #: 2. 45 ACP Browning BDA .Hardball. Sig-Sauer Model P2 20. 3.81.Secondary Weapons ONLY a .00 Page 10 of 16 Procedure Title: Weapons Colt Delta 10 mm. Browning P-35 Highpower 9 rnm. c. Glock 9mm.45 ACP. Sig-Sauer Models P225 and P2269 mm. as determined by the Chief of Police: 1 b.45 ACP. are authorized as secondary weapons only.45 ACP Heckler & Koch P9S 9 mm or .45 ACP. 10mm.45 ACP. b. 380 in any make/model from the list of approved weapons maintained by the Firearms Instructor. 9 mm Equivalent to Department Issue Ammunition.in any factory finish of blue. Smith & Wesson Models 9mm. and on an "as needed ' basis. Jacketed Soft or Hollow Point.380 Major Brand . 4. .Jacketed Hollow Point only Effective Date: ApprovedBy . Specifications . 45 ACP Equivalent to Department Issue Ammunition. 92F. The following pistol(s). silver. lOmm. Ammunition The following are the only types of ammunition authorized: a . . and 92 Compact 9 mm. . Springfield Arms Government Model 9 mm or . d 10 mrn Major Brand . or stainless steel.

D. for buckshot only. All sights will be adjusted to the firearms in instructor's standards. Effective Date: Approved By: ^ . with either the standard or extended magazine tube. Specifically prohibited is st orage in unlocked areas of vehicles (even if the vehicle is locked) and unlocked desks for any period of time. and will be re-zeroed with any change in brand of ammunition or weight of projectile. 3) 4) b. It may have either an 18 or 20 inch barrel. Sighting Standards. Factory rifled slug sights.00 Page 11 of 16 1 5. Specifications The Remington Model 870 pump action 1 2 gauge shotgun is the primary authorized Departmental shotgun.81.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and ProceduresManual l~rocedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. "Ghost Ring" peep sights. Authorized Sights. Other sights inspected and approved by the Firearms Instructor. SHOTGUNS 1. Storage Handguns shall be secured when stored for any duration. a . Only the following sighting systems are authorized: 1) 2) Standard bead sight.

4. in either a 9 or 12 pellet loading. Winchester. or in a padded gun case in the trunk.or Officers decide that the use of the rifled slug would add to their safety. Federal. or Brenneke in either a 1 or 1 1/4 ounce projectile loading. or The target distance is beyond the effective range of buckshot ammunition. or to the safety of the public. 3. Rifled Slugs a .WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual - Procedure #: 2. Rifled slugs may be used instead of'buckshot when: 1) Selective accuracy is required. b. c. Ammunition Only the following ammunition is authorized: a . Usage. or Dispatching a large animal.79. at the individual officer's expense.00 Page 12 of 16 Procedure Title: Weapons 2. Any ammunition issued for duty by the Department. Shotgun Storage At no time will a shotgun be left unsecured in the passenger compartment of an unattended police vehicle. Shotguns shall be secured in the police vehicle's electric lock mechanism. or Penetration is required to neutralize a target. if the vehicle is so equipped. Rifled slugs manufactured by Remington. Federal Premium or Remington Premier brand 00 buckshot. Approved BY r 2) 3) 4) 5) Effective Date: .

E. Effective Date: Approved By: /' . Discussion The Department's Use Of Force policy discusses when and under what circumstances force may be used. Shotguns magazines shall be fully loaded with buckshot ammunition only. The standard bead sight is not an authorized slug sight. but slugs and buckshot shall not be alternated in a shotgun magazine. Due to the increased use of semiautomatic and automatic weapons by the criminal element an officer may need access to a weapon other than the duty sidearm or shotgun. c. The authorization to use a rifle is limited to those times when this may be the situation. Equipment Standards. 2. 1) A shotgun using rifled slugs must be equipped with an approved set of sights. Officers qualified in rifled slugs may have that ammunition available. MFLES 1. Scope Any rifle used by a sworn officer under color of authority shall be governed by both this procedure and the Use of Force Regulation. Loading Configuration.00 Page 13 of 16 I b. This Department is such that one officer working alone may find him in a situation where no immediate help is available. 2) Officers must qualify with the specific shotgun and rifled slug ammunition that they desire to carry while on-duty. and the safety in the "on" position.81.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT ~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. and the chamber shall be empty. The hammer shall be down.

Magazines and ammunition shall be stored with the rifle.00 Page 14 of 16 Personally Owned Rifles a . Any external modification will be approved by the Department firearms instructor. Effective Date: Approved By: - ^ 1 .22 3 caliber.81. or grip. The rifle is either a Colt AR15 or Ruger Mini-14. 2) 3) Ammunition Unless an officer has been issued a Department rifle. All rifles must be inspected and approved by the Department firearms instructor before they can be carried. officers carrying rifles (personally owned) will be required to provide their own ammunition. Storage All rifles will be secured in the trunk of the patrol vehicle in a case designed for that weapon.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. The rifle has semiautomatic capability only. stock. Rifles ul capable of firing fl automatic will not be authorized. Only factory ammunition of major manufacture is authorized. Sworn officers will be allowed to carry their own rifle upon completion of the Department approved training and qualification program. The only authorized external modifications will be to sights. in . Officers wishing to carry their own rifles will also be required to provide sufficient ammunition for qualification. Modification N modification will be made to the internal mechanism of a rifle o used under color of authority. The following type rifle is authorized: 1) b.

WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT Regulations and Procedures Manual \ Procedure #: 2. / .81. This baton is 24 inches long. and approved by the Chief of Police. General There are two types of batons authorized for use by sworn officers of the Palmer Police Department: a . weighing 2 4 ounces. the Department's Use of Force Policy will be the controlling factor. The straight baton.25 inches in diameter. a . Any instances in which a rifle is displayed or used will be fully justified in a police report forwarded to the Chief of Police. Limitation Of Use The rifle is not to be used unless the situation is such that all other means available have been exhausted or the known information is such that the officer is aware of an extremely dangerous and potentially deadly situation.OO Page 15 of 16 Procedure Title: Weapons 7. 2. F. Training beyond that of the straight baton is required before a sworn member can carry the side-handle baton under color of authority. Effective Date: Approved By: . and of polycarbonate plastic construction. a sworn officer shall successfully complete a qualifications course established by a certified instructor. The standard domestic disturbance or bar fight will not justify the display of a rifle. b.) b. BATON 1. Qualification And Standards To carry a baton. (To include the standard straight baton and a collapsible baton meeting Departmental approval. In all instances. 1. The side-handle baton.

OO Page 16 of 16 1 3. Effective Date: Approved By: . Use of the baton shall conform to the following: a. Specifically. If it is necessary to overcome resistance or to prevent the escape of a person who has committed a crime. the baton may be used only when there is reasonable belief that: If It is necessary to protect oneself or another from injury. c. in compliance with the Use of Force policy and law regarding use of force.81. Limitations The baton shall be regarded and employed as an extension of one's arm as an intermediary weapon between empty hands and a firearm.WASILLA POLICE DEPARTMENT 1~ e ~ u l a t i oand Procedures Manual ns Procedure Title: Weapons Procedure #: 2. or b. In all instances.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful